WO2018028452A1 - 通信方法和装置 - Google Patents

通信方法和装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018028452A1
WO2018028452A1 PCT/CN2017/095171 CN2017095171W WO2018028452A1 WO 2018028452 A1 WO2018028452 A1 WO 2018028452A1 CN 2017095171 W CN2017095171 W CN 2017095171W WO 2018028452 A1 WO2018028452 A1 WO 2018028452A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
state
message
terminal device
information
radio bearer
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2017/095171
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
晋英豪
杨阳
李宏
谭巍
孙文琦
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority to KR1020197007022A priority Critical patent/KR102214428B1/ko
Priority to EP17838582.9A priority patent/EP3487221B1/en
Publication of WO2018028452A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018028452A1/zh
Priority to US16/265,756 priority patent/US11343725B2/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0011—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off for data sessions of end-to-end connection
    • H04W36/0033—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off for data sessions of end-to-end connection with transfer of context information
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0011—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off for data sessions of end-to-end connection
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0055—Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0055—Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link
    • H04W36/0058—Transmission of hand-off measurement information, e.g. measurement reports
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0055—Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link
    • H04W36/0072—Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link of resource information of target access point
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/08—Reselecting an access point
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/14—Reselecting a network or an air interface
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00—Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • H04W48/18—Selecting a network or a communication service

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communications, and in particular to a communication method and apparatus in the field of communications.
  • the terminal device moves away from the cell covered by the network device originally served by the terminal device in the process of moving to reach the cell covered by the new network device.
  • the prior art is to switch the terminal device from the cell covered by the original network device to the cell covered by the new network device.
  • the process of handover requires the terminal device to initiate an access request to the new network device, and the new network device acquires the context information of the terminal device from the original network device.
  • the new network device needs to perform path transfer with the core network device, which increases the signaling interaction between the network device and the core network device, and the resource waste is large.
  • the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present invention can save signaling overhead and improve resource utilization.
  • a communication method comprising: a first device receiving a first message, the first device being a primary access network device of a terminal device in a first state, and a terminal in the first state The device does not send the channel state information to the first device, and the core network device and the first device retain the data plane connection of the terminal device in the first state; the first device determines the first message according to the first message.
  • the second device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state; the first device sends a second message to the second device, where the second message is used to request to add the second device to An auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state; the first device receiving an acknowledgement message of the second message sent by the second device according to the second message.
  • the first device may add the second device as the auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state, and the core device and the first device device reserve at least one data plane connection, and the second device does not need to cooperate with the core network.
  • the device establishes a data plane connection, and the second device can transmit data by using the first device to communicate with the data plane of the core network, which can prevent the core network device from interacting with the second device to generate signaling, thereby improving resource utilization.
  • the primary access network device maintains a data plane connection between the core network device and the access network device for the terminal device in the first state; the auxiliary network device does not retain the core network device and the access network device of the terminal device in the first state. Data plane connection between them, but data can be transmitted on the air interface side for the terminal device in the first state.
  • the terminal device in the first state does not send the channel state information to the first device, and the terminal device in the first state does not send the channel state information to the first device in real time, but in a special scenario, for example, the first device
  • the terminal device in the first state may also send the channel state information to the first device.
  • the handover operation is not performed, but the second device is added as the auxiliary interface of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the network access device does not require the terminal device in the first state to re-establish the context connection, and the core network device does not perceive the movement of the terminal device in the first state, which can save signaling overhead.
  • the second device may be added as an auxiliary access network device to balance the network load, so that the second device may implement data splitting, and may reduce the first device. Transfer load.
  • the terminal device in the first state and the second device transmit the small data packet, for example, the small data packet may be occupied.
  • At least one data plane connection of the terminal device in the first state is reserved in the first device, and the terminal device in the first state may also retain part of the access layer context information, such as a security algorithm.
  • the method further includes: The first device sends a third message to the terminal device in the first state, where the third message is used to notify the terminal device in the first state that the second device is the terminal device in the first state.
  • the first device sends a third message to the terminal device in the first state, where the third message is used to notify the terminal device in the first state that the second device is the terminal device in the first state.
  • Auxiliary access network equipment is optionally used to notify the terminal device in the first state that the second device is the terminal device in the first state.
  • the second device may also send the third message to the terminal device in the first state, for example, when the terminal device in the first state is away from the cell covered by the first device and reaches the cell covered by the second device, The second device may send the third message to the terminal device in the first state.
  • the first device receives an acknowledgement message of the third message sent by the terminal device in the first state according to the third message.
  • the third message includes: first indication information, identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, At least one of the radio bearer identification information, the radio bearer type information, and the time advance TA information, the first indication information is used to indicate that the first device and the core network device retain a data plane connection and/or Or the first device retains the radio bearer of the terminal device in the first state, where the identifier information of the first radio bearer is used to identify the wireless device that the second device can transmit to the terminal device in the first state.
  • the bearer the type information of the radio bearer is used to indicate a mode of allocation between the first device and the second device, and the TA information is used to indicate the terminal in the first state.
  • the terminal device in the first state can learn that the second device is the auxiliary access network device, and the terminal device in the first state can learn that the first device and the core network device retain the data plane connection according to the first indication information.
  • At least one data plane connection reserved by the first device the terminal device may remain connected to the at least one data plane of the first device, release the connection with other data planes of the first device, reduce resource waste, and improve resources.
  • the terminal device can adjust the time synchronized with the second device according to the TA value.
  • the second message includes: identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, type information of the radio bearer, and The first device requests at least one of the identification information of the at least one radio bearer transmitted by the second device, where the type information of the radio bearer is used to indicate that the protocol stack corresponding to the radio bearer is in the first device and the The manner of distribution between the second devices.
  • the type information of the radio bearer may be a manner in which the protocol stack corresponding to the radio bearer of the terminal device of the first state reserved by the access network device is allocated between the first device and the second device, and the access network device may include the first device. And the second device.
  • the confirmation message of the second message includes: the second device can be transmitted by the terminal device in the first state The identifier information of the first radio bearer, where the identifier information of the at least one radio bearer includes identifier information of the first radio bearer.
  • the receiving, by the first device, the first message includes: the first device receiving the first measurement report, the first The measurement report is used to indicate first channel quality information between the terminal device in the first state and the second device, where the first device determines, according to the first message, that the second device is The auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state, the first device determining, according to the first channel quality information, that the second device is an auxiliary access of the terminal device in the first state Network equipment.
  • the second device may determine the first measurement report according to the tracking signal, and may send the first measurement report to the first device, so that the first device determines to add the second according to the first measurement report.
  • the device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the first measurement report includes: resource indication information of the second device, cell identifier information covered by the second device, and identifier information of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the second device determines, according to the first channel quality information, that the terminal device in the first state is about to lose synchronization with the second device, and the second device sends the TA value in the first measurement report to the first device, where A device may send the TA value to the terminal device in the first state, and the terminal device in the first state adjusts the synchronization time with the second device according to the TA value, so that the delay caused by the random access process may be reduced.
  • the receiving, by the first device, the first message includes: receiving, by the first device, the terminal device in the first state a cell update message, the cell update message is used to indicate that the terminal device in the first state moves from a cell covered by the first device to a cell that is covered by the second device, where the first device is configured according to the Determining, by the first message, that the second device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state, that: the first device determines, according to the cell update message, that the second device is the first device A secondary access network device of the terminal device in the state.
  • the terminal device in the first state may send a cell update message to the second device, and the second device sends the terminal in the first state.
  • the cell identifier of the device and the resource indication information of the device are carried in the cell update message and then sent to the first device.
  • the cell update message includes the identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, the identifier information of the current cell where the terminal device in the first state is located, and the resource indication information of the remaining resources of the second device.
  • the receiving, by the first device, the first message includes: receiving, by the first device, the terminal device in the first state a first state transition request message, where the first state transition request message is used to request, from the second device, that the terminal device in the first state needs to be converted from the first state to an active state; wherein the first state Determining, according to the first message, that the second device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state, the method includes: determining, by the first device, the first device according to the first state transition request message The second device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the first state transition request message includes identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, and the The identifier information of the current cell where the terminal device in the first state is located, and the resource indication information of the remaining resources of the second device.
  • the first message includes: the identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, and the terminal device in the first state At least one of the identification information of the current cell, the channel quality parameter between the second device and the terminal device in the first state, and the resource indication information of the second device, where the first state is The current cell where the terminal device is located is the cell covered by the second device.
  • the method before the first device receives the first message, the method further includes: sending, by the first device, the terminal device The first state configuration information, so that the terminal device enters the first state according to the first state configuration information, and when the terminal device enters the first state, the terminal device is the terminal device in the first state,
  • the first state configuration information includes measurement mode indication information, identifier information of the first state that is allocated by the first device to the terminal device, identifier information of the radio bearer reserved by the first device, and the At least one of the wireless resources allocated by the device to the terminal device.
  • the method before the first device sends the first state configuration information to the terminal device, the method further includes: The first device receives the capability information of the terminal device that is sent by the terminal device or the core network device, where the capability information includes: whether the terminal device supports the first state, whether the terminal device supports uplink measurement, and the terminal Whether the device supports at least one of the downlink measurement, where the first device sends the first state configuration information to the terminal device, including: the first device sends the foregoing to the terminal device according to the capability information.
  • First state configuration information includes: whether the terminal device supports the first state, whether the terminal device supports uplink measurement, and the terminal Whether the device supports at least one of the downlink measurement.
  • the method before the first device sends the first state configuration information to the terminal device, the method further includes: The first device sends a first state preset condition to the terminal device; the first device receives a second state transition request message sent by the terminal device according to the first state preset condition, the second state The conversion request message is used to request the terminal device to switch from the current state to the first state, where the first device sends the first state configuration information to the terminal device, including: the first device according to the second The state transition request message sends the first state configuration information to the terminal device.
  • the method further includes: the first device sending a paging signal to the terminal device in the first state, where The paging signal includes at least one of a value of the TA, a second indication information, and identification information of the terminal device in the first state, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the purpose of transmitting the paging signal is to adjust The TA.
  • the first device may send the TA value to the terminal device in the first state in the paging signal.
  • the second device finds that the terminal device in the first state is about to lose synchronization
  • the second device sends the value to the TA.
  • the first device can send a TA value in the paging signal, so that the terminal device in the first state synchronizes with the second device, so that the TA value can be sent as long as the second device finds that the synchronization is about to be lost.
  • the channel quality of the transmitted data can be further guaranteed.
  • the first device is a primary network device AnNR
  • the second device is a secondary network device AsNR; Receiving, by the first device, the first message, that: the AnNR receives the first message sent by the AsNR.
  • the first device is a primary central unit AnCU
  • the second device is a secondary distribution unit AsDU
  • the AnCU is used by the AnCU.
  • Controlling the AsDU and the primary distribution unit AnDU; wherein the receiving, by the first device, the first message comprises: the AnCU receiving the first message sent by the AsDU.
  • the method further includes: the AnCU receiving a second measurement report sent by the AnDU, where the second measurement report is used to indicate the terminal device in the first state and the The second channel quality information between the AnDUs, wherein the first device determines, according to the first message, that the second device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state, including: The AnCU determines, according to the first message and the second channel quality information, that the AsDU is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the first device may determine, according to the first channel quality information between the second device and the terminal device in the first state, whether to add the second device as the auxiliary access network device, or according to the first device and the terminal in the first state.
  • the second channel quality information between the devices determines whether the second device is added as the auxiliary access network device, for example, when the channel quality represented by the second channel quality information is better than the channel quality characterized by the first channel quality information,
  • the second device may be added as the auxiliary access network device, such that The determined second device can reduce the data packet loss rate and further improve the efficiency of transmitting data.
  • the first device may determine, according to the cell update information and the second channel quality information, whether to add the secondary device as the secondary access network device of the terminal device in the first state; and may also request the message according to the first state and the second The channel quality information determines whether to add an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in which the second device is in the first state.
  • the first device is a primary central unit AnCU
  • the second device is a secondary distribution unit AsDU
  • the AnCU is used.
  • the secondary central unit AsCU is configured to control the AsDU, where the first device receives the first message, including: the AnCU receives the first message sent by the AsDU through the AsCU; Transmitting, by the first device, the second message to the second device, where the ACU sends the second message to the AsDU by using the AsCU, where the first device receives the
  • the confirmation message of the second message includes: the AnCU receives an acknowledgement message of the second message sent by the AsDU by using the AsCU.
  • the method further includes: the AnCU receiving a third measurement report sent by the AnDU, where the third measurement report is used to indicate the terminal device in the first state and the a third channel quality information between the AnDUs, where the first device determines, according to the first message, that the second device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state, including: The AnCU determines, according to the first message and the third channel quality information, that the second device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the first device when the first device is an AnCU and the second device is an AsDU, the first device may receive the third channel quality information between the AnDU sent by the AnDU and the terminal device in the first state, and the AnCU may compare.
  • the first channel quality information and the third channel quality information if the channel characterized by the first channel quality information is better than the channel characterized by the third channel quality information, the AnCU determines to add the AsDU as the auxiliary access network device, if the third channel quality Information representation letter
  • the AnCU determines that the AsDU is not added as the auxiliary access network device, and the second device determined in this manner can reduce the data packet loss rate and further improve the efficiency of transmitting data. .
  • the first device sends a third message to the terminal device in the first state, including: The AnDU sends the third message to the terminal device in the first state, where the first device receives an acknowledgement message of the third message sent by the terminal device in the first state according to the third message.
  • the method includes: the first device receiving, by the terminal device in the first state, an acknowledgement message of the third message sent by the AnDU according to the third message.
  • the first message further includes: resource indication information of the AsCU, identifier information of the AsCU, and the AsDU At least one of the identification information.
  • the information sent by the second device to the first device needs to be sent through the AsCU, so that the first information may also include the identification information of the AsCU, the resource indication information of the AsCU, and the like. .
  • the identifier information of the terminal device in the first state includes the identifier of the first device and the first state The identification of the terminal device.
  • the identification information of the terminal device in the first state can be uniquely identified in the first device and the second device.
  • the identifier information can be identified according to the identifier information.
  • the network device serving the terminal device in the first state is the first device, and the first measurement report may be sent to the first device, or the first state request message is sent, or the cell update information is sent.
  • a communication method includes: receiving, by the second device, a first message, where the first message is used to determine an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state of the third device, The terminal device in the first state does not send channel state information to the first device, and the core network device and the first device retain a data plane connection of the terminal device in the first state; Determining, by the first message, that the third device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state; the second device sends a second message to the first device, where the second message is used to request to add the device The third device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state, the first device is a primary access network device of the terminal device in the first state; Determining a message of the second message sent by the first device according to the second message.
  • the method further includes: the second device The terminal device in the first state sends a third message, where the third message is used to notify the terminal device in the first state that the third device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the third message includes: first indication information, identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, and first wireless At least one of the identifier information of the bearer, the type information of the radio bearer, and the time advance TA information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first device and the core network device retain a data plane connection and/or The first device retains the radio bearer of the terminal device in the first state, and the identifier information of the first radio bearer is used to identify the radio bearer that the third device can transmit to the terminal device in the first state.
  • the type information of the radio bearer is used to indicate a mode of allocation between the first device and the third device, and the TA information is used to indicate the terminal device in the first state.
  • the time advancement time information of the uplink synchronization of the third device is used to indicate that the first device and the core network device retain a data plane connection and/or
  • the first device retains the radio bearer of the terminal device in the first state
  • the identifier information of the first radio bearer is
  • the second The information includes: the identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, the identifier information of the at least one radio bearer that can be transmitted by the second device, the type information of the radio bearer, and the cell identifier where the terminal device in the first state is currently located. At least one of the information, the type information of the radio bearer is used to indicate a mode of allocation between the first device and the third device, and the terminal device in the first state is currently The cell in which the cell is located serves the cell served by the second device.
  • the confirmation message of the second message includes: the first device allows the third device to be in the first state The identification information of the first radio bearer transmitted by the terminal device and/or the identification information of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the receiving, by the second device, the first message includes: determining, by the second device, the first measurement report, the first The measurement report is used to indicate first channel quality information between the terminal device in the first state and the third device, where the second device determines that the third device is the first message according to the first message
  • the auxiliary access network device of the terminal device of the first state includes: the second device determining, according to the first measurement report, the access device device that is the auxiliary device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the determining, by the second device, the first measurement report includes: receiving, by the second device, the first measurement report sent by the third device, or determining, by the second device, that the first measurement report includes: sending, by the terminal device in the first state of the second device Receiving an uplink tracking signal, the second device determining, according to the uplink tracking signal, a first measurement report, where the first measurement report is used to indicate a first channel between the terminal device in the first state and the second device Quality information.
  • the second device that receives the first message includes: the second device receives a cell update message, the cell update message
  • the terminal device for indicating the first state moves from the cell covered by the first device to the cell covered by the third device; wherein the second device determines the third device according to the first message
  • the auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state includes: the second device determining, according to the cell update message, that the third device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the second device that receives the first message includes: the second device receives a first state transition request message, The first state transition request message is used to request that the terminal device in the first state needs to be converted from the first state to the active state; wherein the second device determines, according to the first message, that the third device is in the first state
  • the auxiliary access network device of the terminal device includes: the second device determining, according to the first state transition request message, that the third device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the first message includes: the identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, and/or the first state Identification information of the radio bearer of the terminal device.
  • the first The primary device is an AnNR
  • the second device is a secondary network device AsNR
  • the third device is the AsNR.
  • the first device is a primary central unit AnCU
  • the second device is a secondary central unit AsCU
  • the third device The second device receives the first message
  • the second device receives the first message sent by the terminal device in the first state by using the AsDU.
  • the second device sends a third message to the terminal device in the first state, including: The AsDU sends the third message to the terminal device in the first state.
  • a third aspect provides a communication method, the method comprising: determining, by a network device, a configuration of a first state of a terminal device; the network device transmitting first state configuration information to the terminal device, to facilitate the terminal device Entering the first state according to the first state configuration information, where the first state configuration information is used to indicate that the network device and the core network device maintain a data plane connection, where the first state configuration information includes measurement mode indication information, At least one of the identification information of the first state allocated by the network device, the identifier information of the radio bearer reserved by the network device, and the radio resource allocated by the network device to the terminal device .
  • the network device receives the confirmation information of the first state configuration information sent by the terminal device.
  • the first state configuration information is further used to indicate that the network device reserves radio bearer information of the terminal device.
  • the determining, by the network device, the first state configuration of the terminal device includes: the network device receiving the capability of the terminal device or the core network device to send the terminal device
  • the information, the capability information includes at least one of whether the terminal device supports the first state, the identifier information of the terminal device, whether the terminal device supports uplink measurement, and whether the terminal device supports downlink measurement;
  • the network device determines to perform the first state configuration on the terminal device according to the capability information.
  • the determining, by the network device, the first state configuration of the terminal device includes: sending, by the network device, the terminal device a state preset condition; the network device receives a second state transition request message sent by the terminal device according to the first state preset condition, where the second state transition request message is used to request that the terminal device needs to The current state is converted to the first state; the network device determines to perform the first state configuration on the terminal device according to the first state transition request message.
  • a communication method includes: the second device sends a first message to the first device, where the first message is used by the first device to determine that the second device is in a first state An auxiliary access network device of the terminal device, the first device is a primary access network device of the terminal device in the first state, and the terminal device in the first state does not send a channel state to the first device Information, and the core network device and the network device retain a data plane connection of the terminal device in the first state; the second device receives a second message sent by the first device according to the first message, The second message is used to request that the second device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state; the second device sends the first device to the first device according to the second message. A confirmation message sent by the second message.
  • the method further includes: The second device sends a third message to the terminal device in the first state, where the third message is used to notify the terminal device in the first state
  • the second device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state; the second device receives an acknowledgement message of the third message sent by the terminal device in the first state according to the third message.
  • the third message includes: first indication information, identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, and first wireless At least one of the identifier information of the bearer, the type information of the radio bearer, and the time advance TA information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first device and the core network device retain a data plane connection and/or The first device retains the radio bearer of the terminal device in the first state, and the identifier information of the first radio bearer is used to identify the radio bearer that the second device can transmit to the terminal device in the first state.
  • the type information of the radio bearer is used to indicate a mode of allocation between the first device and the second device, and the TA information is used to indicate the terminal device in the first state.
  • the time advancement time information of the uplink synchronization of the second device is used to indicate the terminal device in the first state.
  • the second message includes: identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, type information of the radio bearer, and the The first device requests at least one of the identification information of the at least one radio bearer transmitted by the second device.
  • the confirmation message of the second message includes: the second device can be transmitted by the terminal device in the first state The identifier information of the first radio bearer, where the identifier information of the at least one radio bearer includes identifier information of the first radio bearer.
  • the second device sends the first message to the first device, including: the second device to the first device Sending a first measurement report, where the first measurement report is used to indicate first channel quality information between the terminal device in the first state and the second device; wherein the second device receives the first
  • the second message sent by the device according to the first message includes: the second device receiving the second message that is sent by the first device according to the first channel quality information.
  • the sending, by the second device, the first message to the first device includes: sending, by the second device, the first device a cell update message of the terminal device in the first state, where the cell update message is used to indicate that the terminal device in the first state moves from a cell covered by the first device to a cell covered by the second device; Receiving, by the second device, the second message that is sent by the first device according to the first message, that the second device receives the second message that is sent by the first device according to the cell update message.
  • the second device sends the first message to the first device, including: the second device to the first device Transmitting, by the first state transition request message of the terminal device in the first state, the first state transition request message for requesting, by the second device, that the terminal device in the first state needs to be converted from the first state
  • the second device receives the second message sent by the first device according to the first message, and the second device receives the first device according to the first state transition request.
  • the second message sent by the message including: the second device to the first device Transmitting, by the first state transition request message of the terminal device in the first state, the first state transition request message for requesting, by the second device, that the terminal device in the first state needs to be converted from the first state
  • the second device receives the second message sent by the first device according to the first message, and the second device receives the first device according to the first state transition request.
  • the second message sent by the message including: the second device to the first device Transmitting, by the first state transition request message of the terminal device in the first
  • the first message includes: the identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, and the terminal device in the first state At least one of the identification information of the current cell, the channel quality parameter between the second device and the terminal device in the first state, and the resource indication information of the second device, where the first state is The current cell where the terminal device is located is the cell covered by the second device.
  • the method is further The second device sends a paging signal to the terminal device in the first state, where the paging signal includes at least a value of a TA, a second indication information, and identifier information of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the purpose of sending the paging signal is to adjust the TA.
  • the first device is a primary network device AnNR
  • the second device is a secondary network device AsNR.
  • the first device is a primary central unit AnCU
  • the second device is a secondary distribution unit AsDU
  • the AnCU is used.
  • the AsDU and the main distribution unit AnDU are controlled.
  • the first device is a primary central unit AnCU
  • the second device is a secondary distribution unit AsDU
  • the AnCU is used.
  • the secondary central unit AsCU is configured to control the AsDU, where the second device sends the first message to the first device, including: the AsDU sending the first message to the AnCU by using the AsCU Receiving, by the second device, the second message that is sent by the first device according to the first message, that: the AsDU receives the AnCU, and sends the second message by using the AsCU; And sending, by the second message, the acknowledgement message sent by the second message to the first device, where the AsDU sends an acknowledgement message of the second message to the AnCU by using the AsCU according to the second message. .
  • the first message further includes: resource indication information of the AsCU, identifier information of the AsCU, and the AsDU At least one of the identification information.
  • the identifier information of the terminal device in the first state includes the identifier of the first device and the first state The identification of the terminal device.
  • a communication method includes: a terminal device in a first state sending a fourth message to a second device, where the fourth information is used by the second device to send a first message, where a message for determining that the second device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state, where the first device is a primary access network device of the terminal device in the first state;
  • the terminal device in the first state receives a third message, and the third message is used to notify the terminal device in the first state
  • the second device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state; the terminal device in the first state sends an acknowledge message of the third message according to the third message, the first
  • the terminal device in the state does not send channel state information to the first device, and the core network device and the first device reserve a data plane connection of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the third message includes: first indication information, identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, identifier information of the first radio bearer, and type of the radio bearer. At least one of information and time advance TA information, the first indication information is used to indicate that the first device retains a data plane connection with the core network device, and/or the first device retains the first a radio bearer of the terminal device in a state, the identifier information of the first radio bearer is used to identify a radio bearer that the third device can transmit to the terminal device in the first state, and the type information of the radio bearer is used for And indicating, by the first device, the uplink synchronization of the terminal device in the first state and the third device Time advance time information.
  • the first The terminal device sends a fourth message to the second device, where the terminal device in the first state sends a cell update message of the terminal device in the first state to the second device, where the cell update message is used. And indicating, by the terminal device in the first state, a cell that is covered by the first device to a cell that is covered by the second device, where the cell update message includes identifier information of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the terminal device in the first state sends a fourth message to the second device, including: the terminal device in the first state Transmitting, to the second device, a first state transition request message, where the first state transition request message is used to request, by the second device, that the terminal device in the first state needs to be converted from the first state to an active state
  • the first state transition request message includes at least one of the identifier information of the terminal device in the first state and the identifier information of the radio bearer of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the method before the terminal device in the first state sends the fourth message to the second device, the method includes: receiving, by the terminal device, the first device The first state configuration information that is sent, the first state configuration information includes: the first state configuration information includes measurement mode indication information, and identifier information of the first state that is allocated by the network device to the terminal device, At least one of the identification information of the radio bearer reserved by the network device and the radio resource allocated by the network device to the terminal device; the terminal device enters the first state according to the first state configuration information, becomes a The terminal device of the first state is described.
  • the method before the receiving, by the terminal device, the first state configuration information that is sent by the first device, the method further includes: the terminal The device sends the capability information of the terminal device to the first device, where the capability information includes: whether the terminal device supports the first state, whether the terminal device supports uplink measurement, and whether the terminal device supports downlink measurement. And receiving, by the terminal device, the first state configuration information that is sent by the first device, where the terminal device receives the first state configuration information that is sent by the first device according to the capability information.
  • the method before the receiving, by the terminal device, the first state configuration information that is sent by the first device, the method further includes: the terminal The device receives the first state preset condition sent by the first device, and when the terminal device meets the first state preset condition, the terminal device sends a second state transition request message to the first device, The second state transition request message is used to request that the terminal device needs to transition from the current state to the first state.
  • the first device is a primary network device AnNR
  • the second device is a secondary network device AsNR.
  • the first device is a primary central unit AnCU, and the second device is a secondary distribution unit AsDU.
  • a communication method includes: the fourth device sends a first message to the first device, where the first message is used by the first device to determine that the second device is in a first state An auxiliary access network device of the terminal device, the first device is a primary access network device of the terminal device in the first state, and the terminal device in the first state does not send a channel state to the first device Information, and the core network device is connected to the data plane of the terminal device in the first state by the first device; the fourth device receives the third message sent by the first device according to the first message, and Transmitting, to the terminal device in the first state, the third message, where the third message is used to notify the terminal device in the first state that the second device is an auxiliary device of the terminal device in the first state a network access device; the fourth device receives an acknowledgement message of the third message sent by the terminal device in the first state, and sends the acknowledgement message to the A device sends an acknowledgement message of the third message.
  • the third message includes: first indication information, identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, identifier information of the first radio bearer, and type of the radio bearer. At least one of information and time advance TA information, the first indication information is used to indicate that the first device retains a data plane connection with the core network device, and/or the first device retains the first a radio bearer of the terminal device in a state, the identifier information of the first radio bearer is used to identify a radio bearer that the second device can transmit to the terminal device in the first state, and the type information of the radio bearer is used for And indicating the allocation manner of the protocol stack corresponding to the radio bearer between the first device and the second device, where the TA information is used to indicate uplink synchronization of the terminal device in the first state and the second device Time advance time information.
  • the first message is used to indicate a second between the terminal device in the first state and the fourth device Channel quality information.
  • the first device is a primary central unit AnCU
  • the second device is a secondary distribution unit AsDU
  • the fourth device is The main distribution unit AnDU.
  • a communication method includes: receiving, by a sixth device, a first message sent by a second device, and sending a first message to the first device, where the first message is used by the first device Determining that the second device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state, the first device is a primary access network device of the terminal device in the first state, and the terminal in the first state is The device does not send the channel state information to the first device, and the core network device and the first device retain the data plane connection of the terminal device in the first state; the sixth device receives the first device according to the Decoding a second message sent by the first message, and sending the second message to the second device, where the second message is used to request to add the second device to be assisted by the terminal device in the first state An access network device; the sixth device receives an acknowledgement message of the second message sent by the second device, and sends an acknowledgement message of the second message to the first device.
  • the sixth device receives an acknowledgement message of the second message sent by the second device, and sends the second message to the second device.
  • the method further includes: the sixth device sending a third message to the second device, so that the second device sends the third message to the terminal device in the first state, The third message is used to notify the terminal device in the first state that the second device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state; the sixth device receives the second device to send The acknowledgement message of the third message, the acknowledgement message of the third message is sent by the terminal device that the second device receives the first state.
  • the first device is a primary central unit AnCU
  • the second device is a secondary distribution unit AsDU
  • the sixth device is a secondary device.
  • Central unit AsCU Central unit AsCU
  • a communication method includes: receiving, by a first device, a second message sent by a second device, where the second message is used to request to add a third device to the terminal device in the first state An auxiliary access network device, where the first device is a primary access network device of the terminal device in the first state; the first device sends a confirmation message of the second message to the second device, The terminal device in the first state does not send channel state information to the first device, and the core network device and the first device reserve a data plane connection of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the second message includes: At least one of the identifier information, the identifier information of the radio bearer, the type of the radio bearer, and the cell identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, where the terminal device in the first state is currently located.
  • the cell served by the third device includes: At least one of the identifier information, the identifier information of the radio bearer, the type of the radio bearer, and the cell identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, where the terminal device in the first state is currently located. The cell served by the third device.
  • the confirmation message of the second message includes: the first device allowing the third device to be the first state The identification information of the first radio bearer transmitted by the terminal device and/or the identification information of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the first device is a primary network device AnNR
  • the second device is a secondary network device AsNR
  • the third device For the AsNR.
  • the first device is a primary central unit AnCU
  • the second device is a secondary central unit AsCU
  • the third device is As a secondary distribution unit AsDU.
  • a communication method includes: receiving, by a terminal device, first state configuration information sent by a network device, where the first state configuration information is used to indicate that the network device and the core network device retain a data plane
  • the first state configuration information includes at least one of measurement mode indication information and identification information of a first state allocated by the network device to the terminal device; and the terminal device configures information according to the first state Entering the first state, the terminal device in the first state does not send channel state information to the first device, and the core network device and the first device retain the data plane connection of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the method before the receiving, by the terminal device, the first state configuration information sent by the network device, the method further includes: the terminal device sending the terminal to the network device Capability information of the device, the capability information including at least one of whether the terminal device supports the first state, the identifier information of the terminal device, whether the terminal device supports uplink measurement, and whether the terminal device supports downlink measurement And the receiving, by the terminal device, the first state configuration information that is sent by the network device, where the terminal device receives the first state configuration information that is sent by the network device according to the capability information.
  • the method before the receiving, by the terminal device, the first state configuration information that is sent by the network device, the method further includes: the terminal device Receiving, by the network device, a first state preset condition; when the terminal device meets the first state preset condition, the terminal device sends a second state request message to the network device, where the second The status request message is used to request the terminal device to transition from the current state to the first state.
  • a communication apparatus for performing the method of any of the above first aspect or any of the possible implementations of the first aspect.
  • the apparatus comprises means for performing the method of any of the above-described first aspect or any of the possible implementations of the first aspect.
  • a communication apparatus for performing the method of any of the above-described second aspect or any of the possible implementations of the second aspect.
  • the apparatus comprises means for performing the method of any of the above-described second aspect or any of the possible implementations of the second aspect.
  • a communication apparatus for performing the method of any of the above-described third aspect or any of the possible implementations of the third aspect.
  • the apparatus comprises means for performing the method of any of the possible implementations of the third aspect or the third aspect described above.
  • a communication apparatus for performing the method of any of the above-described fourth aspect or any of the possible implementations of the fourth aspect.
  • the device comprises any of the possibilities for performing the fourth or fourth aspect described above The unit of the method in the implementation.
  • a communication apparatus for performing the method of any of the above fifth aspect or any of the possible implementations of the fifth aspect.
  • the apparatus comprises means for performing the method of any of the possible implementations of the fifth or fifth aspect above.
  • a communication apparatus for performing the method of any of the above-described sixth or sixth possible implementations.
  • the apparatus comprises means for performing the method of any of the possible implementations of the sixth or sixth aspect described above.
  • a communication apparatus for performing the method of any of the above-described seventh or seventh possible implementations.
  • the apparatus comprises means for performing the method of any of the above-described seventh aspect or any of the possible implementations of the seventh aspect.
  • a communication apparatus for performing the method of any of the above eighth or eighth possible implementations.
  • the apparatus comprises means for performing the method of any of the above-described eighth aspect or any of the possible implementations of the eighth aspect.
  • a communication apparatus for performing the method of any of the above-described ninth or ninth aspects of the possible implementation.
  • the apparatus comprises means for performing the method of any of the above-described ninth or ninth aspects of the ninth aspect.
  • a communication system comprising the apparatus of any one of the possible implementations of the tenth aspect or the tenth aspect, the thirteenth aspect or the thirteenth aspect of any of the possible implementations.
  • the apparatus of any one of the possible implementations of the apparatus, the fourteenth aspect or the fourteenth aspect, the fifteenth aspect or the apparatus of any one of the possible implementations of the fifteenth aspect, and the sixteenth aspect or the sixteenth aspect At least two of the devices in a possible implementation.
  • a communication system comprising: the device in any one of the possible implementations of the eleventh or eleventh aspect, the fourteenth aspect, or the device in any one of the possible implementations of the fourteenth aspect
  • a communication system comprising the apparatus of the twelfth aspect and the apparatus of the eighteenth aspect.
  • a communication device comprising: a transceiver, a memory, a processor, and a bus system.
  • the transceiver, the memory and the processor are connected by the bus system
  • the memory is for storing instructions
  • the processor is configured to execute instructions stored by the memory to control the transceiver to receive signals, and control the transceiver to send signals
  • the processor executes the instructions stored by the memory, the executing causes the processor to perform the method of the first aspect or any of the possible implementations of the first aspect.
  • a communication device comprising: a transceiver, a memory, a processor, and a bus system.
  • the transceiver, the memory and the processor are connected by the bus system
  • the memory is for storing instructions
  • the processor is configured to execute instructions stored by the memory to control the transceiver to receive signals, and control the transceiver to send signals
  • the execution causes the processor to perform the method of any of the possible implementations of the second aspect or the second aspect.
  • a communication device comprising: a transceiver, a memory, a processor, and a bus system.
  • the transceiver, the memory and the processor are connected by the bus system, the memory is for storing instructions for executing instructions stored in the memory to control the transceiver to receive signals and controlling the transceiver to transmit The signal, and when the processor executes the instructions stored by the memory, the execution causes the processor to perform the method of any of the possible implementations of the third aspect or the third aspect.
  • a communication device comprising: a transceiver, a memory, a processor, and a bus system.
  • the transceiver, the memory and the processor are connected by the bus system
  • the memory is for storing instructions
  • the processor is configured to execute instructions stored by the memory to control the transceiver to receive signals, and control the transceiver to send signals
  • the execution causes the processor to perform the method of any of the possible implementations of the fourth aspect or the fourth aspect.
  • a communication device comprising: a transceiver, a memory, a processor, and a bus system.
  • the transceiver, the memory and the processor are connected by the bus system
  • the memory is for storing instructions
  • the processor is configured to execute instructions stored by the memory to control the transceiver to receive signals, and control the transceiver to send signals
  • the execution causes the processor to perform the method of any of the possible implementations of the fifth aspect or the fifth aspect.
  • a communication device comprising: a transceiver, a memory, a processor, and a bus system.
  • the transceiver, the memory and the processor are connected by the bus system
  • the memory is for storing instructions
  • the processor is configured to execute instructions stored by the memory to control the transceiver to receive signals, and control the transceiver to send signals
  • the execution causes the processor to perform the method of any of the possible implementations of the sixth aspect or the sixth aspect.
  • a communication device comprising: a transceiver, a memory, a processor, and a bus system.
  • the transceiver, the memory and the processor are connected by the bus system
  • the memory is for storing instructions
  • the processor is configured to execute instructions stored by the memory to control the transceiver to receive signals, and control the transceiver to send signals
  • the processor executes the instructions stored by the memory, the executing causes the processor to perform the method of any of the possible implementations of the seventh aspect or the seventh aspect.
  • a communication device comprising: a transceiver, a memory, a processor, and a bus system.
  • the transceiver, the memory and the processor are connected by the bus system
  • the memory is for storing instructions
  • the processor is configured to execute instructions stored by the memory to control the transceiver to receive signals, and control the transceiver to send signals
  • the processor executes the instructions stored by the memory, the executing causes the processor to perform the method of any of the possible implementations of the eighth aspect or the eighth aspect.
  • a communication device comprising: a transceiver, a memory, a processor, and a bus system.
  • the transceiver, the memory and the processor are connected by the bus system
  • the memory is for storing instructions
  • the processor is configured to execute instructions stored by the memory to control the transceiver to receive signals, and control the transceiver to send signals
  • the execution causes the processor to perform the method of any of the possible implementations of the ninth or ninth aspect.
  • a thirty-first aspect a computer readable medium for storing a computer program, the computer program comprising instructions for performing the method of the first aspect or any of the possible implementations of the first aspect.
  • a thirty-second aspect a computer readable medium for storing a computer program, the computer program comprising instructions for performing the method of the second aspect or any of the possible implementations of the second aspect.
  • a thirty-third aspect a computer readable medium for storing a computer program, the computer program comprising instructions for performing the method of any of the third aspect or any of the possible implementations of the third aspect.
  • a thirty-fourth aspect a computer readable medium for storing a computer program, the computer program package Instructions are included for performing the method of any of the possible implementations of the fourth aspect or the fourth aspect.
  • a thirty-fifth aspect a computer readable medium for storing a computer program, the computer program comprising instructions for performing the method of any of the fifth aspect or any of the possible implementations of the fifth aspect.
  • a thirty-sixth aspect a computer readable medium for storing a computer program, the computer program comprising instructions for performing the method of any of the sixth or sixth aspect of the sixth aspect.
  • a thirty-seventh aspect a computer readable medium for storing a computer program, the computer program comprising instructions for performing the method of any of the seventh aspect or any of the possible implementations of the seventh aspect.
  • a thirty-eighth aspect a computer readable medium for storing a computer program, the computer program comprising instructions for performing the method of any of the eighth aspect or any of the possible implementations of the eighth aspect.
  • a thirty-ninth aspect a computer readable medium for storing a computer program, the computer program comprising instructions for performing the method of any of the ninth or ninth aspect of the ninth aspect.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of another application scenario of the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of still another application scenario of the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 shows a schematic diagram of a communication method in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 shows a schematic diagram of another communication method in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 shows a schematic diagram of a type of radio bearer according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 shows a schematic diagram of still another communication method in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 shows a schematic diagram of still another communication method in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 shows a schematic diagram of still another communication method in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 shows a schematic diagram of still another communication method in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 shows a schematic diagram of still another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 shows a schematic diagram of still another communication method in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 shows a schematic diagram of still another communication method in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 shows a schematic diagram of still another communication method in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 shows a schematic diagram of still another communication method in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 shows a schematic diagram of still another communication method in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 shows a schematic diagram of still another communication method in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 shows a schematic diagram of still another communication method in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 19 shows a schematic diagram of still another communication method in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 20 shows a schematic diagram of still another communication method in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 21 shows a schematic diagram of still another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 22 shows a schematic diagram of still another communication method in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 23 shows a schematic diagram of another communication method in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 24 shows a schematic diagram of another communication method in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 25 shows a schematic diagram of a communication device in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 26 shows a schematic diagram of another communication device in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 27 shows a schematic diagram of yet another communication device in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 28 shows a schematic diagram of yet another communication device in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 29 shows a schematic diagram of yet another communication device in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 30 shows a schematic diagram of yet another communication device in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 31 shows a schematic diagram of yet another communication device in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 32 shows a schematic diagram of yet another communication device in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 33 shows a schematic diagram of yet another communication device in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 34 shows a schematic diagram of yet another communication device in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 35 shows a schematic diagram of yet another communication device in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 36 shows a schematic diagram of yet another communication device in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 37 shows a schematic diagram of yet another communication device in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 38 shows a schematic diagram of yet another communication device in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 39 shows a schematic diagram of yet another communication device in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 40 shows a schematic diagram of yet another communication device in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 41 shows a schematic diagram of yet another communication device in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 42 shows a schematic diagram of yet another communication device in accordance with an embodiment of the present application.
  • GSM global system of mobile communication
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA Wideband code division multiple access
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • LTE long term evolution
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as user equipment (UE), access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, terminal device, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, A wireless communication device, user agent, or user device.
  • the access terminal may be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), with wireless communication.
  • PLMNs public land mobile networks
  • the network device or the access network device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device for communicating with the terminal device, where the network device or the access network device may be a base transceiver station (BTS) in GSM or CDMA, or It is a base station (nodeB, NB) in a WCDMA system, and may also be an evolved base station (evolutional node B, eNB or eNodeB) in an LTE system, or may be in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario.
  • BTS base transceiver station
  • NB base station
  • evolutional node B evolutional node B
  • eNB evolved base station
  • CRAN cloud radio access network
  • the wireless controller, or the network device or the access network device may be a relay station, an access point, an in-vehicle device, a wearable device, and a network device or an access network device in a future 5G network, or may be a PLMN network in a future evolution. Network equipment or access network equipment, etc.
  • the UE in the first state mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may continue to reserve the dedicated UE ID (DUI) of the UE, and may have some or all of the following functions:
  • Channel state information may not be sent to the first device.
  • the channel state information is not sent to the first device in real time, but in some special scenarios, the terminal device in the first state may also send channel state information to the first device, for example, when the first device is in the terminal in the first state.
  • the device sends the indication information, and the indication information indicates that the terminal device in the first state sends the channel state information to the first device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • connection management can be performed, for example, long-term link adaptation and long-period measurement.
  • the radio resource control (RRC) connection with the network side can be reserved.
  • the signaling plane bearer and user plane bearer with the core network can be reserved. Alternatively, only the signaling plane bearer with the core network may be reserved, and the user plane bearer with the core network may be deleted.
  • the data packet may be carried through the signaling of the access layer, or through a non-access stratum (non-access stratum, NAS) signaling carries data packets.
  • the MME identifies the background service or the packet data, and forwards the data to the serving gateway (SGW).
  • SGW serving gateway
  • the first state UE may reserve a signaling plane bearer with the core network, delete a dedicated user plane bearer with the core network, and establish a public or default user plane bearer with the core network.
  • a signaling plane bearer with the core network
  • delete a dedicated user plane bearer with the core network
  • establish a public or default user plane bearer with the core network.
  • uplink background service or packet data to be transmitted it can be transmitted through the public or default user plane bearer with the core network.
  • the uplink reference signal is sent, which may be sent periodically, or may be sent after the event trigger condition is met.
  • the event triggering condition may be based on the speed trigger of the UE.
  • the current sending period configured by the network side is T
  • the speed threshold of the UE is V.
  • the UE speed is less than and/or equal to V
  • the transmission period of the uplink reference signal may be configured to be infinite.
  • the maximum transmission period of the reference signal may be configured, such as 256s, 30min, and the like.
  • the first state may be an (ecology conservation optimization, ECO) state or an energy conserved operation (ECO).
  • the first state may be a Power saving state.
  • the first state may also be an inactive state or the like, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the active UE has a DUI and may have some or all of the following functions:
  • the UE can support the use of uplink and downlink shared resources and dedicated resources.
  • the UE has two states, and can switch between the two states. For example, when there is no service data transmission for a period of time after the UE data transmission is completed, the UE can go from the active state to the first state.
  • the UE in the first state may not monitor the dynamic control channel, and only needs to support a small amount of connection management, which consumes less power than the active state.
  • the scenario 100 includes: a primary network device, at least one secondary network device, and a terminal device.
  • the primary network device may be an anchor new radio (ANR) 101
  • the secondary network device may be an assisted new radio (AsNR) 102
  • the terminal device may be the UE 103.
  • the interface can be a wired interface.
  • UE103 The connection can be established simultaneously by the AnNR 101 and the secondary network device 102.
  • the connection established by EU103 and AnNR101 is the primary connection
  • the connection established by UE103 and AsNR 102 is the secondary connection.
  • the control plane data of the UE 103 can be simultaneously transmitted through the primary connection and the secondary connection.
  • the user plane data of the UE 103 can also be simultaneously transmitted through the primary connection and the secondary connection.
  • the control plane data of the UE 103 can also be transmitted only through the secondary connection.
  • the user plane data of the UE 103 can also be transmitted only through the secondary connection.
  • the user plane data of the UE 103 can also be transmitted only through the primary connection.
  • the user plane data of the UE 103 can also be transmitted only through the primary connection.
  • the user plane data of the UE 103 can be transmitted through the primary connection, and the control plane data of the UE 103 can be transmitted through the secondary connection.
  • the user plane data of the UE 103 can be transmitted through the secondary connection, and the control plane data of the UE 103 can be transmitted through the primary connection.
  • the channel quality between the UE 103 and the AnNR 101 may be degraded, and the AsNR 102 is required to share the transmission of at least part of the data of the UE 103.
  • the network load of the AnNR 101 is heavy, the scenario in which the AsNR 102 needs to share the radio bearer of at least part of the data for the AnNR 101 may also be used in the method of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the AsNR 102 shares at least part of the data of the AnNR 101 the core network device side does not perceive the user's mobility, and the user's context remains in the AnNR 101.
  • Protocol stack 1 has been secured for security and integrity.
  • the RRC authentication process does not need to be performed again on the air interface side.
  • the following is a schematic diagram of another application scenario 200 of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the scenario 200 includes:
  • An anchor central unit (AnCU) 201 An anchor central unit (AnCU) 201, an anchor distribution unit (AnDU) 202, an Assitant Distribute Unit (AsDU) 203, and a UE 204.
  • AnCU201 is used to control AnDU202 and AsDU203.
  • the connection established by the UE 204 with the AnDU 202 is referred to as a primary connection, and the connection established by the UE 204 with the AsDU 203 is referred to as a secondary connection.
  • the AsDU 203 is required to share the radio bearer of at least part of the data of the UE 204.
  • the network load of the AnDU 202 is heavy, the scenario in which the AsDU 203 needs to share the radio bearer of the at least part of the data is also used in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the AsDU 203 shares at least part of the data of the AnDU 202 the core network device side does not. Perceiving the mobility of the user, the context of the user remains in the AnDU 202, and the UE 204 does not need to re-establish the context of the user when the AsDU 203 initiates the service.
  • the scenario 300 includes: an anchor central unit (AnCU) 301, an assistant central unit (AsCU) 302, and an anchor distribution unit. , AnDU) 303, an assistant distribution unit (AsDU) 304 and a UE 305.
  • the AnCU 301 is used to control the AnDU 303.
  • the AsCU 301 is used to control the AsDU 304.
  • An interface exists between the AnCU 301 and the AsCU 302. Generally, the interface can be a wired interface.
  • the connection established by the UE 305 with the AnDU 303 is referred to as a primary connection
  • the connection established by the UE 305 with the AsDU 304 is referred to as a secondary connection.
  • the cell identifier where the UE 305 is located may be the cell identifier covered by the AsDU or the cell identifier of the AsCU.
  • the scenario in which the AsDU 304 needs to share the radio bearer of the at least part of the data in the AnDU 303 may also be used in the method of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the AsDU 304 shares at least part of the data of the AnDU 303 the core network device side does not. Perceive the user's mobility, the user's context remains at AnDU303.
  • UE 103, UE 204, and UE 305 may be UEs in a first state, such as an ECO.
  • the UE of the present application is not limited to this embodiment.
  • the application scenario according to the embodiment of the present application is described in detail above with reference to FIG. 1 to FIG. 3 .
  • the communication method according to the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 4 to FIG. 23 .
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a communication method 400 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 400 includes:
  • the terminal device in the first state sends a fourth message to the second device.
  • the fourth message may be a trigger message, and is used to trigger the second device to send the first message.
  • the first message is used to determine that the second device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state, and the first device is a primary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the terminal device in the first state does not send channel state information to the first device, and the core network device and the first device reserve a data plane connection of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the first device may be the AnNR 101 in FIG. 1, the second device may be the AsNR 102 in FIG. 1, and the terminal device in the first state may be the UE 103 in FIG.
  • the first device may be the AnCU 201 in FIG. 2
  • the second device may be the AsDU 203 in FIG. 2
  • the terminal device in the first state may be the UE 204 in FIG.
  • the first device may be the AnCU 301 in FIG. 3
  • the second device may be the AsDU 304 in FIG. 3
  • the terminal device in the first state may be the UE 305 in FIG.
  • the fourth message includes the identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, and the fourth message may also include the access capability information of the terminal device in the first state, and the terminal device retained in the first state.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited to the bearer information, for example, the quality of service (QoS) information of the bearer.
  • the second device when the second device receives the fourth message sent by the terminal device in the first state, the second device sends the first message to the first device. That is, the fourth message is used to trigger the second device to send the first message to the first device.
  • the identifier information of the terminal device in the first state may uniquely identify the terminal device in the first state and the first device that serves the terminal device in the first state, where the first device maintains the terminal device in the first state.
  • the data plane connection between the access network side and the core network network also maintains information about the context of part of the radio bearer of the terminal device in the first state, such as QoS information and protocol stack information, when the second device receives the first
  • the first device serving the terminal device is found according to the identifier of the terminal device in the first state carried in the fourth message, and then the first message is sent to the first device.
  • the primary access network device maintains a data plane connection between the core network device of the terminal device in the first state and the access network device.
  • the primary access network device can maintain the terminal in the first state. Context information of at least part of the radio bearer of the device.
  • the auxiliary access network device does not have a data plane connection between the core network device and the access network device of the terminal device in the first state, but the auxiliary access network device can transmit the terminal device in the first state on the air interface side. data.
  • the fourth message may be an uplink tracking signal.
  • the second device receives the uplink Tracking signal, determining, according to the uplink Tracking signal, channel quality information between the terminal device in the first state and the cell covered by the second device. And forming a first measurement report, and sending the first measurement report to the first device, so that the first device determines, according to the first measurement report, whether to add the secondary device as the secondary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the fourth message may also be a cell update message, that is, when the terminal device in the first state moves from the cell covered by the first device to the cell covered by the second device, the terminal device in the first state sends a cell update message to the second device,
  • the cell update message includes the identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, and when the second device receives the cell update message, the resource indication information of the resource location of the second device and the identifier information of the terminal device in the first state may be The identifier information of the current cell where the terminal device in the first state is located is sent in the first message to the first device, so that the first device is configured according to the first device.
  • the first message determines an auxiliary access network device that adds the second device to the terminal device in the first state.
  • the fourth message may also be a first state transition request message, where the first state transition request message is used to request, from the second device, that the terminal device in the first state needs to be converted from the first state to the active state.
  • the first state transition request message includes the identifier information of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the access network device that triggers the addition of the second device to the terminal device in the first state, and may also be specified by a network protocol, or may be periodically added according to a specific rule, or The method may also be added in a network triggered manner, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the second device sends a first message to the first device, where the first device receives the first message.
  • the S402 includes: the second device directly sends the first message to the first device, for example, the first device may be AnNR101, the second device may be the AsNR102, or the S402 may further include: the second device passes the sixth device Sending a first message to the first device, for example, the first device is AnCU 301, the second device may be AsDU 304, and the sixth device may be AsCU 302 in FIG.
  • the first device receives the first message, where the first device directly receives the first message sent by the second device, or the first device receives the first message sent by the second device by using the sixth device.
  • the first message may be a first measurement report, where the first measurement report is used to indicate first channel quality information between the terminal device in the first state and the second device.
  • the first message may also be a cell update message, where the cell update message is used to indicate that the terminal device in the first state moves from a cell covered by the first device to a cell covered by the second device.
  • the first message may be a first state transition request message, where the first state transition request message is used to request the second device to convert the first state to the active state from the first state, which is implemented by the present application. This example does not limit this.
  • the first message includes: identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, identifier information of a current cell where the terminal device in the first state is located, and information about the second device and the first state At least one of a channel quality parameter between the terminal device and the resource indication information of the second device, where the current cell where the terminal device in the first state is located is a cell covered by the second device.
  • the first message When the first message is the first measurement report, the first message includes: the identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, the identifier information of the current cell where the terminal device in the first state is located, and the second At least one of a channel quality parameter between the device and the terminal device in the first state and resource indication information of the second device.
  • the first message includes: identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, identifier information of a current cell where the terminal device in the first state is located, and information about the second device and the first state Channel quality parameters between terminal devices.
  • the first message When the first message is a cell update message or a first state transition request message, the first message includes: the identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, and the identifier of the current cell where the terminal device in the first state is located. At least one of information and resource indication information of the second device.
  • the first message includes: identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, and identifier information of a current cell where the terminal device in the first state is located.
  • the first device determines, according to the first message, that the second device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the first device When the first device receives the first measurement report, determining, according to the first channel quality information between the terminal device and the second device in the first state, whether to add the second device as the auxiliary access of the terminal device in the first state Network equipment. For example, when the channel quality parameter represented by the first channel quality information is greater than a preset first threshold, the second device is considered to be If the channel quality between the terminal devices in a state satisfies the condition for transmitting data, the first device may determine that the second device is the auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the first device may compare, according to a channel quality parameter between the terminal device and the second device in the first state, and a channel quality parameter between the terminal device and the first device in the first state, when the first state is When the channel quality parameter of the terminal device and the second device is better than the channel quality parameter of the first device and the first device, the second device is determined to be an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the first device may be configured according to the resource indication information of the second device, the channel quality parameter of the terminal device and the second device in the first state, and the channel quality parameter of the terminal device in the first state and the first device.
  • the access network device that determines whether to add the second device to the terminal device in the first state is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the first device may also determine, according to other information in the first measurement report, whether to add the secondary device as the secondary access network device of the terminal device in the first state, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the first device may add the second device to the terminal device in the first state when receiving the cell update message or the first state transition request message. Access network equipment. Or the first device may determine, according to the resource update information of the second device that is carried in the cell update message or the first state transition request message, whether to add the secondary device as the secondary access network device of the terminal device in the first state. For example, when the resource currently available to the second device is greater than the preset second threshold, determining that the second device is the secondary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the first device may determine, according to the cell update information of the second device that is carried in the cell update message or the first state transition request message, and the channel quality between the first device and the terminal device in the first state, whether the second device is added.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited to the auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in a state.
  • the first device sends a second message to the second device, the second device receives the second message sent by the first device, and the second message is used to request to add the second device to the An auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the second message includes: at least the identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, the type information of the radio bearer, and the identifier information of the at least one radio bearer that the first device requests the second device to transmit.
  • the second message includes: identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, identifier information of the radio bearer, and type information of the radio bearer, so that when the second device transmits data corresponding to the identifier information of the radio bearers,
  • the second device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state, and the type information of the radio bearer is used to indicate a mode of allocation between the first device and the second device by the protocol stack corresponding to the radio bearer.
  • the first device determines, according to the identifier information of the first terminal device, that the first device is reserved for the terminal device in the first state.
  • the radio bears the context information, and determines, according to the channel state information in the first message and the second device resource indication information, the radio bearer type and the radio bearer identification information that the second device needs to transmit as the auxiliary network device, and the identifier information of the radio bearer.
  • Determining which bearer data can be transmitted by the second device so that the second device can transmit data according to the type information of the received radio bearer, and the second device can also determine the identifier according to the identifier information of the at least one radio bearer sent by the first device.
  • the radio bearer identifier that can be received, and the radio bearer identifier that can be received by itself is carried in the confirmation message of the second message and sent to the first device.
  • the radio bearer type in the embodiment of the present application may be a method for allocating a protocol stack when transmitting data corresponding to a specific radio bearer.
  • the control plane data and the user plane data may use the same radio bearer type or different radio bearer types, and the type information of the radio bearer may correspond to the identifier information of the radio bearer. There is no corresponding relationship, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the second message may be an auxiliary add request message sent by the first device to the second device.
  • the second device sends an acknowledgement message of the second message to the first device according to the second message, where the first device receives an acknowledgement message of the second message.
  • the acknowledgement message of the second message includes: identifier information of the first radio bearer that the second device can transmit to the terminal device in the first state, where the identifier information of the at least one radio bearer includes The identification information of the first radio bearer. Even if the second device receives the identifier information of the radio bearer in the second message, the second device may determine that the second device is offloaded according to the load of the radio device or the identifier information of the radio bearer supported by the second device or the resource information of the second device. Identification information of the radio bearer.
  • the second message may include three radio bearer IDs, but the second device can only transmit one radio bearer ID of the three radio bearer IDs, and the second device may carry the radio bearer ID that can be transmitted by the second device.
  • the confirmation message of the second message is sent to the first device.
  • the method 400 further includes: S406a, the first The device sends a third message to the terminal device in the first state, where the third message is used to notify the terminal device in the first state that the second device is an auxiliary access of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the terminal device in the first state sends an acknowledgement message of the third message to the first device according to the third message, where the first device receives the third message according to the third message.
  • the method 400 further includes: S406b, the second The device sends a third message to the terminal device in the first state, where the third message is used to notify the terminal device in the first state that the second device is an auxiliary access of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the terminal device in the first state sends the acknowledgement message of the third message to the second device according to the third message.
  • the second device receives the acknowledgement message of the third message sent by the terminal device in the first state according to the third message.
  • the third message may be a notification message or a paging message, where the third message includes first indication information, identification information of the terminal device in the first state, and first wireless At least one of the carried identity information, the type information of the radio bearer, and the time advance TA information.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the first device and the core network device retain a data plane connection and/or the first device retains the radio bearer of the first state.
  • the identifier information of the first radio bearer is used to identify the radio bearer that the second device can transmit to the terminal device in the first state
  • the type information of the radio bearer is used to indicate that the protocol stack corresponding to the radio bearer is in the The manner of allocation between the first device and the second device.
  • the TA information is used to indicate time advancement information of the uplink synchronization of the terminal device in the first state and the second device.
  • the third message includes: identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, type information of the radio bearer, and first indication information.
  • the confirmation message of the third message includes: identifier information of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the first device or the second device may send a third message to the terminal device in the first state, to notify the first state.
  • Terminal device The network device for which the second device serves.
  • the acknowledgment message of the third message is returned to the first device, when the terminal device in the first state receives the third message sent by the second device And returning a confirmation message of the third message to the second device.
  • the first device may send a third message to the terminal device in the first state when the terminal device in the first state is in the cell covered by the second device and away from the cell covered by the first device.
  • the second device may send the third message to the terminal device in the first state, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device in the first state sends the fourth message to the second device, where the terminal device in the first state sends an uplink tracking signal to the second device, and the second device determines the first message according to the uplink tracking signal.
  • a measurement report the second device sending the first message to the first device, the second device sending a first measurement report to the first device, where the first measurement report is used to indicate the first state First channel quality information between the terminal device and the second device.
  • the receiving, by the second device, the second message that is sent by the first device according to the first message includes: the second device receiving, by the second device, the first device, according to the first channel quality information, Second message. Receiving, by the first device, the first message, that: the first device receives the first measurement report.
  • the first device determines, according to the first message, that the second device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state, and includes: the first device according to the first channel quality
  • the information determines that the second device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the second device may directly send the first measurement report to the first device, or may send the first measurement report to the first device by using the sixth device, where the first device may directly receive the first measurement report sent by the second device.
  • the first measurement report sent by the second device by the sixth device may also be received.
  • the first measurement report may carry the identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, the second device, and the terminal device in the first state. Inter-channel quality parameter, resource indication information of the second device, and identification information of the second device.
  • the identification information of the second device can be understood as the identification information of the current cell where the terminal device in the first state is located.
  • the first measurement report carries the identification information of the sixth device in addition to the information.
  • the first channel quality information may be a reference signal power, a signal to noise ratio, or a channel quality indicator (CQI) or the like.
  • CQI channel quality indicator
  • the terminal device in the first state sends the fourth message to the second device, where the terminal device in the first state sends the cell update of the terminal device in the first state to the second device.
  • the cell update message is used to indicate that the terminal device in the first state moves from a cell covered by the first device to a cell that is covered by the second device, where the cell update message includes the first state Identification information of the terminal device.
  • the second device, receiving the second message that is sent by the first device according to the first message includes: the second device receiving the second device that is sent by the first device according to the cell update message. Message.
  • the receiving, by the first device, the first message includes: receiving, by the first device, a cell update message of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the second device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state, where the cell update information includes: the identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, and the terminal device in the first state At least one of the identification information of the current cell and the resource indication information of the second device.
  • the first message includes: identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, and identifier information of a current cell where the terminal device in the first state is located.
  • the terminal device in the first state adopts the downlink measurement
  • the terminal device in the first state sends the cell to the second device.
  • Update The terminal device that requests the first state from the second device needs to update the cell.
  • the second device sends a cell update message to the first device, where the cell update message carries the identifier information of the cell where the terminal device in the first state is located, the resource identifier information of the second device, and the identifier information of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the first device receives the cell update information
  • the second device determines the secondary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the first device determines, according to the information carried in the cell update message, the second device as the auxiliary access network device of the first device.
  • the terminal device in the first state sends the fourth message to the second device, where the terminal device in the first state sends a first state transition request message to the second device, where the first The state transition request message is configured to request, by the second device, that the terminal device in the first state needs to be converted from the first state to an active state, where the first state transition request message includes the first state At least one of identification information of the terminal device and identification information of the radio bearer of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the second device sending, by the second device, the first message to the first device, where the second device sends a first state transition request message of the terminal device in the first state to the first device, where the first The state transition request message includes at least one of the identification information of the terminal device in the first state, the identification information of the current cell in which the terminal device in the first state is located, and the resource indication information of the second device.
  • the second device receiving the second message that is sent by the first device according to the first message, includes: the second device receiving, by the second device, the first device according to the first state transition request message. Said the second message. Receiving, by the second device, the first message, where the second device receives the first state transition request message sent by the terminal device in the first state.
  • the second device determines, according to the first message, that the third device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state, and includes: the second device according to the first state transition request message Determining that the third device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the first state transition request message is sent to the second device,
  • the terminal device that requests the first state needs to be changed from the first state to the active state, and the first state transition request message carries the identifier information of the first state.
  • the second device receives the first state transition request message, the first state transition request message is sent to the second device, where the first state transition request message carries the identifier information of the cell where the terminal device in the first state is located, At least one of resource identification information of the second device and identification information of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the second device determines the secondary access network device of the terminal device in the first state. Or the first device determines, according to the information carried in the first state transition request message, the second device as the auxiliary access network device of the first device.
  • the method 400 further includes: the first device sending first state configuration information to the terminal device, so that the terminal device is configured according to the The first state configuration information enters a first state, and when the terminal device enters the first state, the terminal device is the terminal device in the first state, and the first state configuration information includes measurement mode indication information, At least one of the identification information of the first state allocated by the first device, the identifier information of the radio bearer reserved by the first device, and the radio resource allocated by the first device to the terminal devicekind.
  • the terminal device receives the first state configuration information sent by the first device.
  • the network needs to be configured.
  • the terminal device receives the first state configuration information sent by the first device, the terminal device enters the first state according to the first state configuration information.
  • the first state configuration information includes: the measurement mode indication information, the identifier information of the first state that is allocated by the first device to the terminal device, and the identifier information of the radio bearer reserved by the first device, and the measurement
  • the mode indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device adopts How to measure.
  • the measurement mode indication information indicates that the terminal device adopts uplink measurement, or adopts downlink measurement, or uses uplink and downlink measurement at the same time
  • the radio bearer information may be, for example, identification information of the radio bearer.
  • the identification information of the radio bearer is used to identify the context information of the bearer that the first device reserves for the user, and the measurement mode is adopted when the terminal device transmits the data corresponding to the identifier information of the radio bearer, so that the first state of the terminal device can be Configuration through the network can increase the flexibility of the configuration.
  • the method 400 further includes: the terminal device or the core network device sending the terminal to the first device
  • the capability information of the device includes: whether the terminal device supports the first state, whether the terminal device supports uplink measurement, and whether the terminal device supports at least one of downlink measurement.
  • the method 400 further includes: the first device receiving the capability information of the terminal device that is sent by the terminal device or the core network device. The first device sends the first state configuration information to the terminal device, where the first device sends the first state configuration information to the terminal device according to the capability information. Receiving, by the terminal device, the first state configuration information that is sent by the first device, where the terminal device receives the first state configuration information that is sent by the first device according to the capability information.
  • the terminal device or the core network device may send the capability information of the terminal device to the first device that serves the terminal device, and the network device determines, according to the capability information of the terminal device, whether to configure the terminal device in the first state.
  • the first device may determine the measurement mode according to the moving speed of the terminal device, the type of the terminal device, and the current network load state of the first device. For example, when the speed of the terminal device is fast, the terminal device can be configured to adopt uplink measurement. When the motion speed of the terminal device is slow, the terminal device can be configured to adopt downlink measurement.
  • the method 400 further includes: the first device or a core network device (for example, a control plane gateway)
  • the terminal device sends a first state preset condition; the terminal device receives the first state preset condition sent by the first device.
  • the terminal device sends a second state transition request message to the first device, where the second state transition request message is used to request the terminal device to The current state is converted to the first state.
  • Receiving, by the first device, the second state transition request message sent by the terminal device according to the first state preset condition, where the first device sends the first state configuration information to the terminal device including: The first device sends the first state configuration information to the terminal device according to the second state transition request message.
  • the first device may send the first state preset condition to the terminal device by using an access stratum (AS) signaling, where the first device may broadcast, unicast, or multicast the first state preset condition, and the control plane
  • the control gateway (CGW) sends the non-access stratum (NAS) signaling to the terminal device.
  • the first state preset condition may be a timer, which is used to indicate that the terminal device is in a specific state.
  • the terminal device sends a second status request message to the first device, requesting to enter the first state.
  • the second status request message may carry the identifier of the terminal device.
  • the information, the measurement capability indication information supported by the terminal device, and the reason for transmitting the second state transition request message at this time are at least one of information such as requesting conversion to the first state.
  • the method 400 further includes: the first device or the second device sending a paging signal to the terminal device in the first state, where the paging signal includes a value of the TA, a second indication At least one of information and identification information of the terminal device in the first state, the second indication information being used to indicate a destination of transmitting the paging signal To adjust the TA.
  • the terminal device receives a paging signal sent by the first device.
  • the first device or the second device when the first device or the second device receives the uplink tracking signal sent by the terminal device in the first state, when the terminal in the first state is about to lose synchronization according to the uplink tracking signal, the first device or the second device sends the uplink tracking signal to the terminal device in the first state.
  • the paging signal includes a time advance value, a reason for transmitting the paging signal at the time, and identification information of the terminal device in the first state, when the terminal device in the first state receives the paging signal, Synchronizing with the first device or the second device according to the TA value in the paging signal; that is, the first device may send a paging signal to implement synchronization between the terminal device in the first state and the first device, and the second device may send The paging signal synchronizes the terminal device in the first state with the second device.
  • the uplink tracking signal received by the first device and the uplink tracking signal received by the second device are simultaneously determined to determine a TA value, and the first device or the second device sends the TA value to the terminal device in the first state, so that It can be realized that the terminal device in the first state synchronizes with the first device and the second device at the same time.
  • the first device is AnNR101 in FIG. 1, and the second device is AsNR102 in FIG. 1; wherein the first device receives the first message, including: the AnNR101 receiving station The first message sent by the AsNR 102.
  • the first device is the main central unit AnCU201 in FIG. 2, and the second device is a secondary distribution unit AsDU203, and the AnCU 201 is used to control the AsDU 203 and the main distribution unit AnDU202; Receiving, by the first device, the first message, that: the AnCU 201 receives the first message sent by the AsDU 203.
  • the method 400 further includes: The AnCU 201 receives a second measurement report sent by the AnDU 202, where the second measurement report is used to indicate second channel quality information between the terminal device in the first state and the AnDU 202. Determining, by the first device, that the second device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state, according to the first message, that: the AnCU 201 is configured according to the first message The second channel quality information determines that the AnDU 202 is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the AnCU 201 can receive not only the first measurement report, the cell update message, or the first state transition request sent by the AsDU 203, but the AnCU 201 can also receive the second measurement report sent by the AnDU 202, and the AnCU 201 can be based on the first measurement report, the cell update message, or The first state transition request and the second measurement report determine whether to add the AsDU 203 as an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state. For example, the AnCU 201 determines, according to the first measurement report between the terminal device and the AsDU 203 in the first state, the second measurement report between the terminal device in the first state and the AnDU 202, between the terminal device in the first state and the two devices.
  • the ADU 203 determines the auxiliary access of the terminal device in the first state.
  • Network equipment when the channel quality between the terminal device and the AsDU 203 of the first state is better than the channel quality between the terminal device and the AnDU 202 in the first state, the ADU 203 determines the auxiliary access of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the first device is the primary central unit AnCU301 in FIG. 3, the second device is the secondary distribution unit AsDU304 in FIG. 3, the AnCU 301 is used to control the AnDU 303, and the secondary central unit AsCU302 is used. And controlling the AsDU 304, where the second device sends the first message to the first device, where the AsDU sends the first message to the AnCU by using the AsCU 302.
  • the receiving, by the first device, the first message includes: the AnCU 301 receiving the first message sent by the AsDU 304 by using the AsCU 302.
  • the sending, by the first device, the second message to the second device includes: the AnCU 301 sending the second message to the AsDU 304 by using the AsCU 302.
  • the second message sent includes: the AsDU 304 receiving the AnCU 301 to send the second message by using the AsCU 302. And sending, by the second device, the acknowledgement message sent by the second message to the first device according to the second message, where the AsDU 304 sends the foregoing message to the AnCU 301 by using the AsCU 302 according to the second message.
  • the receiving, by the first device, the acknowledgement message of the second message sent by the second device includes: the AnCU 301 receiving an acknowledgement message of the second message sent by the AsDU 304 by using the AsCU 302.
  • the second device sends a first message to the sixth device, where the sixth device receives the first message, and sends the first message to the first device, where the first message is used by the first message.
  • the device determines that the second device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the first device sends a second message to the sixth device according to the first message, the sixth device sends the second message to the second device, the sixth device receives the confirmation message of the second message, and the sixth device sends the second message to the second device.
  • the second device sends the third message to the terminal device in the first state
  • the sixth device receives the acknowledgement message of the third message sent by the second device, that is, the sixth device can be understood as a forwarding device, specifically
  • the first device may be AnCU 301
  • the second device may be AsDU 304
  • the sixth device may be AsCU 302.
  • the method 400 before the determining, by the first device, that the second device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state, the method 400 further includes: The AnDU 303 sends a third measurement report to the AnCU 301, where the AnCU 301 receives a third measurement report sent by the AnDU 303, where the third measurement report is used to indicate between the terminal device in the first state and the AnDU 303.
  • Third channel quality information The first device determines, according to the first message, that the second device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state, and includes: the AnCU 301 according to the first message and the The third channel quality information determines that the second device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the AnCU 301 can receive not only the first measurement report, the cell update message, or the first state transition request sent by the AsDU 304, but the AnCU 301 can also receive the third measurement report sent by the AnDU 303.
  • the AnCU 301 can be based on the first measurement report, the cell update message, or The first state transition request and the third measurement report determine whether to add the AsDU 304 as an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state. For example, the AnCU 301 determines, according to the first measurement report between the terminal device and the AsDU 304 in the first state, the third measurement report between the terminal device in the first state and the AnDU 303, between the terminal device in the first state and the two devices. Channel quality.
  • the AsDU 304 is determined to be an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the sending, by the first device, the third message to the terminal device in the first state that: the first device sends a third message to the fourth device, and the fourth device receives the first device Sending, according to the third message sent by the first information, the third message to the terminal device in the first state, where the third message is used to notify the terminal device in the first state of the second device An auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the terminal device in the first state sends an acknowledgement message of the third message to the fourth device, and after receiving the determining message of the third message, the fourth device sends a confirmation message of the third message to the first device, specifically, the The first device is AnCU 301, the second device is AsDU 304, and the fourth device is AnDU 303.
  • the first device sends a third message to the terminal device in the first state, where the AnCU 301 sends the third message to the terminal device in the first state by using the AnDU 303.
  • the receiving, by the first device, the acknowledgment message of the third message that is sent by the terminal device in the first state according to the third message includes: receiving, by the first device, the terminal device in the first state according to the The third message passes the An acknowledgement message of the third message sent by the AnDU 303.
  • the first message further includes: at least one of resource indication information of the AsCU, identifier information of the AsCU, and identifier information of the AsDU.
  • the identifier information of the terminal device in the first state includes an identifier of the first device and an identifier of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the method 400 further includes: S407, after the second device is added as the auxiliary access network device, the data may be forwarded to the second device by using the first device, and the second device is transmitted by the terminal device in the first state. data.
  • the first device and the second device can also transmit data to the terminal device in the first state at the same time, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the communication method 400 of the embodiment of the present application is described in detail in conjunction with FIG. 4, and the method 400 determines, for the first device, an access network device that adds the second device to the terminal device in the first state, which is described in detail below with reference to FIG.
  • the second device determines a method 500 of adding an auxiliary access network device of the second device or the third device to the terminal device in the first state.
  • FIG. 5 illustrates a communication method 500 in accordance with an embodiment of the present application, the method 500 including:
  • the terminal device in the first state sends a fourth message to the third device, where the fourth information is used to instruct the third device to send the first message, where the first message is used to determine that the second device is the An auxiliary access network device of a terminal device of a state, the first device being a primary access network device of a terminal device in a first state.
  • S502 includes S502a or S502b
  • the S502a is that the third device sends the first message to the second device
  • the S502b is the first device that sends the first message to the second device, where the first message is used to determine the second device.
  • An auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state The second device receives the first message, the second device may receive the first message sent by the terminal device in the first state, and the second device may also receive the first message sent by the third device, where the first message is used to determine the third message.
  • the terminal device in the first state does not send channel state information to the first device, and the core network device and the first device reserve a data plane connection of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the fourth message in S501 may be the fourth message in S401, that is, when the first device determines that the second device is the auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state in S401, the second device receives the second message.
  • the message sent by the terminal device in the first state is referred to as a fourth message.
  • the message that the second device sends to the first device according to the fourth message is referred to as a first message.
  • the message sent by the terminal device in the first state received by the second device in S501 is used by the second device to determine that the third device is the auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state, that is, whether the first device or the first device.
  • the message received by the two devices for determining the auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state is referred to as the first message.
  • the first message includes: identifier information of the terminal device in the first state and/or identifier information of a radio bearer of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the first message may be a first measurement report, where the first measurement report is used to indicate first channel quality information between the terminal device in the first state and the third device.
  • the first message may also be a cell update message, where the cell update message is used to indicate that the terminal device in the first state moves from a cell covered by the first device to a cell covered by the second device.
  • the first message may be a first state transition request message, where the first state transition request message is used to request the second device to convert the first state to the active state from the first state, which is implemented by the present application. This example does not limit this
  • the second device determines, according to the first message, that the third device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state;
  • the third device determines a first measurement report according to the uplink tracking signal, where the first measurement report is used to indicate the terminal device in the first state and the The first channel quality information is sent by the third device, and the third device sends the first measurement report to the second device, where the first message received by the second device is the first measurement report, and the second device determines, according to the first measurement report.
  • the third access device Whether to add the third access device to the auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state. For example, when the channel quality information is greater than the threshold of the device, it is determined that the access network device that adds the third device to the terminal device in the first state is determined.
  • the second device may also determine whether to add the third access device to the auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state according to the resource information and the channel quality information.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the terminal device in the first state sends a cell update message to the third device, where
  • the cell update message includes the identifier information of the terminal device in the first state and the identifier information of the radio bearer of the terminal device in the first state, and when the second device receives the cell update message, according to the current resource state of the second device itself and the The identification information of the radio bearer of the terminal device of a state determines whether to add the auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in which the third device is the first state.
  • the first message may also be a first state transition request message, where the first state transition request message is used to request the second device to convert the first state to the active state from the first state.
  • the first state transition request message includes the identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, and when the second device receives the first state transition request message, determining to add the third device to the terminal device in the first state. Access network equipment. Or, when the second device receives the first state transition request, determining, according to the resource status of the second device, whether to add the auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in which the third device is the first state.
  • the second device sends a second message to the first device, where the first device receives the second message sent by the second device, where the second message is used to request to add the third device to the first state.
  • An auxiliary access network device of the terminal device where the first device is a primary access network device of the terminal device in the first state;
  • the second message includes: the identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, the identifier information of the radio bearer, the type of the radio bearer, and the cell identifier information in which the terminal device in the first state is currently located. At least one of the cells in which the terminal device in the first state is currently located is a cell served by the second device.
  • the first device sends an acknowledgement message of the second message to the second device, and the second device receives an acknowledgement message of the second message that is sent by the first device according to the second message.
  • the confirmation message of the second message includes: type information of the radio bearer that is transmitted by the third device that is determined by the first device to the terminal device in the first state, and/or the first Identification information of the terminal device in the state.
  • the method 500 further includes: S506, the second device is in the first state
  • the terminal device sends a third message, where the third message is used to notify the terminal device in the first state that the third device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the terminal device in the first state receives the acknowledgement message of the third message according to the acknowledgement message of the third message sent by the third message.
  • the third message includes: at least one of the first indication information, the identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, the identifier information of the first radio bearer, the type information of the radio bearer, and the time advance TA information.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the first device and the core network device retain a data plane connection and/or the first device retains the radio bearer of the first state.
  • the identification information of the first radio bearer is used to identify
  • the third device is capable of transmitting a radio bearer to the terminal device in the first state.
  • the type information of the radio bearer is used to indicate a mode of allocation of the protocol stack corresponding to the radio bearer between the first device and the third device.
  • the TA information is used to indicate time advancement information of the uplink synchronization of the terminal device in the first state and the second device.
  • the terminal device in the first state sends the first message to the second device, where the terminal device in the first state sends a tracking signal to the second device.
  • the first measurement report is used to indicate first channel quality information between the terminal device in the first state and the third device.
  • the second device determines, according to the first message, that the third device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state, where the second device determines, according to the tracking signal, the first First channel quality information between the terminal device of a state and the second device. When the first channel quality information meets a preset condition, the second device determines that the third device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the terminal device in the first state sends the first message to the second device, where the terminal device in the first state sends the terminal device in the first state to the second device.
  • Cell update message is used to indicate that the terminal device in the first state moves from a cell covered by the first device to a cell covered by the third device, where the cell update message includes the terminal in the first state. Identification information of the device. Receiving, by the second device, the first message, where the second device receives the cell update message sent by the terminal device in the first state.
  • the terminal device in the first state sends the first message to the second device, where the terminal device in the first state sends a state transition request message to the second device.
  • the terminal device of the state needs to be switched from the first state to the active state.
  • the second device determines, according to the first message, that the third device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state, and includes: the second device according to the first state transition request message Determining that the third device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the first device is AnNR101 in FIG. 1
  • the second device is AsNR102 in FIG. 2
  • the third device is also AsNR102 in FIG. 2
  • the second device receives
  • the first message includes: the AsNR receiving the first message sent by the terminal device in the first state.
  • the first device is the main central unit AnCU301 in FIG. 3
  • the second device is the auxiliary central unit AsCU302 in FIG. 3
  • the third device is the auxiliary distribution unit AsDU304 in FIG. Receiving, by the second device, the first message, where the second device receives the first message sent by the terminal device in the first state by using the AsDU 304.
  • the terminal device in the first state sends a first message to the third device, where the first message is used by the second device to determine the auxiliary connection of the terminal device in the first state of the third device Network access equipment.
  • the third device receives the third message sent by the second device, and sends the third message to the terminal device in the first state, where the third message is used to notify the terminal device in the first state
  • the third device is the terminal in the first state Auxiliary access network equipment for the equipment.
  • the second device is a secondary central unit AsCU302
  • the third device is a secondary distribution unit AsDU304.
  • the second device sends a third message to the terminal device in the first state, where the AsCU 302 sends the third message to the terminal device in the first state by using the AsDU 304.
  • Receiving the third message by the terminal device in the first state includes: receiving, by the terminal device in the first state, the third message sent by the AsCU 302 through the AsDU 304.
  • the method 500 further includes: S507, after adding the second device as the auxiliary access network device, forwarding the data to the second device by using the first device, and transmitting, by the second device, the terminal device in the first state data.
  • the first device and the second device can also transmit data to the terminal device in the first state at the same time, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the radio bearer identifier mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may be, for example, an ID of a radio bearer, which is used to indicate which radio bearers are to be transmitted by the second device.
  • the bearer transmitted by the second device may be a data plane bearer or may be controlled.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited to the surface bearer, or the data plane and the user plane bearer.
  • the type of radio bearer mentioned in the implementation of the present application may indicate in what form the first device and the second device transmit data.
  • the protocol stack 1, the protocol stack 2, the protocol stack 3, and the protocol stack 4 are other protocol stacks of the network device except the control plane protocol stack.
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • RLC radio link control
  • media access control media access control
  • Control MAC
  • the data transmission form may be: the data plane data or the control plane data is transmitted by the core network device to the first device, and the first device transfers the data plane data or the control plane data to the second device, and the foregoing four protocols of the second device
  • the stack is processed and transmitted to the terminal device in the first state.
  • the control plane data or the user plane data may be transmitted by the core network device to the first device, where the first device is processed in the PDCP layer protocol, and then transferred to the second device, and the RLC layer protocol and the MAC layer protocol of the second device are used. And the PHY layer protocol is processed and then transmitted to the terminal device in the first state.
  • the control plane data or the user plane data may be transmitted by the core network device to the first device, and the first device processes the data plane data and the control plane data line in the PDCP layer protocol and the RLC layer protocol, and then transfers the data to the second device.
  • the MAC layer protocol and the PHY layer protocol of the second device are processed and then transmitted to the terminal device in the first state.
  • the user plane data or the control plane data is transmitted by the core network device to the first device, and the first device processes the data plane data or the user plane data in the PDCP layer protocol, the RLC layer protocol, and the MAC layer protocol, and then transfers to the first
  • the second device is processed by the PHY layer protocol of the second device and then transmitted to the terminal device in the first state.
  • the type of the radio bearer may also be a type of the radio bearer of the network system in the future. The embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the core network device when the core network device transmits data to the first device, it may be processed by the protocol stack 1 of the first device, and when the first device transmits the data to the second device, the second device The protocol stack 2, protocol stack 3, and protocol stack 4 of the device process the data and then transmit it to the terminal device. Or when the core network device transmits data to the first device, the protocol stack 1 and the protocol stack 2 of the first device process the data, and when the first device transmits the data to the second device, the protocol stack 3 of the second device And the protocol stack 4 processes the data and transmits it to the terminal device in the first state.
  • the core network device transmits the data to the first device
  • the protocol stack 1 of the first device processes the data
  • the data is split into the first data and the second data, and the first data continues to pass through the first device.
  • the protocol stack 2, the protocol stack 3, and the protocol stack 4 process and transmit the first data to the terminal device, and the first device transmits the second data to the second device, the protocol stack 2 of the second device, the protocol stack 3, and the protocol stack. 4 processing the second data
  • the terminal device is transmitted to the first state.
  • Different protocol stack allocation methods are different types of radio bearers.
  • protocol stack 1 is in the PDCP layer protocol
  • protocol stack 2 is the RLC layer protocol
  • protocol stack 3 is the upper layer MAC protocol
  • protocol stack 4 is the lower layer MAC protocol.
  • the resource indication information mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may be the indication information of the remaining resources of the second device, or may be the indication information of the resource currently used by the second device, and the resource indication information may indicate the time-frequency resource of the air interface.
  • the embodiment is not limited to this.
  • the identification information of the terminal device in the first state mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may uniquely identify the terminal device in the first state and the first device that serves the terminal device in the first state, and therefore, need to be to the first device or
  • the identifier information of the terminal device in the first state may be carried, and the timing of the identifier information of the terminal device in the first state is specifically carried.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto, and may be determined according to the specific situation.
  • the identification information of the terminal device in the first state mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may be information that the terminal device that is allocated to the first state by the network uniquely identifies the terminal device in the first state.
  • the identifier information may be an ID, or a port identifier, and the like, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the identification information of the terminal device mentioned in the embodiment of the present application is identification information inherent to the terminal device.
  • the cell identifier mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may be an identifier of an AnNR, an identifier of an AsNR, an identifier of an AnCU, an identifier of an AsCU, an identifier of an AnDU, or an identifier of an AsDU.
  • the current cell identifier in which the terminal device in the first state is located may be an identifier of the AsNR, an identifier of the AsCU, or an identifier of the AsDU.
  • the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
  • the communication method 500 of the embodiment of the present application which is described above in detail with reference to FIG. 5 and FIG. 6, the method 500 is an auxiliary access network device for determining that the third device is the terminal device in the first state, which is described in detail below with reference to FIG. 7.
  • the communication method 600 is provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 600 is specifically a configuration process of the first state of the terminal device.
  • FIG. 7 shows a method 600 for transmitting data provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 600 includes:
  • the network device determines a configuration of the first state of the terminal device.
  • the network device may be AnNR 101 in FIG. 1, and the terminal device may be UE 103 in FIG.
  • the network device can be AnCU 201 in FIG. 2, which can be UE 204 in FIG.
  • the network device can be AnCU 301 in FIG. 3, which can be UE 305 in FIG.
  • the network device sends first state configuration information to the terminal device, where the terminal device receives first state configuration information sent by the network device.
  • the first state configuration information is used to indicate that the network device and the core network device retain a data plane connection.
  • the first state configuration information includes measurement mode indication information, identifier information of the first state that is allocated by the network device to the terminal device, identifier information of a radio bearer reserved by the network device, and the network device is At least one of the radio resources allocated by the terminal device.
  • the network device receives the acknowledgement information of the first state configuration information sent by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device enters the first state according to the first state configuration information.
  • S603 may be before S604, S604 may also be before S603.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the terminal device or the core network device sends the capability information of the terminal device to the network device, where the network device determines to perform the first state configuration on the terminal device, including: the network device receiving the terminal device Or the core network device sends the capability information of the terminal device, where the network device determines the pair according to the capability information.
  • the terminal device performs a first state configuration.
  • the capability information includes at least one of whether the terminal device supports the first state, the identifier information of the terminal device, whether the terminal device supports uplink measurement, and whether the terminal device supports downlink measurement. Receiving, by the terminal device, the first state configuration information that is sent by the network device, where the terminal device receives the first state configuration information that is sent by the network device according to the capability information.
  • the determining, by the network device, the first state configuration on the terminal device includes: sending, by the network device, a first state preset condition to the terminal device. Receiving, by the terminal device, a first state preset condition sent by the network device, when the terminal device meets the first state preset condition, the terminal device sends a second state request message to the network device, The second status request message is used to request the terminal device to transition from the current state to the first state.
  • the network device receives a second state request message that is sent by the terminal device according to the first state preset condition; and the network device determines, according to the second state request message, that the first state configuration is performed on the terminal device.
  • the network device may configure the terminal device to enter the first state, and the terminal device or the core network device sends the capability information of the terminal device to the network device, and the network device determines, according to the capability information of the terminal device, the configuration of the first state of the terminal device, And configuring information to the first state of the terminal device.
  • the network device may determine the measurement mode according to the moving speed of the terminal device, the type of the terminal device, and the current network load state of the network device. For example, when the speed of the terminal device is fast, the terminal device can be configured to adopt uplink measurement. When the motion speed of the terminal device is slow, the terminal device can be configured to adopt downlink measurement.
  • the network device or the core network device sends a first state preset condition to the terminal device, and when the terminal device meets the first state preset condition, sends a second state request message to the network device to request to enter the first state, and the network device re Transmitting the first state configuration information to the terminal device according to the second status request message.
  • the network device may send the first state preset condition to the terminal device by using the access layer signaling, and the network device may broadcast, unicast or multicast the first state preset condition, and the control gateway (CGW) passes the non- The non-access stratum (NAS) signaling is sent to the terminal device, where the first state preset condition may be a timer, configured to indicate that the terminal device does not send uplink data during a certain period of time or When there is no downlink data reception, the terminal device sends a second status request message to the network device, requesting to enter the first state.
  • the second status request message may carry at least the identification information of the terminal device, the measurement capability indication information supported by the terminal device, and the reason for sending the second state transition request message to request the conversion to the first state.
  • FIG. 8 and FIG. 9 are configured to configure the terminal device to enter the first state;
  • FIG. 10 to FIG. 15 are schematic diagrams of the communication method in the scenario illustrated in FIG. 16 to 18 are schematic diagrams of communication methods in the scenario shown in FIG. 2, and
  • FIGS. 19 to 24 are schematic diagrams of communication methods in the scenario shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a communication method 700 in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device in the method 700 may be the AnNR 101 in FIG. 1 , or the AnCU 201 in FIG. 2 , or the AnCU 301 in FIG. 3 .
  • 700 includes:
  • the capability information of the terminal device is sent to the network device.
  • the device may send the capability information to the network device.
  • the device may send the capability information of the terminal device to the network device, or may be the core network.
  • the device sends the capability information of the terminal device to the network device, where the capability information includes: whether the terminal device supports the first state, the identifier information of the terminal device, whether the terminal device supports the uplink measurement, and whether the terminal device supports the downlink. At least one of the measurements.
  • the S701a may be reported in the terminal device access process, or may be reported in other RRC signaling, or reported periodically, or reported in a manner specified by the protocol.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the S701b may send the capability information in the process of establishing a control plane connection between the core network device and the network device, and may also send the capability information during the interaction between the other core network device and the network device.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited to, for example, a core network.
  • the device may be a CGW, for example, the capability information of the core device is reported to the core network device during the access of the terminal device, and the core network device may send the capability information to the network device at a time specified by the protocol, or the core network device periodically The network device sends capability information.
  • the network device determines, according to the capability information sent by the terminal device and/or the capability information sent by the core network device, whether to perform the first state configuration on the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may be configured according to the current load status of the network, the type of the terminal device, and the moving speed of the terminal device, and the first state configuration information is generated.
  • the type of the terminal device is a service type of an ultra-reliable and low latency communication (URLLC)
  • URLLC ultra-reliable and low latency communication
  • the network device sends the first state configuration information to the terminal device, where the first state configuration information is used to indicate that the network device and the core network device retain a data plane connection, and the first state configuration information includes the measurement mode indication information. And the identifier information of the first state that is allocated by the network device to the terminal device, the identifier information of the radio bearer reserved by the network device, and at least one of the radio resources allocated by the network device to the terminal device kind.
  • the identifier information of the terminal device in the first state is used to identify the identifier information of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the identifier information may be an ID (Identity)
  • the identifier information of the first state may be an ECO ID, where the ECO ID is used to uniquely identify the user in the network device, for example, the AnNR 101 and the AsNR 101 in FIG. 1 may be uniquely identified.
  • the user, and the AsNR 102 can know which AnNR the user belongs to according to the ECO ID.
  • the specific ECO ID can be a single ID or a combination ID.
  • the form of the combined ID can be in the form of A DI+B ID, where A The ID indicates the primary network device.
  • the A ID may be a combination of one or more of an evolved cell global identifier (ECGI), an eNb ID, an AnCU ID, an AnDU ID, and a physical cell identifier (PCI).
  • ECGI evolved cell global identifier
  • eNb ID an AnCU ID
  • AnDU ID an AnDU ID
  • PCI physical cell identifier
  • the B ID may indicate the terminal device, which may be an international mobile subscriber identity (IMSI), a cell radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI), a temporary mobile
  • IMSI international mobile subscriber identity
  • C-RNTI cell radio network temporary identifier
  • TMSI temporary mobile subscriber identity
  • DUI dedicated UE ID
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the first state configuration information further includes: a reserved connection, where the reserved connection may be a connection between the network device and the core network device, for example, the connection between the network device in the LTE and the core network device, S1 bearer+S5/ S8 bearer.
  • the reserved connection may also be a connection between the network device and the terminal device, for example, may be a radio bearer in LTE.
  • the reserved connection may also be a connection between the core network device and the network device and the network device and the terminal device.
  • an EPS bearer Evolved Packet System
  • the reserved connections may include only data plane connections, or only control plane connections, or both data plane connections and control plane connections.
  • the network device only needs to allocate the air interface resource to the terminal device in the ECO state, for example, the network device can give the terminal in the ECO state.
  • the device sends the air interface resource indication information to indicate that the ECO status terminal device can transmit data on the resource indicated by the resource indication information.
  • the ECO state terminal device can transmit data with the network device.
  • the reserved connection can be one or Multiple, data can be transmitted when the reserved connection matches the data to be sent by the terminal device. If the reserved connection is only the core network device and the network device, when the terminal device in the ECO state needs to send data, the connection between the network device and the terminal device needs to be established first.
  • the terminal device sends an acknowledgement message of the first state configuration information to the network device, where the acknowledgement message may carry the identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, such as an ECO ID.
  • the terminal device enters the first state, and the terminal device performs related measurement operations according to the first state configuration information.
  • the terminal device may perform other operations, such as monitoring a paging number.
  • the process of specifically configuring the terminal device to enter the first state is similar to the method 700.
  • the AnNR 101 in FIG. 1 configures the network device.
  • the AnCU 201 is configured for the network device, and can be configured through the AnDU 202.
  • the AnCU 301 in FIG. 3 is configured for the network device, and can be configured through the AnDU 303.
  • the configured signaling interaction process is similar to the method 700. To avoid redundancy, the examples are not illustrated here.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a communication method 800 of an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 800 includes:
  • the first state preset condition is sent to the terminal device, where the network device sends the first state preset condition to the terminal device, or the S801b, the core network device sends the first state preset to the terminal device. condition.
  • the network device may send the first state preset condition to the terminal device by using AS signaling.
  • the network device may broadcast, unicast or multicast the first state preset condition, and the CGW sends the signal to the terminal device through the NAS signaling.
  • the terminal device determines to enter the first state according to the first state preset condition.
  • the terminal device sends a second state transition request message to the network device, where the second state request message may carry the identifier information of the terminal device, the measurement capability indication information supported by the terminal device, and the second state transition request message sent this time.
  • the reason is that the request is converted to at least one of information such as the first state.
  • the first state preset condition may be a timer, where the terminal device sends the second state to the network device when the terminal device does not have uplink data transmission or no downlink data reception in a certain period of time.
  • a request message, the second status request message is used to request that the terminal device needs to enter the first state from the current state.
  • the network device sends the first state configuration information to the terminal device, where the first state configuration information is used to indicate that the network device and the core network device retain a data plane connection, and the first state configuration information includes the measurement mode indication information. And at least one of the identification information of the first state allocated by the network device to the terminal device.
  • the first state configuration information may be the first state configuration information in S704. To avoid redundancy, detailed description is not provided herein.
  • the terminal device enters the first state, and the terminal device performs related measurement operations according to the first state configuration information.
  • the terminal device may perform other operations, such as monitoring a paging signal.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a communication method 900 according to an embodiment of the present application. The method may be applied to a scenario 100.
  • the method 900 includes:
  • the ECO UE sends an uplink tracking signal, which may be S901a and/or S901b.
  • the S901a sends an uplink tracking signal to the AsNR 102
  • the S901b sends an uplink tracking signal to the AnNR101.
  • the uplink tracking signal can be the fourth message in method 400.
  • the AsNR 102 determines, according to the uplink tracking signal, a first measurement report, where the first measurement report is used to indicate the first channel quality information between the ECO UE and the AsNR 102, and the AsNR 102 The first measurement report is sent to the AnNR 101.
  • the first measurement report can be the first message in method 400.
  • the first measurement report includes: an ECO UE ID, a first channel quality information, a cell ID covered by the AsNR 102, and resource indication information of the AsNR 102, where the cell covered by the AsNR 102 is a cell where the UE in the ECO state is currently located.
  • the AnNR 101 determines, according to the first measurement report, that the AsNR 102 is added as an auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE.
  • the AnNR 101 can determine the second channel quality information between the ECO UE and the AnNR 101 according to the received uplink tracking signal, and the AnNR 101 can compare the first channel quality information with the second channel quality information.
  • the AnNR 101 determines to add the AsNR 102 as an auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE.
  • the AnNR 101 sends an Auxiliary Add Request message to the AsNR 102, where it is requested to add the AsNS 102 as an auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE.
  • the Auxiliary Add Request message may be a second message in the method 400. Carry the ECO UE ID, the ID of the radio bearer and the type of radio bearer.
  • the AsNR 102 sends an acknowledgement message of the Auxiliary Add Request message to the AnNR 101, and the AsNR 102 determines an acceptable radio bearer ID according to the ID of the radio bearer supported by itself, and carries the radio bearer ID in the acknowledgement information and sends it to the AnNR 101.
  • Send a notification message to the ECO UE where the notification message may be the third message in the method 400, S906 is S906a or S906b, S906a sends a notification message to the ECO UE for the AsNR 102, and S906b is an AnNR101 sends a notification message to the ECO EU for The network device that the ECO UE is currently serving is the AsNR 102, and the notification message includes: a cause of sending the notification message, a radio bearer ID of the AsNR 102 service, a type of the radio bearer, and a TA value.
  • the notification message includes: a reason, a radio bearer ID of the AsNR 102 service, and a type of the radio bearer; the reason for indicating that the reason for sending the notification message is that the terminal device in the first state has moved out of the AnNR 101 coverage reaches the coverage of the AsNR 102
  • the TA value causes the AnNR 101 to synchronize with the ECO UE, or causes the AsNR 102 to synchronize with the ECO UE, or causes the ECO UE to synchronize with the AnNR 101 and the AsNR 102 at the same time.
  • the notification message may also include: an ECO UE ID.
  • S907 an acknowledgment message for transmitting a notification message
  • S907 may be S907a or S907b
  • S907a is a confirmation message that the ECO EU sends a notification message to the AsNR 102
  • S907b is a confirmation message that the ECO EU sends a notification message to the AnNR 101, that is, S906a corresponds to S907a, S906b and S907b
  • the confirmation message of the notification message includes an ECO UE ID.
  • the method 900 further includes: S908, after adding the AsNR 102 as the auxiliary access network device, the data may be forwarded to the AsNR 102 by the AnNR 101, and the AsNR 102 transmits data with the terminal device in the first state.
  • S908 after adding the AsNR 102 as the auxiliary access network device, the data may be forwarded to the AsNR 102 by the AnNR 101, and the AsNR 102 transmits data with the terminal device in the first state.
  • S908 after adding the AsNR 102 as the auxiliary access network device, the data may be forwarded to the AsNR 102 by the AnNR 101, and the AsNR 102 transmits data with the terminal device in the first state.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a communication method 1000 of an embodiment of the present application, which may be applied to the scenario 100.
  • the method 1000 differs from the method 900 in that the method 900 is that the AnNR 101 determines to add the AsNR 102 as an auxiliary access network device, and the method 1000 is that the AsNR 102 determines to add itself as an auxiliary access network device.
  • the method 1000 includes:
  • the ECO UE sends an uplink tracking signal to the AsNR 102.
  • the AsNR 102 when receiving the uplink tracking signal, determines, according to the uplink tracking signal, a first measurement report, where the first measurement report is used to indicate the first channel quality information between the ECO UE and the AsNR 102, and the AsNR102 is configured according to The first channel quality information determines an access network device that adds itself as an ECO UE.
  • the AsNR 102 sends an Auxiliary Add Request message to the AnNR 101, where it is requested to add the AsNS 102 as an auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE, and the auxiliary add request message may be the second message in the method 500, where the auxiliary add request message is used.
  • the AnNR 101 sends an acknowledgement message of the auxiliary addition request message to the AsNR 102, where the acknowledgement message includes an identifier of the radio bearer that the AnNR 101 can accept.
  • the AsNR 102 sends a notification message to the ECO UE, where the notification message includes: at least one of a reason for transmitting the notification message, a radio bearer ID of the AsNR 102 service, a type of the radio bearer, and a TA value, optionally, the notification message.
  • the method includes: a radio bearer ID and a radio bearer type of the AsNR 102 service; the reason for indicating that the notification message is sent is that the terminal device in the first state has moved out of the range covered by the AnNR 101 to reach the coverage range of the AsNR 102, and the TA value makes the AsNR 102 and the ECO UE synchronization.
  • the method 1000 further includes: S1006, after adding the AsNR 102 as the auxiliary access network device, the data may be forwarded to the AsNR 102 by the AnNR 101, and the AsNR 102 transmits data to the terminal device in the first state; And the AsNR 102 and the terminal device in the first state transmit data, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • FIG. 12 shows a schematic diagram of a communication method 1100 of an embodiment of the present application, which may be applied to the scenario 100.
  • the method 1100 is different from the method 900 in that the method 900 is that the ECO UE sends an uplink tracking signal, and the method 1100 is the cell update information sent by the ECO UE.
  • the method 1100 includes:
  • S1101 If the ECO UE performs uplink measurement and downlink measurement at the same time, and the AnNR 101 or the AsNR 102 keeps the ECO UE synchronized with the AsNR 102 by adjusting the TA, the S1101 is not needed; otherwise, the S1101 is required to implement synchronization between the ECO UE and the AsNR 102.
  • the ECO UE When the ECO UE reselects the cell covered by the AnNR 101 to the cell covered by the AsNR 102, the ECO UE sends the cell update information to the AsNR 102, where the cell update message is used to indicate that the ECO UE moves from the cell covered by the AnNR 101 to the The cell covered by the AsNR 102, the cell update information includes an ECO UE ID.
  • the cell update information can be the first message in method 400.
  • the AsNR 102 When receiving the cell update message, the AsNR 102 carries the resource indication information of the AsNR 102 itself to the cell update information and transmits it to the AnNR 101.
  • the AnNR 101 determines to add the AsNR 102 as an auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE.
  • the AnNR 101 determines to add the AsNR 102 as an auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE according to the cell update information and its own network status.
  • AnNR101 sends an Auxiliary Add Request message to the AsNR 102, for requesting to add the AsNR 102 as an auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE, and the auxiliary add request message may be a second message in the method 400, where the auxiliary add request message is used.
  • the AsNR 102 sends an acknowledgement message of the Auxiliary Add Request message to the AnNR 101, and the AsNR 102 determines an acceptable radio bearer ID according to the ID of the radio bearer supported by itself, and carries the radio bearer ID in the acknowledgement information and sends it to the AnNR 101.
  • the AsNR 102 sends a notification message to the ECO UE, where the notification message includes: at least one of a radio bearer ID, a radio bearer type, and a TA value of the AsNR 102 service.
  • the notification message includes: The radio bearer ID of the service and the type of the radio bearer; the reason for indicating that the notification message is sent is that the range in which the ECO UE has moved out of the AnNR 101 coverage reaches the coverage of the AsNR 102, and the TA value causes the AsNR 102 to synchronize with the ECO UE, optionally, the The notification message may also include: an ECO UE ID.
  • notification message can be the third message in method 400.
  • the method 1100 further includes: S1108, after adding the AsNR 102 as the auxiliary access network device, the data may be forwarded to the AsNR 102 by the AnNR 101, and the AsNR 102 transmits data to the terminal device in the first state; And the AsNR 102 and the terminal device in the first state transmit data, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • FIG. 13 shows a schematic diagram of a communication method 1200 of an embodiment of the present application, which may be applied to the scenario 100.
  • the method 1200 differs from the method 1100 in that the method 1100 is that the AnNR 101 determines to add the AsNR 102 as an auxiliary access network device, and the method 1200 is that the AsNR 102 determines to add itself as an auxiliary access network device.
  • the method 1200 includes:
  • the ECO UE when the ECO UE reselects the cell covered by the AnNR 101 to the cell covered by the AsNR 102, the ECO UE sends the cell update information to the AsNR 102, where the cell update message is used to indicate that the ECO UE moves from the cell covered by the AnNR 101 to the location For the cell covered by the AsNR 102, the cell update information includes the ECO UE ID and the current radio bearer ID of the ECO UE.
  • the cell update information can be the first message in method 500.
  • the AsNR 102 determines whether to add the AsNR 102 as an auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE according to the current radio bearer ID of the ECO UE, for example, if the AsNR 102 supports the current radio bearer of the ECO UE, determining to add, Otherwise, it is not added; for example, the AsNR 102 determines whether to add the AsNR 102 as an auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE or the like according to its own resource information, network load status, and current radio bearer of the ECO UE.
  • the AnNR 101 sends an Auxiliary Add Request message to the AsNR 102, where it is requested to add the AsNS 102 as an auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE, and the Auxiliary Add Request message may be the second message in the method 500, where the Auxiliary Add Request message is used.
  • the AsNR 102 sends an acknowledgement message of the Auxiliary Add Request message to the AnNR 101, and the AsNR 102 determines an acceptable radio bearer ID according to the ID of the radio bearer supported by itself, and carries the radio bearer ID in the acknowledgement information to the AnNR 101.
  • the ID of the radio bearer in S1202 may be multiple, and the AsNR 102 in S1204 may determine at least part of the IDs of the multiple radio bearers, and S1205 may be at least part of the radio bearers in at least part of the plurality of radio bearer IDs.
  • the ID of the radio bearer in the S1202 may be three.
  • the AsNR 102 may determine two of the IDs of the three radio bearers, and the S1205 may be the ID of one radio bearer of the two radio bearer IDs.
  • the AsNR 102 sends a notification message to the ECO UE, where the notification message includes: at least one of a radio bearer ID, a radio bearer type, and a TA value of the AsNR 102 service.
  • the notification message includes: a radio bearer ID and a radio bearer type; the reason for indicating that the notification message is sent is that the terminal device in the first state has moved out of the range covered by the AnNR 101 to reach the coverage range of the AsNR 102, and the TA value causes the AsNR 102 to synchronize with the ECO UE, optionally,
  • the notification message may also include an ECO UE ID.
  • notification message can be the third message in method 500.
  • the method 1200 further includes: S1208, after adding the AsNR 102 as an auxiliary access network device,
  • the data can be forwarded to the AsNR 102 through the AnNR 101.
  • the AsNR 102 and the terminal device in the first state can transmit data.
  • the data can be transmitted to the terminal device in the first state through the AnNR 101 and the AsNR 102 at the same time.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • FIG. 14 shows a schematic diagram of a communication method 1300 of an embodiment of the present application, which may be applied to the scenario 100.
  • the method 1300 is different from the method 900 and the method 1100 in that the method 900 is that the ECO UE sends an uplink tracking signal, the method 1100 is the cell update information sent by the ECO UE, and the method 1300 is the first state transition request message sent by the ECO UE.
  • the method 1300 includes:
  • the ECO UE When the ECO UE needs to transmit data, that is, the ECO UE needs to be converted from the current ECO state to the active state, the ECO UE sends a first state transition request message to the AsNR 102, where the first state transition request message is used to request the AsNR 102.
  • the ECO UE needs to transition from the ECO state to the active state.
  • the first state transition request message may include an ECO UE ID, or may be a packet type information of the required data when the ECO UE needs to transmit the data type.
  • first state transition request message may be the first message in method 400.
  • the AsNR 102 When receiving the first state transition request message, the AsNR 102 carries the resource indication information of the AsNR 102 itself in the first state transition request message to the AnNR 101. S1304,
  • the AnNR 101 determines to add the AsNR 102 as an auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE.
  • the AnNR 101 determines to add the AsNR 102 as an auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE according to the first state transition request message and its own network status and the like.
  • AnNR101 sends an Auxiliary Add Request message to the AsNR 102, for requesting to add the AsNR 102 as an auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE, and the auxiliary add request message may be a second message in the method 400, where the auxiliary add request message is used.
  • the AsNR 102 sends an acknowledgement message of the Auxiliary Add Request message to the AnNR 101, and the AsNR 102 determines an acceptable radio bearer ID according to the ID of the radio bearer supported by itself, and carries the radio bearer ID in the acknowledgement information and sends it to the AnNR 101.
  • the AsNR 102 sends a notification message to the ECO UE, where the notification message includes: at least one of a radio bearer ID, a radio bearer type, and a TA value served by the AsNR 102.
  • the notification message includes: a radio bearer ID and a radio bearer type of the AsNR 102 service; the reason for indicating that the notification message is sent is that the ECO UE needs to transmit data, and the TA value synchronizes the AsNR 102 with the ECO UE, optionally
  • the notification message may also include an ECO UE ID.
  • notification message can be the third message in method 400.
  • the method 1300 further includes: S1308, after adding the AsNR 102 as the auxiliary access network device, the data may be forwarded to the AsNR 102 by the AnNR 101, and the AsNR 102 transmits data with the terminal device in the first state. It is of course also possible to transmit data through the AnNR 101 and the AsNR 102 and the terminal device in the first state at the same time, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • FIG. 15 shows a schematic diagram of a communication method 1400 of an embodiment of the present application, which may be applied to the scenario 100.
  • the method 1400 differs from the method 1300 in that the method 1300 is that the AnNR 101 determines to add the AsNR 102 as an auxiliary access network device, and the method 1400 is that the AsNR 102 determines to add itself as an auxiliary access network device.
  • the method 1400 includes:
  • the ECO UE When the ECO UE needs to transmit data, that is, the ECO UE needs to be converted from the current ECO state to the active state, the ECO UE sends a first state transition request message to the AsNR 102, where the first state transition request message is used to request the AsNR 102.
  • the ECO UE needs to transition from the ECO state to the active state.
  • the first state transition request message may include an ECO UE ID and an ID of the radio bearer, that is, an identifier of data that the current ECO UE needs to transmit, and may also include packet size information of the required data.
  • first state transition request message may be the first message in method 500.
  • the AsNR 102 determines whether to add the AsNR 102 as an auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE according to the radio bearer ID of the ECO UE, for example, if the AsNR 102 supports the radio bearer of the ECO UE, determine to add Otherwise, it is not added; for example, the AsNR 102 determines whether to add the AsNR 102 as an auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE or the like according to its own resource information, network load status, and radio bearer ID of the ECO UE.
  • the AsNR 102 sends an Auxiliary Add Request message to the AnNR 101, where it is requested to add the AsNS 102 as an auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE, and the Auxiliary Add Request message may be the second message in the method 500.
  • the AnNR 101 sends an acknowledgement message of the Auxiliary Add Request message to the AsNR 102.
  • the AsNR 102 determines an acceptable radio bearer ID according to the ID of the radio bearer supported by the AsNR 102, and carries the radio bearer ID in the acknowledgement information to the AsNR 102.
  • radio bearer IDs there may be multiple radio bearer IDs in S1402, and the AsNR 102 in S1404 may determine at least part of the plurality of radio bearer IDs, and S1405 may be at least part of radio bearer IDs of at least part of the plurality of radio bearer IDs, for example, There may be five radio bearer IDs in S1402. In S1404, AsNR102 may determine four out of five radio bearer IDs, and S1405 may be two radio bearer IDs in four radio bearer IDs.
  • the AsNR 102 sends a notification message to the ECO UE, where the notification message includes: at least one of a radio bearer ID, a radio bearer type, and a TA value served by the AsNR 102.
  • the notification message includes: a radio bearer ID and a radio bearer type of the AsNR 102 service; the reason for indicating that the notification message is sent is that the ECO UE needs to transmit data, and the TA value causes the AsNR 102 to synchronize with the ECO UE.
  • the notification message may also include an ECO UE ID.
  • notification message can be the third message in method 500.
  • the method 1400 further includes: S1407, after adding the AsNR 102 as the auxiliary access network device, the data may be forwarded to the AsNR 102 by the AnNR 101, and the AsNR 102 transmits the data with the terminal device in the first state. It is of course also possible to transmit data through the AnNR 101 and the AsNR 102 and the terminal device in the first state at the same time, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • FIG. 16 shows a schematic diagram of a communication method 1500 of an embodiment of the present application, which may be applied to the scenario 200.
  • the method 1500 differs from the method 900 in that the application scenario is different, the method 900 is applied to the scenario 100, and the method 1500 is applied to the scenario 200.
  • the method 1500 includes:
  • the ECO UE sends an uplink tracking signal, which may be S1501a and/or S1501b.
  • the S1501a sends an uplink tracking signal to the AnDU 202
  • the S1501b sends an uplink tracking signal to the AsDU 203.
  • the uplink tracking signal can be the fourth message in method 400.
  • the AsDU 203 determines, according to the uplink tracking signal, a first measurement report, where the first measurement report is used to indicate the first channel quality information between the ECO UE and the AsDU 203, and the AsDU 203
  • the first measurement report is sent to the AnCU 201.
  • the first measurement includes the ECO UE ID, the cell ID where the ECO UE is currently located, the resource indication information of the AsDU 203, and the first channel quality information.
  • the cell ID where the ECO UE is currently located is the ID of the AsDU 203.
  • the AnDU 202 determines a second measurement report according to the uplink tracking signal, where the second measurement report is used to indicate second channel quality information between the ECO UE and the AnDU 202, and the AnDU 202 reports the second measurement.
  • the second measurement includes an ECO UE ID, a cell ID, resource indication information of the AnDU 202, and second channel quality information, and the ID of the cell is the ID of the AnDU 202.
  • the cell ID where the ECO UE is located may be the PCI and/or ECGI of the AnDU 202, and the cell ID where the ECO UE is currently located may be the PCI and/or ECGI of the AsDU 203.
  • S1502a and S1502b may exist at the same time, or S1502b may exist separately.
  • the AnCU 201 determines, according to the first measurement report, that the AsDU 203 is added as an auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE.
  • the AnDU 202 can determine a second measurement report between the ECO UE and the AnDU 202 according to the received uplink tracking signal, where the second measurement report is used to indicate the first between the ECO UE and the AnDU 202.
  • Two channel quality information, and the second measurement report is sent to the AnCU 201, and the AnCU 201 can compare the first channel quality information with the second channel quality information, where the channel quality represented by the first channel quality information is better than the channel characterized by the second channel quality Quality, then AnCU 201 adds AsDU 203 as an auxiliary access network device for the ECO UE.
  • first measurement report and/or the second measurement report may be a periodic transmission, or may be a triggered transmission, or a periodic and triggered alternate mixed transmission.
  • the first measurement report can be the first message in method 400.
  • the AnCU 201 sends an auxiliary add request message to the AsDU 203, where it is requested to add the AsDU 203 as an auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE, and the auxiliary add request message may be the second message in the method 400, where the auxiliary add request message is used.
  • Carry ECO UE ID and radio bearer ID are examples of the auxiliary add request message.
  • the AsDU 203 sends an acknowledgement message of the Auxiliary Add Request message to the AnCU 201.
  • the AsDU 203 determines an acceptable radio bearer ID according to the ID of the radio bearer supported by the AsDU 203, and carries the radio bearer ID in the acknowledgement information and sends the message to the AnCU 201.
  • the AsDU 203 sends a notification message to the ECO UE, where the notification message carries at least one of a radio bearer ID and a TA value of the AsDU 203 service.
  • the notification message carries a radio bearer ID, and the TA value causes the AsDU 203 to synchronize with the ECO UE.
  • the notification message may also include an ECO UE ID and/or, and the reason for indicating that the notification message is sent is that the ECO UE moves out of the cell covered by the AnDU 202 to reach the cell covered by the AsDU 203.
  • the sending notification message may also be sent by the AnCU 201 to the ECO UE, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • notification message can be the third message in method 400.
  • the ECO UE sends an acknowledgement message of the notification message to the AsDU 203, where the acknowledgement message of the notification message includes an ECO UE ID.
  • the AsDU 203 sends the acknowledgement message of the notification message to the AnCU 201.
  • the AnCU 201 sends a release resource message to the AnDU 202.
  • the release resource message includes an ECO UE ID, and the release resource message is used to instruct the AnDU 202 to release resources between the ECO UE and the ECO UE.
  • the method 1500 further includes: S1510, after adding the AsDU 203 as the auxiliary access network device, the AnCU 201 forwards the data to the AsDU 203, and the AsDU 203 and the terminal device in the first state transmit data. It is of course possible to transmit data through the AsDU 203 and the AnDU 202 and the terminal device in the first state at the same time.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • S1509 and S1506, S1507, and S1508 is not limited, for example, S1509 may be before or after S1506.
  • FIG. 17 shows a schematic diagram of a communication method 1600 of an embodiment of the present application, which may be applied to the scenario 200.
  • the method 1600 is different from the method 1100 in that the application scenario is different, the method 1100 is applied to the scenario 100, and the method 1600 is applied to the scenario 200.
  • the method 1600 includes:
  • S1601 If the ECO UE performs uplink measurement and downlink measurement at the same time, and the AsDU 203 keeps the ECO UE synchronized with the AsDU 203 by adjusting the TA, the S1601 is not needed; otherwise, the S1601 is required to implement synchronization between the ECO UE and the AsDU 203.
  • the ECO UE when the ECO UE reselects the cell covered by the AnDU 202 to the cell covered by the AsDU 203, the ECO UE sends the cell update information to the AsDU 203, where the cell update message is used to indicate that the ECO UE moves from the cell covered by the AnDU 202 to the location
  • the cell update information includes an ECO UE ID.
  • the AsDU 203 receives the cell update information, and the resource indication information of the AsDU 203 and the cell ID where the ECO UE is currently located are carried in the cell update information and sent to the AnCU 201.
  • the cell ID where the ECO UE is currently located may be the ID of the AsDU 203.
  • the cell update information can be the first message in method 400.
  • the AnCU 201 determines to add the AsDU 203 as an auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE.
  • the AnCU 201 determines to add the AsDU 203 as an auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE according to the cell update information and the network status of the network.
  • the AnCU 201 sends an Auxiliary Add Request message to the AsDU 203, where it is requested to add the AsDU 203 as an auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE, and the auxiliary add request message may be the second message in the method 400, where the auxiliary add request message is used.
  • the AsDU 203 sends an acknowledgement message of the Auxiliary Add Request message to the AnCU 201, and the AsDU 203 determines an acceptable radio bearer ID according to the ID of the radio bearer supported by the ADU 201, and carries the radio bearer ID in the acknowledgement information to the AnCU 201.
  • the AsDU 203 sends a notification message to the ECO UE, where the notification message carries the radio bearer ID of the AsDU 203 service, and may also include a TA value, and the TA value synchronizes the AsDU 203 with the ECO UE.
  • the notification message may also include an ECO UE ID and/or, and the reason for indicating that the notification message is sent is that the ECO UE moves out of the cell covered by the AnDU 202 to reach the cell covered by the AsDU 203.
  • the sending notification message may also be sent by the AnCU 201 to the ECO UE, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the AnCU 201 sends a release resource message to the AnDU 202.
  • the release resource message includes an ECO UE ID, and the release resource message is used to instruct the AnDU 202 to release resources between the ECO UE and the ECO UE.
  • S1608 and S1607 are not limited, for example, S1608 may be before or after S1607.
  • the method 1600 further includes: S1609, after adding the AsDU 203 as the auxiliary access network device, the AnCU 201 forwards the data to the AsDU 203, and the AsDU 203 and the terminal device in the first state transmit data. It is of course also possible to transmit data through the AsDU 203 and the AnDU 202 and the terminal device in the first state at the same time.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
  • FIG. 18 shows a schematic diagram of a communication method 1700 of an embodiment of the present application, which may be applied to the scenario 200.
  • the method 1700 is different from the method 1300 in that the application scenario is different, the method 1300 is applied to the scenario 100, and the method 1700 is applied to the scenario 200.
  • the method 1700 includes:
  • the ECO UE When the ECO UE needs to transmit data, that is, the ECO UE needs to be converted from the current ECO state to the active state, the ECO UE sends a first state transition request message to the AsDU 203, where the first state transition request message is used to request the AsDU 203.
  • the ECO UE needs to transition from the ECO state to the active state.
  • the first state transition request message may include an ECO UE ID.
  • the first state transition request may also include the packet size information of the required data, and the like.
  • the AsDU 203 When receiving the first state transition request message, the AsDU 203 carries the resource indication information of the AsDU 203 and/or the identifier of the AsDU 203 in the first state transition request message to the AnCU 201.
  • first state transition request message may be the first message in method 400.
  • the AnCU 201 determines to add the AsDU 203 as an auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE.
  • the AnCU 201 determines to add the AsDU 203 as an auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE according to the first state transition request message and its own network status.
  • the AnCU 201 sends an Auxiliary Add Request message to the AsDU 203, where it is requested to add the AsDU 203 as an auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE.
  • the Auxiliary Add Request message may be the second message in the method 400. Carry the ECO UE ID and the ID of the radio bearer.
  • the AsDU 203 sends an acknowledgement message of the Auxiliary Add Request message to the AnCU 201.
  • the AsDU 203 determines an acceptable radio bearer ID according to the ID of the radio bearer supported by the ADU 201, and carries the radio bearer ID in the acknowledgement information to the AnCU 201.
  • the AnDU 201 sends a notification message to the ECO UE, where the notification message includes: at least one of a radio bearer ID and a TA value served by the AsDU 203.
  • the notification message includes: a radio bearer ID served by the AsDU 203; and the TA value causes the AsDU 203 to synchronize with the ECO UE.
  • the notification message may also include an ECO UE ID, and the ECO UE ID is used to indicate that the reason for sending the notification message is that the ECO UE needs to transmit data.
  • notification message can be the third message in method 400.
  • the AnCU 201 sends a release resource message to the AnDU 202.
  • the release resource message includes an ECO UE ID, and the release resource message is used to instruct the AnDU 202 to release resources between the ECO UE and the ECO UE.
  • S1708 and S1707 are not limited, for example, S1708 may be before or after S1707.
  • the method 1700 further includes: S1709. After adding the AsDU 203 as the auxiliary access network device, the AnCU 201 forwards the data to the AsDU 203, where the AsDU 203 and the terminal device in the first state transmit data. It is of course possible to transmit data through the AsDU 203 and the AnDU 202 and the terminal device in the first state at the same time.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • FIG. 19 shows a schematic diagram of a communication method 1800 of an embodiment of the present application, which may be applied to a scenario 300.
  • the method 1800 is different from the method 900 in that the application scenario is different, the method 900 is applied to the scenario 100, and the method 1800 is applied to the scenario 300.
  • the method 1800 includes:
  • the ECO UE sends an uplink tracking signal, which may be S1801a and/or S1801b.
  • the S1801a sends an uplink tracking signal to the AsDU 304
  • the S1801b sends an uplink tracking signal to the AnDU 303.
  • the uplink tracking signal can be the fourth message in method 400.
  • S1801a and S1802b may exist at the same time, or may exist separately as S1801b.
  • the AsDU 304 determines, according to the uplink tracking signal, a first measurement report, where the first measurement report is used to indicate the first channel quality information between the ECO UE and the AsDU 304, and the AsDU 304 reports the first measurement.
  • the first measurement includes the ECO UE ID, the cell ID where the ECO UE is currently located, the resource indication information of the AsDU 304, and the first channel quality information.
  • the cell ID where the ECO UE is currently located may be, for example, the ID of the AsDU 304.
  • the resource indication information from the AsCU 302 may be carried in the first measurement report and sent to the AnCU 301.
  • the first measurement report at this time may include: the first measurement includes at least one of an ECO UE ID, a cell ID where the ECO UE is currently located, resource indication information of the AsDU 304, and first channel quality information.
  • the first measurement report may also include at least one of an ECO UE ID, an ID of the AsCU 302, resource indication information of the AsCU 302, and first channel quality information.
  • the first measurement report may also include: at least one of an ECO UE ID, an ID of the AsDU 304, an ID of the AsCU 302, resource indication information of the AsDU 304, resource indication information of the AsCU 302, and first channel quality information. this.
  • the first measurement report can be the first message in method 400.
  • the AnDU 303 determines a second measurement report according to the uplink tracking signal, where the second measurement report is used to indicate the second channel quality information between the ECO UE and the AnDU 303, and the AnDU 303
  • the second measurement report is sent to the AnCU 301, and the second measurement includes an ECO UE ID, an ID of the AnDU 303, resource indication information of the AnDU 303, and second channel quality information.
  • S1802 may include S1801a1 and S1801a2, and S1802 may also include S1801a1, S1801a2, and S1802b.
  • the AnCU 301 determines, according to the first measurement report, that the AsDU 304 is added as an auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE.
  • the AnCU 301 may compare the first channel quality information with the second channel quality information.
  • the AnCU 201 adds the AsDU 203 determination to the ECO UE.
  • Auxiliary access network equipment may be used to compare the channel quality represented by the first channel quality information with the second channel quality information.
  • first measurement report and/or the second measurement report may be a periodic transmission, or may be a triggered transmission, or a periodic and triggered alternate mixed transmission.
  • the AnCU 301 sends an auxiliary add request message to the AsCU 302, where it is requested to add the AsDU 304 as an auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE, and the auxiliary add request message may be the second message in the method 400, where the auxiliary add request message is used.
  • AsCU 302 sends the auxiliary addition request message to AsDU 304.
  • the AsDU 304 sends an acknowledgement message of the Auxiliary Add Request message to the AsCU 302.
  • the AsDU 304 determines an acceptable radio bearer ID according to the ID of the radio bearer supported by the AsDU 304, and carries the radio bearer ID in the acknowledgement information to the AsCU 302.
  • AsCU 302 sends an acknowledgement message in S1806 to AnCU 301.
  • AnCU301 sends a notification message to the AnDU 303, where the notification message includes: at least one of a radio bearer ID, a radio bearer type, a TA value, and an ECO UE ID that the AsDU 304 can serve.
  • the pass The known message includes: a radio bearer ID and a radio bearer type that the AsDU 304 can serve; the reason for indicating that the notification message is sent is that the terminal device in the first state has moved out of the range covered by the AnDU 303 to reach the coverage range of the AsDU 304, and the TA value is made.
  • the AsDU 304 is synchronized with the ECO UE.
  • AnDU 303 sends a notification message in S1808a1 to the ECO UE.
  • AsCU 302 sends a notification message to AsDU 304, the information included in the notification message is information included in the notification message in S1808a1.
  • AsDU 304 sends a notification message in S1808b1 to the ECO UE.
  • notification message may be sent through S1808a1 and S1808a2, or may be sent through S1808b1 and S1808b2, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the ECO UE sends an acknowledgement message of the notification message to the AsDU 304, and the acknowledgement message of the notification message includes the ECO UE ID.
  • AsDU 304 sends a notification message in S1809b1 to AsCU 302.
  • the ECO UE sends a confirmation message of the notification message to the AnDU 304.
  • AnDU 304 sends a notification message in S1809a1 to AnCU 301.
  • confirmation message of the notification message may be sent through S1809a1 and S1809a2, or may be sent through S1809b1 and S1809b2, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • S1808a1 and S1808a2 send a notification message
  • S1809a1 and S1809a2 send an acknowledgment message of the notification message
  • S1808b1 and S1808b2 send a notification message
  • S1809b1 and S1809b2 send a confirmation message of the notification message
  • notification message is the third message in method 400.
  • the AnCU 301 sends a release resource message to the AnDU 304.
  • the release resource message includes an ECO UE ID, and the release resource message is used to instruct the AnDU 304 to release resources between the ECO UE and the ECO UE.
  • the method 1800 further includes: S1811, after adding the AsDU 303 as the auxiliary access network device, the AnCU 301 forwards the data to the AsDU 304, and the AsDU 304 and the terminal device in the first state transmit data. It is of course possible to transmit data to the terminal device in the first state through the AsDU 304 and the AnDU 303 at the same time.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • FIG. 20 shows a schematic diagram of a communication method 1900 of an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 1900 can be applied to the scenario 300.
  • the method 1900 is different from the method 1000 in that the application scenario is different, the method 1000 is applied to the scenario 100, and the method 1900 is applied to the scenario 300.
  • the method 1900 includes:
  • the AsCU 302 determines, according to the received first measurement report, that the AsDU 304 is added as an auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE.
  • the first measurement report can be the first message in method 500.
  • the AsCU 302 sends an auxiliary add request message to the AnCU 301, where it is requested to add the AsDU 304 as an auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE, and the auxiliary add request message may be the second message in the method 500, where the auxiliary add request message is used.
  • the AnCU 301 sends an acknowledgement message of the auxiliary add request message to the AsCU 302, where the acknowledgement message includes the ID of the radio bearer that the AnCU 301 can accept.
  • the method 1900 further includes: S1910, after adding the AsDU 303 as the auxiliary access network device, the AnCU 301 forwards the data to the AsDU 304, and the AsDU 304 and the terminal device in the first state transmit data. It is of course possible to transmit data to the terminal device in the first state through the AsDU 304 and the AnDU 303 at the same time.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of a communication method 2000 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 2000 can be applied to the scenario 300.
  • the method 2000 is different from the method 1100 in that: the application scenario is different, the method 1100 is applied to the scenario 100, and the method 2000 is applied to the scenario 300.
  • the method 2000 includes:
  • the ECO UE when the ECO UE reselects the cell covered by the AnDU 304 to the cell covered by the AsDU 304, the ECO UE sends the cell update information to the AsDU 304, where the cell update message is used to indicate that the ECO UE moves from the cell covered by the AnDU 304 to the location
  • the cell update information includes an ECO UE ID.
  • the AsDU 304 when receiving the cell update information, the AsDU 304 carries the resource indication information of the AsDU 304, the ID of the AsDU 304, and the ECO UE ID in the cell update information to the AsCU 302.
  • the AsCU 302 may also send the resource indication information of the AsCU 302, the ID of the AsCU 302, and the ECO UE ID in the cell update information to the AnCU 301.
  • the cell update information at this time may include: at least one of resource indication information of the AsDU 304, an ID of the AsDU 304, and an ECO UE ID. Or it may include: at least one of resource indication information of AsCU 302, ID of AsCU 302, and ECO UE ID. Or the at least one of the resource indication information of the AsDU 304, the resource indication information of the AsCU 302, the ID of the AsDU 304, the ID of the AsCU 302, and the ECO UE ID.
  • cell update information in S2004 can be understood as the first message in method 400.
  • the AnCU 301 determines to add the AsDU 304 as an auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE.
  • the AnCU 301 determines to add the AsDU 304 as an auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE according to the cell update information and its own network status.
  • the AnCU 301 sends an auxiliary add request message to the AsCU 302, where it is requested to add the AsDU 304 as an auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE, and the auxiliary add request message may be the second message in the method 400, where the auxiliary add request message is used.
  • AsCU 302 sends the auxiliary addition request message in S2006 to AsDU 304.
  • the AsDU 304 sends an acknowledgement message of the Auxiliary Add Request message to the AsCU 302.
  • the AsDU 304 determines an acceptable radio bearer ID according to the ID of the radio bearer supported by the AsDU 304, and carries the radio bearer ID in the acknowledgement information to the AsCU 302.
  • AsCU 302 sends an acknowledgement message of the auxiliary addition request message in S2008 to AnCU 301.
  • the AsCU 302 sends a notification message to the AsDU 304, where the notification message carries the radio bearer ID of the AsDU 304 service and the type of the radio bearer served by the AsDU 304, or may also include a TA value and/or an ECO UE ID.
  • the TA value causes the AsDU 203 to synchronize with the ECO UE, which may be the third message in method 400.
  • the AsDU 304 sends a notification message in S2010 to the ECO UE.
  • the AnCU 301 sends a release resource message to the AnDU 303, where the release resource message includes an ECO UE ID, and the release resource message is used to instruct the AnDU 303 to release resources between the ECO UE and the ECO UE.
  • S2012 and S2010 and S2011 is not limited, for example, S2012 may be before S2010 or S2011.
  • the sending notification message may also be sent by the AnCU 301 to the AnDU 303 and the AnDU 303 to the ECO UE.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the method 2000 further includes: S2013, after adding the AsDU 303 as the auxiliary access network device, the AnCU 301 forwards the data to the AsDU 304, and the AsDU 304 and the terminal device in the first state transmit data. It is of course possible to transmit data to the terminal device in the first state through the AsDU 304 and the AnDU 303 at the same time.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • FIG. 22 shows a schematic diagram of a communication method 2100 of an embodiment of the present application, which may be applied to a scenario 300.
  • the method 2100 is different from the method 1200 in that the application scenario is different, the method 1200 is applied to the scenario 100, and the method 2100 is applied to the scenario 300.
  • the method 2100 includes:
  • the ECO UE When the ECO UE reselects the cell covered by the AnDU 304 to the cell covered by the AsDU 304, the ECO UE sends the cell update information to the AsDU 304, where the cell update message is used to indicate that the ECO UE moves from the cell covered by the AnDU 304 to the location
  • the cell update information includes the ECO UE ID and the current radio bearer ID of the ECO UE.
  • the AsDU 304 When receiving the cell update information, the AsDU 304 transmits the resource indication information of the AsDU 304, the ID of the AsDU 304, and the ECO UE ID in the cell update information to the AsCU 302.
  • the AsCU 302 determines whether to add the AsDU 304 as the auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE according to the current radio bearer ID of the ECO UE. For example, if the AsDU 304 supports the current radio bearer of the ECO UE, it is determined to be added, otherwise, it is not added. For another example, the AsCU 302 determines whether to add the AsDU 304 as an auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE or the like according to its own resource information, network load status, resource indication information of the AsDU 304, and current radio bearer of the ECO UE.
  • the AsCU 302 sends an Auxiliary Add Request message to the AnCU 301, where it is requested to add the AsDU 304 as an auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE, and the auxiliary add request message may be the second message in the method 500, where the auxiliary add request message is used.
  • the AnCU 301 sends an acknowledgement message of the Auxiliary Add Request message to the AsCU 302.
  • the AnCU 301 determines an acceptable radio bearer ID according to the ID of the radio bearer supported by the ACU 301, and carries the radio bearer ID and the ECO UE ID in the acknowledgement information to the AsCU 302.
  • the sending notification message may also be sent by the AnCU 301 to the AnDU 303 and the AnDU 303 to the ECO UE.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the method 2100 further includes: S2110, after adding the AsDU 303 as the auxiliary access network device, The AnCU 301 forwards the data to the AsDU 304, which transmits data to the terminal device in the first state. It is of course possible to transmit data to the terminal device in the first state through the AsDU 304 and the AnDU 303 at the same time.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • FIG. 23 shows a schematic diagram of a communication method 2200 of an embodiment of the present application, which may be applied to the scenario 300.
  • the method 2200 is different from the method 1300 in that the application scenario is different, the method 1300 is applied to the scenario 100, and the method 2200 is applied to the scenario 300.
  • the method 2200 includes:
  • the ECO UE when the ECO UE needs to transmit data, that is, the ECO UE needs to be converted from the current ECO state to the active state, the ECO UE sends a first state transition request message to the AsDU 304, where the first state transition request message is used to request the ECO UE to request The ECO state is converted to an active state.
  • the first state transition request message may include an ECO UE ID, may also include packet size information of the required data, and the like.
  • the AsDU 304 When receiving the first state transition request message, the AsDU 304 carries the ID of the AsDU 304, the ECO UE ID, and the resource indication information of the AsDU 304 in the first state transition request message to the AsCU 302.
  • S2204 When the AsCU 302 receives the first state transition request message, the AsCU 302 carries the ID, the ECO UE ID, and the resource indication information of the AsCU 302 in the first state transition request message to the AnCU 301.
  • the first state transition request message may include: at least one of an ID of the AsDU 304, an ECO UE ID, and resource indication information of the AsDU 304.
  • the first state transition request message may also include: an ID of the AsCU 302, and an ECO UE. At least one of the ID and the resource indication information of the AsCU 302.
  • the first state transition request message may also include at least one of an ID of the AsDU 304, an ID of the AsCU 302, an ECO UE ID, and resource indication information of the resource indication information AsCU 302 of the AsDU 304.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • first state transition request message may be the first message in method 400.
  • the AnCU 301 determines to add the AsDU 304 as an auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE.
  • the AnCU 301 determines to add the AsDU 304 as an auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE according to the first state transition request message and its own network status and the like.
  • the AnCU 301 sends an auxiliary add request message to the AsCU 302, where it is requested to add the AsDU 304 as an auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE, and the auxiliary add request message may be the second message in the method 400, where the auxiliary add request message is used.
  • AsCU 302 sends the secondary add request message in S2206 to AsDU 304.
  • the AsDU 304 sends an acknowledgement message of the Auxiliary Add Request message to the AsCU 302.
  • the AsDU 304 determines an acceptable radio bearer ID according to the ID of the radio bearer supported by the AsDU 304, and carries the radio bearer ID in the acknowledgement information to the AsCU 302.
  • AsCU 302 sends an acknowledgement message of the auxiliary addition request message in S2208 to AnCU 301.
  • the AsCU 302 sends a notification message to the AsDU 304, where the notification message includes at least one of an ECO UE ID, a radio bearer ID of the AsDU 304 service, a radio bearer type of the AsDU 304 service, and a TA value.
  • the notification message includes: a radio bearer ID and a radio bearer type of the AsDU 203 service.
  • the reason for indicating that the notification message is sent is that the ECO UE needs to transmit data, and the TA value causes the AsDU 203 to synchronize with the ECO UE.
  • notification message can be the third message in method 400.
  • the AsDU 304 sends a notification message in S2210 to the ECO UE.
  • the AnCU 301 sends a release resource message to the AnDU 303, where the release resource message includes an ECO UE ID.
  • the release resource message is used to instruct the AnDU 303 to release resources between the ECO UE and the ECO UE.
  • S2212 and S2210 and S2211 are not limited, for example, S2212 may be before S2210 and S2211.
  • the method 2200 further includes: S2213, after adding the AsDU 303 as the auxiliary access network device, the AnCU 301 forwards the data to the AsDU 304, and the AsDU 304 and the terminal device in the first state transmit data. It is of course possible to transmit data to the terminal device in the first state through the AsDU 304 and the AnDU 303 at the same time.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • FIG. 24 shows a schematic diagram of a communication method 2300 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 2300 can be applied to the scenario 300.
  • the method 2300 is different from the method 1400 in that: the application scenario is different, the method 1400 is applied to the scenario 100, and the method 2300 is applied to the scenario 300.
  • the method 2300 includes:
  • the ECO UE when the ECO UE needs to transmit data, that is, the ECO UE needs to be converted from the current ECO state to the active state, the ECO UE sends a first state transition request message to the AsDU 304, where the first state transition request message is used to request the ECO UE to request The ECO state is converted to an active state.
  • the first state transition request message may include an ECO UE ID and an ID of the radio bearer, that is, an identifier of data that the current ECO UE needs to transmit, and may also include packet size information of the required data.
  • the AsDU 304 When receiving the first state transition request message, the AsDU 304 carries at least one of the ID of the AsDU 304, the resource indication information of the AsDU 304, the ECO UE ID, and the radio bearer ID in the first state transition request message to the AsCU 302.
  • the first state transition request message includes an ID of the AsDU 304 itself, resource indication information of the AsDU 304, an ECO UE ID, and a radio bearer ID.
  • the first conversion request message may be the first message in method 500.
  • the AsCU 302 determines whether to add the AsDU 304 as the auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE according to the radio bearer ID of the ECO UE, for example, if the AsDU 304 supports the radio bearer of the ECO UE, determine to add Otherwise, the AsCU 302 determines whether to add the AsDU 304 as an auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE according to its own resource information, resource indication information of the AsDU 304, network load status, and radio bearer ID of the ECO UE.
  • the AsCU 302 determines to add the AsDU 304 as the auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE, the AsCU 302 sends an Auxiliary Add Request message to the AnCU 301, requesting to add the AsDU 304 as an auxiliary access network device of the ECO UE, the auxiliary add request
  • the message may be the second message in the method 500, where the auxiliary add request message carries the ECO UE ID, the radio bearer ID, the type of the radio bearer, and the ID of the AsCU 302.
  • the AnCU 301 sends an acknowledgement message of the Auxiliary Add Request message to the AsCU 302.
  • the AnCU 301 determines an acceptable radio bearer ID according to the ID of the radio bearer supported by the ACU 301, and carries the radio bearer ID in the acknowledgement information to the AsCU 302.
  • notification message can be the third message in method 500.
  • the method 2300 further includes: S2310, after adding the AsDU 303 as the auxiliary access network device, the AnCU 301 forwards the data to the AsDU 304, and the AsDU 304 and the terminal device in the first state transmit data.
  • S2310 after adding the AsDU 303 as the auxiliary access network device, the AnCU 301 forwards the data to the AsDU 304, and the AsDU 304 and the terminal device in the first state transmit data.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited to the data transmission by the AsDU 304 and the AnDU 303 and the terminal device in the first state.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram of a communication device 2400 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 2400 includes:
  • the receiving module 2401 is configured to receive a first message, where the device 2400 is a primary access network device of the terminal device in the first state, and the terminal device in the first state does not send channel state information to the device 2400, and The core network device and the device 2400 maintain a data plane connection of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the determining module 2402 is configured to determine, according to the first message, that the second device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the sending module 2403 is configured to send, to the second device, a second message, where the second message is used to request to add the second device as an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the receiving module 2401 is further configured to receive an acknowledgement message of the second message sent by the second device according to the second message.
  • the sending module 2401 is further configured to: after receiving the acknowledgement message of the second message sent by the second device according to the second message, to the terminal device in the first state Sending a third message, the third message is used to notify the terminal device in the first state that the second device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the third message includes: first indication information, identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, identifier information of the first radio bearer, type information of the radio bearer, and time advance TA information.
  • At least one of the first indication information is used to indicate that the device 2400 retains a data plane connection with the core network device and/or the radio bearer of the terminal device in which the device 2400 retains the first state
  • the identifier information of the first radio bearer is used to identify the radio bearer that the second device can transmit to the terminal device in the first state
  • the type information of the radio bearer is used to indicate that the protocol stack corresponding to the radio bearer is in the The allocation manner between the device 2400 and the second device
  • the TA information is used to indicate time advancement time information of the uplink synchronization of the terminal device in the first state and the second device.
  • the second message includes: identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, type information of the radio bearer, and identifier of the at least one radio bearer that the device 2400 requests the second device to transmit.
  • the type information of the radio bearer is used to indicate that the protocol stack corresponding to the radio bearer of the terminal device in the first state reserved by the network device is allocated in the device 2400 and the second device
  • the acknowledgment message of the second message includes: identifier information of the first radio bearer that the second device can transmit to the terminal device in the first state, where the identifier information of the at least one radio bearer includes Identification information of the first radio bearer.
  • the receiving module 2401 is specifically configured to: receive a first measurement report, where the first measurement report is used to indicate a number between the terminal device in the first state and the second device a channel quality information; the determining module 2402 is specifically configured to: determine, according to the first channel quality information, that the second device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the receiving module 2401 is specifically configured to: receive a cell update message of the terminal device in the first state, where the cell update message is used to indicate that the terminal device in the first state is from the device The 2400 coverage cell is moved to the cell covered by the second device; the determining module 2402 is further configured to: according to the The cell update message determines that the second device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the receiving module 2401 is further configured to: receive a first state transition request message of the terminal device in the first state, where the first state transition request message is used to send to the second device Determining, by the first state transition request message, the second device is the first device, and the determining, by the first state transition request message, determining that the second device is the first state A secondary access network device of a state terminal device.
  • the first message includes: identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, identifier information of a current cell where the terminal device in the first state is located, the second device, and the At least one of a channel quality parameter between the terminal device of the first state and the resource indication information of the second device, where the current cell where the terminal device of the first state is located is a cell covered by the second device.
  • the device 2400 is a primary network device AnNR, and the second device is a secondary network device AsNR.
  • the receiving module 2401 is specifically configured to: receive the first message sent by the AsNR.
  • the device 2400 is a primary central unit AnCU
  • the second device is a secondary distribution unit AsDU
  • the AnCU is used to control an AnDU
  • the secondary central unit AsCU is used to control the AsDU
  • the receiving The module 2401 is further configured to: receive the first message sent by the AsDU by using the AsCU
  • the sending module 2403 is specifically configured to: send the second message to the AsDU by using the AsCU
  • the module 2401 is further configured to: receive an acknowledgement message of the second message sent by the AsDU by using the AsCU.
  • the device 2400 herein is embodied in the form of a functional module.
  • module may refer to an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an electronic circuit, a processor (eg, a shared processor, a proprietary processor, or a group) for executing one or more software or firmware programs. Processors, etc.) and memory, merge logic, and/or other suitable components that support the described functionality.
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • processor eg, a shared processor, a proprietary processor, or a group
  • memory merge logic, and/or other suitable components that support the described functionality.
  • the device 2400 may be specifically the first device in the foregoing embodiment, and the device 2400 may be used to perform various processes corresponding to the first device in the foregoing method 400 and/ Or steps, to avoid repetition, will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram of a communication device 2500 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 2500 includes:
  • a determining module 2501 configured to determine a configuration of the first state of the terminal device
  • the sending module 2502 is configured to send the first state configuration information to the terminal device, so that the terminal device enters the first state according to the first state configuration information, where the first state configuration information is used to indicate the network
  • the device and the core network device maintain a data plane connection, and the first state configuration information includes measurement mode indication information, identifier information of the first state allocated by the device 2500 to the terminal device, and reserved by the device 2500.
  • the device 2500 further includes: a receiving module, configured to receive, by the terminal device or the core network device, capability information of the terminal device, where the capability information includes whether the terminal device supports The first state, the identification information of the terminal device, whether the terminal device supports uplink measurement, and whether the terminal device supports at least one of the downlink measurement; the determining module 2501 is specifically configured to: determine, according to the capability information Performing a first state configuration on the terminal device.
  • the sending module 2502 is further configured to: send a first state preset condition to the terminal device; the receiving module is further configured to: receive, by the terminal device, preset according to the first state a second status request message sent by the condition, where the two status transition request message is used to request that the terminal device needs to be converted from the current status to the current status
  • the determining module 2501 is further configured to: determine, according to the second status request message, to perform a first state configuration on the terminal device.
  • the apparatus 2500 herein is embodied in the form of a functional module.
  • module as used herein may refer to an ASIC, an electronic circuit, a processor (eg, a shared processor, a proprietary processor or a group processor, etc.) and memory, a merge logic, and a processor for executing one or more software or firmware programs. / or other suitable components that support the described functionality.
  • the device 2500 may be specifically the network device in the foregoing embodiment, and the device 2500 may be used to perform various processes and/or steps corresponding to the network device in the foregoing method 600. To avoid repetition, we will not repeat them here.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram of a communication device 2600 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 2600 includes:
  • the sending module 2601 is configured to send, to the first device, a first message, where the first message is used by the first device to determine that the device 2600 is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state, where the a device is a primary access network device of the terminal device in the first state, the terminal device in the first state does not send channel state information to the first device, and the core network device and the first device are reserved The data plane of the terminal device in the first state is connected.
  • the receiving module 2602 is configured to receive a second message that is sent by the first device according to the first message, where the second message is used to request to add the device 2600 as an auxiliary interface of the terminal device in the first state.
  • Network access equipment
  • the sending module 2601 is further configured to: send, according to the second message, an acknowledgement message sent by the second message to the first device.
  • the sending module 2601 is further configured to: after sending the acknowledgement message sent by the second message to the first device according to the second message, to the terminal device in the first state Sending a third message, the third message is used to notify the terminal device in the first state that the device 2600 is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the third message includes: first indication information, identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, identifier information of the first radio bearer, type information of the radio bearer, and time advance TA information.
  • At least one of the first indication information is used to indicate that the first device and the core network device retain a data plane connection and/or the first device retains the wireless device of the first state
  • the bearer, the identifier information of the first radio bearer is used to identify the radio bearer that the device 2600 can transmit to the terminal device in the first state
  • the type information of the radio bearer is used to indicate that the protocol stack corresponding to the radio bearer is
  • the TA information is used to indicate time advancement time information of the uplink device of the first state and the device 2600.
  • the second message includes: identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, type information of the radio bearer, and identifier of the at least one radio bearer that the first device requests the device 2600 to transmit. At least one of the information, the type information of the radio bearer is used to indicate a mode of allocation of the protocol stack corresponding to the radio bearer between the first device and the device 2600.
  • the confirmation message of the second message includes: identifier information of the first radio bearer that the device 2600 can transmit for the terminal device in the first state, and identifier information of the at least one radio bearer.
  • the identification information of the first radio bearer is included.
  • the sending module 2601 is specifically configured to: send a first measurement report to the first device, where the first measurement report is used to indicate the terminal device in the first state and the device 2600 Between the a channel quality information; the receiving module 2602 is specifically configured to: receive the second message that is sent by the first device according to the first channel quality information.
  • the sending module 2601 is further configured to: send, to the first device, a cell update message of the terminal device in the first state, where the cell update message is used to indicate the terminal in the first state.
  • the device is moved from the cell covered by the first device to the cell covered by the device 2600.
  • the receiving module 2602 is specifically configured to: receive the second message that is sent by the first device according to the cell update message.
  • the sending module 2601 is further configured to: send, to the first standby, a first state transition request message of the terminal device in the first state, where the first state transition request message is used. Determining, by the device 2600, that the terminal device in the first state needs to be converted from the first state to an active state; the receiving module 2602 is further configured to: receive the first device according to the first state transition request The second message sent by the message.
  • the first message includes: identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, identifier information of a current cell where the terminal device in the first state is located, the device 2600 and the first At least one of a channel quality parameter between the terminal devices in a state and resource indication information of the device 2600, where the current cell in which the terminal device in the first state is located is a cell covered by the device 2600.
  • the device 2600 herein is embodied in the form of a functional module.
  • module as used herein may refer to an ASIC, an electronic circuit, a processor (eg, a shared processor, a proprietary processor or a group processor, etc.) and memory, a merge logic, and a processor for executing one or more software or firmware programs. / or other suitable components that support the described functionality.
  • the device 2600 may be specifically the second device in the foregoing embodiment, and the device 2600 may be configured to perform various processes corresponding to the second device in the foregoing method 400 and/ Or steps, to avoid repetition, will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic diagram of a communication device 2700 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 2700 includes:
  • the receiving module 2701 is configured to receive and receive a first message, where the first message is used to determine an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state of the third device, where the terminal device in the first state does not.
  • the first device sends channel state information, and the core network device and the first device reserve a data plane connection of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the determining module 2702 is configured to determine, according to the first message, that the third device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the sending module 2703 is configured to send, to the first device, a second message, where the second message is used to request that the third device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state, where the first The device is the primary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the receiving module 2701 is further configured to: receive an acknowledgement message of the second message sent by the first device according to the second message.
  • the apparatus 2700 herein is embodied in the form of functional modules.
  • module as used herein may refer to an ASIC, an electronic circuit, a processor (eg, a shared processor, a proprietary processor or a group processor, etc.) and memory, a merge logic, and a processor for executing one or more software or firmware programs. / or other suitable components that support the described functionality.
  • the device 2700 may be specifically the second device in the foregoing embodiment, and the device 2700 may be used to perform various processes corresponding to the second device in the foregoing method 500 and/ Or steps, to avoid repetition, will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 29 is a schematic diagram of a communication device 2800 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 2800 includes:
  • the receiving module 2801 is configured to receive a second message sent by the second device, where the second message is used to request that the third device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state, where the first device is The primary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the sending module 2802 is configured to send, to the second device, an acknowledgement message of the second message, where the terminal device in the first state does not send channel state information to the device 2800, and the core network device and the device 2800 The data plane connection of the terminal device in the first state is retained.
  • the device 2800 herein is embodied in the form of a functional module.
  • module as used herein may refer to an ASIC, an electronic circuit, a processor (eg, a shared processor, a proprietary processor or a group processor, etc.) and memory, a merge logic, and a processor for executing one or more software or firmware programs. / or other suitable components that support the described functionality.
  • the device 2800 may be specifically the first device in the foregoing embodiment, and the device 2800 may be configured to perform various processes corresponding to the first device in the foregoing method 500 and/ Or steps, to avoid repetition, will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic diagram of a communication device 2900 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 2900 includes:
  • the receiving module 2901 is configured to receive first state configuration information that is sent by the network device, where the first state configuration information is used to indicate that the network device and the core network device maintain a data plane connection, where the first state configuration information includes The mode indication information and at least one of the identification information of the first state allocated by the network device to the device 2900.
  • the processing module 2902 is configured to enter a first state according to the first state configuration information, where the device 2900 of the first state does not send channel state information to the first device, and the core network device is reserved with the first device The data plane of the terminal device in the first state is connected.
  • the device 2900 herein is embodied in the form of a functional module.
  • module as used herein may refer to an ASIC, an electronic circuit, a processor (eg, a shared processor, a proprietary processor or a group processor, etc.) and memory, a merge logic, and a processor for executing one or more software or firmware programs. / or other suitable components that support the described functionality.
  • the device 2900 may be specifically the terminal device in the foregoing embodiment, and the device 2900 may be used to perform various processes and/or steps corresponding to the terminal device in the foregoing method 600. To avoid repetition, we will not repeat them here.
  • FIG. 31 is a schematic diagram of a communication device 3000 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 3000 includes:
  • the sending module 3001 is configured to send a fourth message to the second device, where the fourth information is used by the second device to send a first message, where the first message is used to determine that the second device is auxiliary to the device 3000
  • the access network device, the first device is the primary access network device of the device 3000.
  • the receiving module 3002 when the second device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state, the terminal device in the first state receives a third message, where the third message is used to notify the The terminal device in the first state is the secondary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the sending module 3001 is further configured to: send an acknowledgement message of the third message according to the third message, the apparatus 3000 does not send channel state information to the first device, and the core network device and the first The device retains the data plane connection of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the device 3000 herein is embodied in the form of a functional module.
  • module as used herein may refer to an ASIC, an electronic circuit, a processor for executing one or more software or firmware programs (eg, a shared processor, a proprietary processor). Or group processor, etc.) and memory, merge logic, and/or other suitable components that support the described functionality.
  • software or firmware programs eg, a shared processor, a proprietary processor). Or group processor, etc.
  • memory merge logic, and/or other suitable components that support the described functionality.
  • the device 3000 may be specifically the terminal device in the first state in the foregoing embodiment, and the device 3000 may be used to perform the first state and the first state in the method 400 and the method 500.
  • the various processes and/or steps corresponding to the terminal device are not repeated here to avoid repetition.
  • FIG. 32 is a schematic diagram of a communication device 3100 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 3100 includes:
  • the sending module 3101 is configured to send, to the first device, a first message, where the first message is used by the first device to determine that the second device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state,
  • the first device is a primary access network device of the terminal device in the first state, the terminal device in the first state does not send channel state information to the first device, and the core network device and the first device
  • the data plane connection of the terminal device in the first state is retained.
  • the receiving module 3102 is configured to receive a third message that is sent by the first device according to the first message, and send the third message to the terminal device in the first state, where the third message is used to notify the
  • the second device of the first state is the auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state;
  • the receiving module 3102 is further configured to: receive an acknowledgement message of the third message sent by the terminal device in the first state, and send an acknowledgement message of the third message to the first device.
  • the device 3100 herein is embodied in the form of a functional module.
  • module as used herein may refer to an ASIC, an electronic circuit, a processor (eg, a shared processor, a proprietary processor or a group processor, etc.) and memory, a merge logic, and a processor for executing one or more software or firmware programs. / or other suitable components that support the described functionality.
  • the device 3100 may be specifically the fourth device in the foregoing embodiment, and the device 3100 may be configured to perform each of the foregoing method 400 and method 500 corresponding to the fourth device. Processes and/or steps, to avoid repetition, will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 33 is a schematic diagram of a communication device 3200 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 3200 includes:
  • the receiving module 3201 is configured to receive a first message sent by the second device, where the first message is used by the first device to determine that the second device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state, where The first device is a primary access network device of the terminal device in the first state, the terminal device in the first state does not send channel state information to the first device, and the core network device and the first device The device retains the data plane connection of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the sending module 3202 is configured to send the first message to the first device.
  • the receiving module 3201 is further configured to: receive a second message that is sent by the first device according to the first message, where the second message is used to request to add the second device to the terminal device in the first state Auxiliary access network equipment.
  • the sending module 3202 is further configured to: send the second message to the second device.
  • the receiving module 3201 is further configured to: receive an acknowledgement message of the second message sent by the second device, where the sending module 3202 is further configured to: send the second to the first device A confirmation message for the message.
  • the device 3200 herein is embodied in the form of a functional module.
  • module as used herein may refer to an ASIC, an electronic circuit, a processor (eg, a shared processor, a proprietary processor or a group processor, etc.) and memory, a merge logic, and a processor for executing one or more software or firmware programs. / or other suitable components that support the described functionality.
  • a processor eg, a shared processor, a proprietary processor or a group processor, etc.
  • memory e.g., a shared processor, a proprietary processor or a group processor, etc.
  • merge logic e.g., a processor for executing one or more software or firmware programs.
  • processor e.g., a shared processor, a proprietary processor or a group processor, etc.
  • merge logic e.g., a processor for executing one or more software or firmware programs.
  • processor for executing one or more software or firmware programs.
  • merge logic e.g., a processor for executing one
  • FIG. 34 shows a communication device 3300 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 3300 includes a processor 3301, a transceiver 3302, a memory 3303, and a bus system 3304.
  • the processor 3301, the transceiver 3302 and the memory 3303 are connected by a bus system 3304 for storing instructions for executing the instructions stored in the memory 3303 to control the transceiver 3302 to send signals and/or Or receive a signal.
  • the transceiver 3302 is configured to receive a first message, the device 3300 is a primary access network device of a terminal device in a first state, and the terminal device in the first state does not send a channel state to the device 3300. Information, and the core network device and the device 3300 retain the data plane connection of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the processor 3301 is configured to determine, according to the first message, that the second device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the transceiver 3302 is further configured to: send, to the second device, a second message, where the second message is used to request that the second device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state. Receiving an acknowledgement message of the second message sent by the second device according to the second message.
  • the transceiver 3302 is further configured to: after receiving the acknowledgement message of the second message sent by the second device according to the second message, to the terminal device in the first state Sending a third message, the third message is used to notify the terminal device in the first state that the second device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the third message includes: first indication information, identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, identifier information of the first radio bearer, type information of the radio bearer, and time advance TA information.
  • At least one of the first indication information is used to indicate that the device 3300 maintains a data plane connection with the core network device and/or the radio bearer of the terminal device in which the device 3300 retains the first state
  • the identifier information of the first radio bearer is used to identify the radio bearer that the second device can transmit to the terminal device in the first state
  • the type information of the radio bearer is used to indicate that the protocol stack corresponding to the radio bearer is in the The allocation manner between the device 3300 and the second device
  • the TA information is used to indicate time advancement information of the uplink synchronization of the terminal device in the first state and the second device.
  • the second message includes: identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, type information of the radio bearer, and identifier of the at least one radio bearer that the device 3300 requests the second device to transmit.
  • the type information of the radio bearer is used to indicate that the protocol stack corresponding to the radio bearer of the terminal device in the first state reserved by the network device is allocated in the device 3300 and the second device
  • the acknowledgment message of the second message includes: identifier information of the first radio bearer that the second device can transmit to the terminal device in the first state, where the identifier information of the at least one radio bearer includes Identification information of the first radio bearer.
  • the transceiver 3302 is specifically configured to: receive a first measurement report, where the first measurement report is used to indicate a number between the terminal device in the first state and the second device a channel quality information; the processor 3301 is specifically configured to: determine, according to the first channel quality information, that the second device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the transceiver 3302 is further configured to: receive a cell update message of the terminal device in the first state, where the cell update message is used to indicate that the terminal device in the first state is from the The cell covered by the device 3300 is moved to the cell that is covered by the second device.
  • the processor 3301 is further configured to: determine, according to the cell update message, that the second device is auxiliary to the terminal device in the first state. Access network equipment.
  • the transceiver 3302 is further configured to: receive a first state transition request message of the terminal device in the first state, where the first state transition request message is used to send to the second device Requesting the first The terminal device of the state needs to be converted from the first state to the active state; the processor 3301 is further configured to: determine, according to the first state transition request message, that the second device is the terminal device in the first state Auxiliary access network equipment.
  • the first message includes: identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, identifier information of a current cell where the terminal device in the first state is located, the second device, and the At least one of a channel quality parameter between the terminal device of the first state and the resource indication information of the second device, where the current cell where the terminal device of the first state is located is a cell covered by the second device.
  • the device 3300 is a primary network device AnNR, and the second device is a secondary network device AsNR.
  • the receiving module is specifically configured to: receive the first message sent by the AsNR.
  • the device 3300 is a primary central unit AnCU
  • the second device is a secondary distribution unit AsDU
  • the AnCU is used to control an AnDU
  • the secondary central unit AsCU is used to control the AsDU
  • the receiving and receiving The device 3302 is further configured to: receive the first message sent by the AsDU by using the AsCU; send the second message to the AsDU by using the AsCU; and receive the A confirmation message for the second message.
  • the device 3300 may be specifically the first device in the above method 400, and may be used to perform various steps and/or processes corresponding to the first device in the above method 400.
  • the memory 3303 can include read only memory and random access memory and provide instructions and data to the processor. A portion of the memory may also include a non-volatile random access memory.
  • the memory can also store information of the device type.
  • the processor 3301 can be configured to execute instructions stored in a memory, and when the processor 3301 executes an instruction stored in the memory 3303, the processor 3301 is configured to perform the embodiment of the method 400 corresponding to the first device Various steps and / or processes.
  • FIG. 35 shows a communication device 3400 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 3400 includes a processor 3401, a transceiver 3402, a memory 3403, and a bus system 3404.
  • the processor 3401, the transceiver 3402 and the memory 3403 are connected by a bus system 3404 for storing instructions for executing instructions stored by the memory 3403 to control the transceiver 3402 to send signals and/or Or receive a signal.
  • the processor 3401 is configured to determine a configuration of the first state of the terminal device.
  • the transceiver 3402 is configured to send first state configuration information to the terminal device, so that the terminal device enters a first state according to the first state configuration information, where the first state configuration information is used to indicate the The network device and the core network device maintain a data plane connection, and the first state configuration information includes measurement mode indication information, identifier information of the first state allocated by the device 3400 to the terminal device, and the device 3400 retains
  • the identification information of the radio bearer and the radio resource allocated by the apparatus 3400 to the terminal device are at least one of.
  • the transceiver 3402 is further configured to: receive, by the terminal device or the core network device, capability information of the terminal device, where the capability information includes whether the terminal device supports the first state And at least one of the identification information of the terminal device, whether the terminal device supports uplink measurement, and whether the terminal device supports downlink measurement.
  • the processor 3401 is specifically configured to: determine, according to the capability information, a first state configuration on the terminal device.
  • the transceiver 3402 is further configured to: send a first state preset condition to the terminal device; and receive a second state request message that is sent by the terminal device according to the first state preset condition.
  • the two state transition request message is used to request that the terminal device needs to be converted from the current state to the first state.
  • the processor 3401 is further configured to: determine, according to the second status request message, a first state configuration on the terminal device.
  • the device 3400 may be specifically the network device in the foregoing method 600, and may be used to perform various steps and/or processes corresponding to the network device in the foregoing method 600.
  • the memory 3403 can include read only memory and random access memory and provide instructions and data to the processor. A portion of the memory may also include a non-volatile random access memory.
  • the memory can also store information of the device type.
  • the processor 3401 can be configured to execute instructions stored in the memory, and when the processor 3401 executes instructions stored in the memory 3403, the processor 3401 is configured to perform the various steps of the method 600 corresponding to the network device described above and/or Or process.
  • FIG. 36 shows a communication device 3500 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 3500 includes a processor 3501, a transceiver 3502, a memory 3503, and a bus system 3504.
  • the processor 3501, the transceiver 3502, and the memory 3503 are connected by a bus system 3504 for storing instructions, and the processor 3501 is configured to execute instructions stored by the memory 3503 to control the transceiver 3502 to send signals and/or Or receive a signal.
  • the transceiver 3502 is configured to: send a first message to the first device, where the first message is used by the first device to determine that the device 3500 is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the first device is a primary access network device of the terminal device in the first state, the terminal device in the first state does not send channel state information to the first device, and the core network device and the The first device retains the data plane connection of the terminal device in the first state.
  • Receiving a second message that is sent by the first device according to the first message where the second message is used to request that the device 3500 be added as an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the transceiver 3502 is further configured to: after sending the acknowledgement message sent by the second message to the first device according to the second message, to a terminal device in the first state Sending a third message, the third message is used to notify the terminal device in the first state that the device 3500 is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the third message includes: first indication information, identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, identifier information of the first radio bearer, type information of the radio bearer, and time advance TA information.
  • At least one of the first indication information is used to indicate that the first device and the core network device retain a data plane connection and/or the first device retains the wireless device of the first state
  • the bearer the identifier information of the first radio bearer is used to identify the radio bearer that the device 3500 can transmit to the terminal device in the first state
  • the type information of the radio bearer is used to indicate that the protocol stack corresponding to the radio bearer is
  • the TA information is used to indicate time advancement time information of the uplink device of the first state and the device 3500.
  • the second message includes: identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, type information of the radio bearer, and identifier of the at least one radio bearer that the first device requests the device 3500 to transmit. At least one of the information, the type information of the radio bearer is used to indicate a mode of allocation of the protocol stack corresponding to the radio bearer between the first device and the device 3500.
  • the confirmation message of the second message includes: identifier information of the first radio bearer that the device 3500 can transmit for the terminal device in the first state, and identifier information of the at least one radio bearer.
  • the identification information of the first radio bearer is included.
  • the transceiver 3502 is specifically configured to: send a first measurement report to the first device, where the first measurement report is used to indicate the terminal device in the first state and the device 3500 The first channel quality information between. Receiving, by the first device, the second message that is sent according to the first channel quality information.
  • the transceiver 3502 is further configured to: send, to the first device, a cell update message of the terminal device in the first state, where the cell update message is used to indicate the terminal in the first state.
  • the device moves from the cell covered by the first device to the cell covered by the device 3500; and receives the second message sent by the first device according to the cell update message.
  • the transceiver 3502 is further configured to: send, to the first standby, a first state transition request message of the terminal device in the first state, where the first state transition request message is used. Requesting, by the device 3500, the terminal device in the first state to transition from the first state to an active state; and receiving the second message sent by the first device according to the first state transition request message.
  • the first message includes: identifier information of the terminal device in the first state, identifier information of a current cell where the terminal device in the first state is located, the device 3500 and the first At least one of a channel quality parameter between the terminal devices in a state and resource indication information of the device 3500, where the current cell in which the terminal device in the first state is located is a cell covered by the device 3500.
  • the device 3500 may be specifically the second device in the above method 400, and may be used to perform various steps and/or processes corresponding to the second device in the above method 400.
  • the memory 3503 can include read only memory and random access memory and provide instructions and data to the processor. A portion of the memory may also include a non-volatile random access memory.
  • the memory can also store information of the device type.
  • the processor 3501 can be configured to execute instructions stored in the memory, and when the processor 3501 executes the instructions stored in the memory 3503, the processor 3501 is configured to perform the steps in the method 400 corresponding to the second device. And / or process.
  • FIG. 37 shows a communication device 3600 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 3600 includes a processor 3601, a transceiver 3602, a memory 3603, and a bus system 3604.
  • the processor 3601, the transceiver 3602, and the memory 3603 are connected by a bus system 3604.
  • the memory 3603 is configured to store an instruction
  • the processor 3601 is configured to execute an instruction stored by the memory 3603 to control the transceiver 3602 to send a signal and/or Or receive a signal.
  • the transceiver 3602 is configured to receive and receive a first message, where the first message is used to determine an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state of the third device, and the terminal device in the first state
  • the channel state information is not sent to the first device, and the core network device and the first device retain the data plane connection of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the processor 3601 is configured to determine, according to the first message, that the third device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the transceiver 3602 is further configured to send, to the first device, a second message, where the second message is used to request that the third device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state,
  • the first device is a primary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the transceiver 3602 is further configured to receive an acknowledgement message of the second message sent by the first device according to the second message.
  • the device 3600 may be specifically the second device in the foregoing method 500, and may be used to perform various steps and/or processes corresponding to the second device in the foregoing method 500.
  • the memory 3603 can include read only memory and random access memory and provide instructions and data to the processor. A portion of the memory may also include a non-volatile random access memory.
  • the memory can also store information of the device type.
  • the processor 3601 can be configured to execute instructions stored in the memory, and when the processor 3601 executes the instructions stored in the memory 3603, the processor 3601 is configured to perform the steps in the method 500 corresponding to the second device. And / or process.
  • FIG. 38 shows a communication device 3700 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 3700 includes a processor 3701, a transceiver 3702, a memory 3703, and a bus system 3704.
  • the processor 3701, the transceiver 3702 and the memory 3703 are connected by a bus system 3704 for storing instructions, and the processor 3701 is configured to perform the storage.
  • the controller 3703 stores instructions to control the transceiver 3702 to transmit signals and/or receive signals.
  • the transceiver 3702 is configured to: receive a second message sent by the second device, where the second message is used to request that the third device is added as an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state, where The first device is a primary access network device of the terminal device in the first state; the acknowledgment message of the second message is sent to the second device, where the terminal device in the first state does not provide the device.
  • the 3700 transmits channel state information, and the core network device and the device 3700 reserve a data plane connection of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the device 3700 may be specifically the first device in the foregoing method 500, and may be used to perform various steps and/or processes corresponding to the first device in the foregoing method 500.
  • the memory 3703 can include read only memory and random access memory and provide instructions and data to the processor. A portion of the memory may also include a non-volatile random access memory.
  • the memory can also store information of the device type.
  • the processor 3701 can be configured to execute instructions stored in a memory, and when the processor 3701 executes an instruction stored in the memory 3703, the processor 3701 is configured to perform the steps in the method 500 corresponding to the first device. And / or process.
  • FIG. 39 shows a communication device 3800 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 3800 includes a processor 3801, a transceiver 3802, a memory 3803, and a bus system 3804.
  • the processor 3801, the transceiver 3802 and the memory 3803 are connected by a bus system 3804 for storing instructions.
  • the processor 3801 is configured to execute instructions stored by the memory 3803 to control the transceiver 3802 to send signals and/or Or receive a signal.
  • the transceiver 3802 is configured to receive first state configuration information that is sent by the network device, where the first state configuration information is used to indicate that the network device and the core network device retain a data plane connection, where the first The status configuration information includes at least one of measurement mode indication information and identification information of the first state assigned by the network device to the device 3800.
  • the processor 3801 is configured to enter a first state according to the first state configuration information, where the device 3800 of the first state does not send channel state information to the first device, and the core network device and the first A device retains a data plane connection of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the device 3800 may be specifically the terminal device in the foregoing method 600, and may be used to perform various steps and/or processes corresponding to the terminal device in the foregoing method 600.
  • the memory 3803 can include read only memory and random access memory and provide instructions and data to the processor. A portion of the memory may also include a non-volatile random access memory.
  • the memory can also store information of the device type.
  • the processor 3801 can be configured to execute instructions stored in a memory, and when the processor 3801 executes an instruction stored in the memory 3803, the processor 3801 is configured to perform various steps in the method 600 corresponding to the terminal device described above and / or process.
  • FIG. 40 shows a communication device 3900 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 3900 includes a processor 3901, a transceiver 3902, a memory 3903, and a bus system 3904.
  • the processor 3901, the transceiver 3902 and the memory 3903 are connected by a bus system 3904 for storing instructions for executing the instructions stored by the memory 3903 to control the transceiver 3902 to send signals and/or Or receive a signal.
  • the transceiver 3902 is configured to send a fourth message to the second device, where the fourth information is used by the second device to send a first message, where the first message is used to determine that the second device is An auxiliary access network device of device 3900, the first device being the primary access network device of device 3900.
  • the terminal device in the first state receives a third message, where the third message is used to notify the first state Terminal device
  • the second device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • sending, by the third message, an acknowledgement message of the third message, the device 3900 does not send channel state information to the first device, and the core network device and the first device reserve the terminal in the first state The data plane connection of the device.
  • the device 3900 may be specifically the terminal device in the first state in the foregoing method 400 and method 500, and may be used to perform various steps and/or processes corresponding to the terminal device in the first state in the foregoing method 400 and method 500.
  • the memory 3903 can include read only memory and random access memory and provides instructions and data to the processor. A portion of the memory may also include a non-volatile random access memory.
  • the memory can also store information of the device type.
  • the processor 3901 can be configured to execute instructions stored in a memory, and when the processor 3901 executes an instruction stored in the memory 3903, the processor 3901 is configured to execute the method 400 corresponding to the terminal device in the first state described above and Various steps and/or processes in method 500.
  • FIG. 41 shows a communication device 4000 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 4000 includes a processor 4001, a transceiver 4002, a memory 4003, and a bus system 4004.
  • the processor 4001, the transceiver 4002, and the memory 4003 are connected by a bus system 4004.
  • the memory 4003 is configured to store instructions for executing the instructions stored by the memory 4003 to control the transceiver 4002 to send signals and/or Or receive a signal.
  • the transceiver 4002 is configured to send a first message to the first device, where the first message is used by the first device to determine that the second device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the first device is a primary access network device of the terminal device in the first state, the terminal device in the first state does not send channel state information to the first device, and the core network device and the The first device retains the data plane connection of the terminal device in the first state.
  • the second device of the device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state. Receiving an acknowledgement message of the third message sent by the terminal device in the first state, and sending an acknowledgement message of the third message to the first device.
  • the apparatus 4000 may be specifically the fourth apparatus in the above method 400 and method 500, and may be used to perform various steps and/or processes corresponding to the fourth apparatus in the above method 400 and method 500.
  • the memory 4003 can include read only memory and random access memory and provide instructions and data to the processor. A portion of the memory may also include a non-volatile random access memory.
  • the memory can also store information of the device type.
  • the processor 4001 can be configured to execute an instruction stored in a memory, and when the processor 4001 executes an instruction stored in the memory 4003, the processor 4001 is configured to execute each step in the method 600 corresponding to the fourth device. And / or process.
  • FIG. 42 shows a communication device 4100 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 4100 includes a processor 4101, a transceiver 4102, a memory 4103, and a bus system 4104.
  • the processor 4101, the transceiver 4102, and the memory 4103 are connected by a bus system 4104.
  • the memory 4103 is configured to store an instruction
  • the processor 4101 is configured to execute an instruction stored by the memory 4103 to control the transceiver 4102 to send a signal and/or Or receive a signal.
  • the transceiver 4102 is configured to send the first message to the first device, receive the second message sent by the first device according to the first message, and the second message is used to request to add the first message.
  • the second device is an auxiliary access network device of the terminal device in the first state; and the second message is sent to the second device.
  • the device 4100 may be specifically the sixth device in the above method 400, and may be used to perform various steps and/or processes corresponding to the sixth device in the above method 400.
  • the memory 4103 can include read only memory and random access memory and provide instructions and data to the processor. A portion of the memory may also include a non-volatile random access memory.
  • the memory can also store information of the device type.
  • the processor 4101 can be configured to execute instructions stored in the memory, and when the processor 4101 executes the instructions stored in the memory 4103, the The processor 4101 is configured to execute each step and/or process in the method 400 corresponding to the sixth device.
  • the processor may be a central processing unit (CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • each step of the above method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented as a hardware processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in a memory, and the processor executes instructions in the memory, in combination with hardware to perform the steps of the above method. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
  • the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other manners.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, or an electrical, mechanical or other form of connection.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the embodiments of the present application.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional unit.
  • the integrated unit if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product, may be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application may be in essence or part of the contribution to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solution may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium.
  • a number of instructions are included to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present application.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请公开了一种通信方法和装置，该方法包括：第一设备接收第一消息，所述第一设备为第一状态的终端设备的主要的接入网设备，所述第一状态的终端设备不向所述第一设备发送信道状态信息，并且核心网设备与所述第一设备保留所述第一状态的终端设备的数据面连接；所述第一设备根据所述第一消息确定第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备；所述第一设备向所述第二设备发送第二消息，所述第二消息用于请求添加所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备；所述第一设备接收所述第二设备根据所述第二消息发送的所述第二消息的确认消息，可以节省信令开销，提高资源的利用率。

Description

通信方法和装置
本申请要求于2016年08月11日提交中国专利局、申请号为201610659437.5、申请名称为“通信方法和装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及通信领域，特别涉及通信领域中通信方法和装置。
背景技术
终端设备在移动的过程中会远离原来为该终端设备服务的网络设备覆盖的小区，到达新的网络设备覆盖的小区。现有技术是将终端设备从原来网络设备覆盖的小区切换到新的网络设备覆盖的小区。切换的过程需要终端设备向新的网络设备发起接入请求，新的网络设备从原来的网络设备获取终端设备的上下文信息。新的网络设备需要与核心网设备进行路径转移，增加了网络设备与核心网设备之间的信令交互，资源浪费较大。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供的通信方法，可以节省信令开销，提高资源的利用率。
第一方面，提供了一种通信方法，该方法包括：第一设备接收第一消息，所述第一设备为第一状态的终端设备的主要的接入网设备，所述第一状态的终端设备不向所述第一设备发送信道状态信息，并且核心网设备与所述第一设备保留所述第一状态的终端设备的数据面连接；所述第一设备根据所述第一消息确定第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备；所述第一设备向所述第二设备发送第二消息，所述第二消息用于请求添加所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备；所述第一设备接收所述第二设备根据所述第二消息发送的所述第二消息的确认消息。
这样，第一设备可以将第二设备添加为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，并且核心网设备与第一设备设备保留至少一个数据面连接，第二设备不需要与核心网设备建立数据面连接，第二设备可以借助第一设备与核心网的数据面连接传输数据，能够避免核心网设备与第二设备进行交互产生信令，可以提高资源的利用率。
主要的接入网设备为第一状态的终端设备维护核心网设备与接入网设备之间的数据面连接；辅助的网络设备没有保留第一状态的终端设备的核心网设备与接入网设备之间的数据面连接，但是可以在空口侧为第一状态的终端设备传输数据。
所述第一状态的终端设备不向所述第一设备发送信道状态信息，可以是第一状态的终端设备不实时向第一设备发送信道状态信息，但是在特殊的场景下，例如第一设备指示该第一状态的终端设备发送信道状态信息时，第一状态的终端设备也可以向第一设备发送信道状态信息。
进一步地，当第一状态的终端设备从第一设备覆盖的小区移动到第二设备覆盖的小区时，不进行切换操作，而是将第二设备添加为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，不需要第一状态的终端设备重新建立上下文连接，核心网设备也感知不到第一状态的终端设备的移动，可以节省信令开销。
更进一步地，当第一设备的网络负荷较重时，可以添加第二设备作为辅助的接入网设备来平衡网络负载，这样，第二设备可以实现对数据的分流，可以降低第一设备的传输负载。
可选地，在将第二设备添加为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备之后，第一状态的终端设备与第二设备传输可以传输小数据包，例如小数据包可以是占用的字节数少的数据，如可以是占用几十到几百字节的数据等。
可选地，第一状态的终端设备的至少一个数据面连接保留在第一设备，第一状态的终端设备也可以保留部分接入层上下文信息，例如安全算法等。
在第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，在所述第一设备接收所述第二设备根据所述第二消息发送的所述第二消息的确认消息之后，所述方法还包括：所述第一设备向所述第一状态的终端设备发送第三消息，所述第三消息用于通知所述第一状态的终端设备所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
可选地，第二设备也可以向第一状态的终端设备发送该第三消息，例如，当该第一状态的终端设备远离第一设备覆盖的小区，到达第二设备覆盖的小区时，第二设备可以向该第一状态的终端设备发送该第三消息。
可选地，所述第一设备接收所述第一状态的终端设备根据所述第三消息发送的所述第三消息的确认消息。
结合第一方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述第三消息包括：第一指示信息、所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、第一无线承载的标识信息、无线承载的类型信息和时间提前TA信息中的至少一种，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一设备与所述核心网设备保留有数据面连接和/或所述第一设备保留有所述第一状态的终端设备的无线承载，所述第一无线承载的标识信息用于标识所述第二设备能够为所述第一状态的终端设备传输的无线承载，所述无线承载的类型信息用于指示无线承载对应的协议栈在所述第一设备与所述第二设备之间的分配方式，所述TA信息用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备与所述第二设备的上行同步的时间提前的时间信息。
这样，第一状态的终端设备就可以获知第二设备为其辅助的接入网设备，并且第一状态的终端设备可以根据第一指示信息，获知第一设备与核心网设备保留有数据面连接，所述第一设备保留的至少一个数据面连接，终端设备可以保留与第一设备的至少一个数据面连接，释放掉与第一设备的其他的数据面连接，降低资源的浪费，提升资源的利用率，并且若第三消息中包括TA信息，终端设备可以根据TA值调整与第二设备同步的时间。
结合第一方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，所述第二消息包括：所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、无线承载的类型信息和所述第一设备请求所述第二设备传输的至少一个无线承载的标识信息中的至少一种，所述无线承载的类型信息用于指示无线承载对应的协议栈在所述第一设备与所述第二设备之间的分配方式。
该无线承载的类型信息可以为接入网设备保留的第一状态的终端设备的无线承载对应的协议栈在第一设备与第二设备之间的分配方式，接入网设备可以包括第一设备和第二设备。
结合第一方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第四种实现方式中，所述第二消息的确认消息包括：所述第二设备能够为所述第一状态的终端设备传输的第一无线承载的标识信息，所述至少一个无线承载的标识信息包括所述第一无线承载的标识信息。
结合第一方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第五种实现方式中，所述第一设备接收第一消息，包括：所述第一设备接收第一测量报告，所述第一测量报告用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备与所述第二设备的之间的第一信道质量信息；其中，所述第一设备根据所述第一消息确定所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，包括：所述第一设备根据所述第一信道质量信息确定所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
在进行上行测量的过程中，第二设备可以根据跟踪信号确定第一测量报告，并且可以将该第一测量报告发送给第一设备，以便于第一设备根据该第一测量报告确定添加第二设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
可选地，第一测量报告包括：第二设备的资源指示信息，第二设备覆盖的小区标识信息和第一状态的终端设备的标识信息。
可选地，第二设备根据第一信道质量信息确定第一状态的终端设备与该第二设备快要失去同步时，第二设备将TA值携带在第一测量报告中发送给第一设备，第一设备可以将该TA值发送给第一状态的终端设备，第一状态的终端设备根据该TA值调整与第二设备的同步时间，可以减少随机接入过程中带来的时延。
结合第一方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第六种实现方式中，所述第一设备接收第一消息，包括：所述第一设备接收所述第一状态的终端设备的小区更新消息，所述小区更新消息用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备从所述第一设备覆盖的小区移动到所述第二设备覆盖的小区；其中，所述第一设备根据所述第一消息确定所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，包括：所述第一设备根据所述小区更新消息确定所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
当第一状态的终端设备从第一设备覆盖的小区重选到第二设备覆盖的小区时，第一状态的终端设备可以向第二设备发送小区更新消息，第二设备将第一状态的终端设备的小区标识以及自身的资源指示信息携带在小区更新消息中再向第一设备发送。
可选地，小区更新消息包括所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、所述的第一状态的终端设备所在的当前小区的标识信息，所述第二设备剩余的资源的资源指示信息。
结合第一方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第七种实现方式中，所述第一设备接收第一消息，包括：所述第一设备接收所述第一状态的终端设备的第一状态转换请求消息，所述第一状态转换请求消息用于向所述第二设备请求所述第一状态的终端设备需要从所述第一状态转换为激活态；其中，所述第一设备根据所述第一消息确定所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，包括：所述第一设备根据所述第一状态转换请求消息确定所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
可选地，所述第一状态转换请求消息包括所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、所述 的第一状态的终端设备所在的当前小区的标识信息，所述第二设备剩余的资源的资源指示信息。
结合第一方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第八种实现方式中，所述第一消息包括：所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、所述第一状态的终端设备所在的当前小区的标识信息、所述第二设备与所述第一状态的终端设备之间的信道质量参数和所述第二设备的资源指示信息中的至少一种，所述第一状态的终端设备所在的当前小区为所述第二设备覆盖的小区。
结合第一方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第九种实现方式中，在所述第一设备接收第一消息之前，所述方法还包括：所述第一设备向终端设备发送第一状态配置信息，以便于所述终端设备根据所述第一状态配置信息进入第一状态，当所述终端设备进入第一状态时，所述终端设备为所述第一状态的终端设备，所述第一状态配置信息包括测量方式指示信息、所述第一设备为所述终端设备分配的所述第一状态的标识信息、所述第一设备保留的无线承载的标识信息和所述第一设备为所述终端设备分配的无线资源中的至少一种。
结合第一方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第十种实现方式中，在所述第一设备向所述终端设备发送第一状态配置信息之前，所述方法还包括：所述第一设备接收所述终端设备或核心网设备发送的所述终端设备的能力信息，所述能力信息包括：所述终端设备是否支持第一状态、所述终端设备是否支持上行测量和所述终端设备是否支持下行测量中的至少一种；其中，所述第一设备向所述终端设备发送第一状态配置信息，包括：所述第一设备根据所述能力信息向所述终端设备发送所述第一状态配置信息。
结合第一方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第十一种实现方式中，在所述第一设备向所述终端设备发送第一状态配置信息之前，所述方法还包括：所述第一设备向所述终端设备发送第一状态预设条件；所述第一设备接收所述终端设备根据所述第一状态预设条件发送的第二状态转换请求消息，所述第二状态转换请求消息用于请求所述终端设备从当前状态转换为第一状态；其中，所述第一设备向所述终端设备发送第一状态配置信息，包括：所述第一设备根据所述第二状态转换请求消息向所述终端设备发送所述第一状态配置信息。
结合第一方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第十二种实现方式中，所述方法还包括：所述第一设备向所述第一状态的终端设备发送寻呼信号，所述寻呼信号包括TA的值、第二指示信息和所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息中的至少一种，所述第二指示信息用于指示发送所述寻呼信号的目的为调整所述TA。
第一设备可以在寻呼信号中向第一状态的终端设备发送TA值，可选地，只要第二设备发现快要与第一状态的终端设备失去同步时，第二设备向TA值发送给第一设备，第一设备就可以在寻呼信号中发送TA值，以使得第一状态的终端设备与第二设备进行同步，这样，可以只要第二设备发现快要失去同步时就可以将TA值发送给第一状态的终端设备，可以进一步保证传输数据的信道质量。
结合第一方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第十三种实现方式中，所述第一设备为主网络设备AnNR，所述第二设备为辅网络设备AsNR；其中，所述第一设备接收第一消息，包括：所述AnNR接收所述AsNR发送的所述第一消息。
结合第一方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第十四种实现方式中，所述第一设备为主中心单元AnCU，所述第二设备为辅分布单元AsDU，所述AnCU用于控制所述AsDU和主分布单元AnDU；其中，所述第一设备接收第一消息，包括：所述AnCU接收所述AsDU发送的所述第一消息。
结合第一方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第十五种实现方式中，在所述第一设备根据所述第一消息确定所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备之前，所述方法还包括：所述AnCU接收所述AnDU发送的第二测量报告，所述第二测量报告用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备与所述AnDU之间的第二信道质量信息；其中，所述第一设备根据所述第一消息确定所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，包括：所述AnCU根据所述第一消息和所述第二信道质量信息确定所述AsDU为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
第一设备不仅可以根据第二设备与第一状态的终端设备之间的第一信道质量信息确定是否添加第二设备为辅助的接入网设备，也可以根据第一设备与第一状态的终端设备之间的第二信道质量信息确定是否添加第二设备为辅助的接入网设备，例如，当第二信道质量信息表征的信道质量优于第一信道质量信息表征的信道质量时，可以选择不添加第二设备为辅助的接入网设备，当第一信道质量信息表征的信道质量优于第二信道质量信息表征的信道质量时，可以添加第二设备为辅助的接入网设备，这样，确定的第二设备可以降低数据的丢包率，进一步提高传输数据的效率。
可选地，第一设备可以根据小区更新信息和第二信道质量信息确定是否添加第二设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备；也可以根据第一状态请求消息和第二信道质量信息确定是否添加第二设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
结合第一方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第十六种实现方式中，所述第一设备为主中心单元AnCU，所述第二设备为辅分布单元AsDU，所述AnCU用于控制AnDU，辅中心单元AsCU用于控制所述AsDU，其中，所述第一设备接收第一消息，包括：所述AnCU接收所述AsDU通过所述AsCU发送的所述第一消息；所述第一设备向所述第二设备发送第二消息，包括：所述AnCU通过所述AsCU向所述AsDU发送所述第二消息；所述第一设备接收所述第二设备发送的所述第二消息的确认消息，包括：所述AnCU接收所述AsDU通过所述AsCU发送的所述第二消息的确认消息。
结合第一方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第十七种实现方式中，在所述第一设备根据所述第一消息确定所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备之前，所述方法还包括：所述AnCU接收所述AnDU发送的第三测量报告，所述第三测量报告用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备与所述AnDU之间的第三信道质量信息；其中，所述第一设备根据所述第一消息确定所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，包括：所述AnCU根据所述第一消息和所述第三信道质量信息确定所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
在本申请实施例中，当第一设备为AnCU时，第二设备为AsDU时，第一设备可以接收AnDU发送的AnDU与第一状态的终端设备之间的第三信道质量信息，AnCU可以比较第一信道质量信息与第三信道质量信息，若第一信道质量信息表征的信道优于第三信道质量信息表征的信道时，AnCU确定添加AsDU为辅助的接入网设备，若第三信道质量信息表征的信 道质量优于第一信道质量信息表征的信道时，AnCU确定不添加AsDU为辅助的接入网设备，通过这种方式确定的第二设备可以降低数据的丢包率，进一步提高传输数据的效率。
结合第一方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第十八种实现方式中，所述第一设备向所述第一状态的终端设备发送第三消息，包括：所述AnCU通过所述AnDU向所述第一状态的终端设备发送所述第三消息；其中，所述第一设备接收所述第一状态的终端设备根据所述第三消息发送的所述第三消息的确认消息，包括：所述第一设备接收所述第一状态的终端设备根据所述第三消息通过所述AnDU发送的所述第三消息的确认消息。
结合第一方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第十九种实现方式中，所述第一消息还包括：所述AsCU的资源指示信息、所述AsCU的标识信息和所述AsDU的标识信息中的至少一种。
也就是说，当第一设备为AnCU，第二设备为AsDU时，第二设备向第一发送的信息需要通过AsCU发送，这样第一信息也可以包括AsCU的标识信息、AsCU的资源指示信息等。
结合第一方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第二十种实现方式中，所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息包括所述第一设备的标识和所述第一状态的终端设备的标识。
这样，第一状态的终端设备的标识信息可以在第一设备和第二设备中唯一的识别，例如当第二设备获取到第一状态的终端设备的标识信息时，可以根据该标识信息识别出为该第一状态的终端设备服务的网络设备为第一设备，则可以向该第一设备发送第一测量报告，或者发送第一状态请求消息，或者发送小区更新信息。
第二方面，提供了一种通信方法，该方法包括：第二设备接收第一消息，所述第一消息用于确定第三设备所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，所述第一状态的终端设备不向所述第一设备发送信道状态信息，并且核心网设备与所述第一设备保留所述第一状态的终端设备的数据面连接；所述第二设备根据所述第一消息确定所述第三设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备；所述第二设备向第一设备发送第二消息，所述第二消息用于请求添加所述第三设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，所述第一设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的主要的接入网设备；所述第二设备接收所述第一设备根据所述第二消息发送的所述第二消息的确认消息。
在第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，在所述第二设备接收所述第一设备发送的第二消息的确认消息之后，所述方法还包括：所述第二设备向所述第一状态的终端设备发送第三消息，所述第三消息用于通知所述第一状态的终端设备所述第三设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
结合第二方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第二种实现方式中，所述第三消息包括：第一指示信息、所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、第一无线承载的标识信息、无线承载的类型信息和时间提前TA信息中的至少一种，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一设备与所述核心网设备保留有数据面连接和/或所述第一设备保留有所述第一状态的终端设备的无线承载，所述第一无线承载的标识信息用于标识所述第三设备能够为所述第一状态的终端设备传输的无线承载，所述无线承载的类型信息用于指示无线承载对应的协议栈在所述第一设备与所述第三设备之间的分配方式，所述TA信息用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备与所述第三设备的上行同步的时间提前的时间信息。
结合第二方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第三种实现方式中，所述第二消 息包括：所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、所述第二设备能够传输的至少一个无线承载的标识信息、无线承载的类型信息和所述第一状态的终端设备当前所在的小区标识信息中的至少一种，所述无线承载的类型信息用于指示无线承载对应的协议栈在所述第一设备与所述第三设备之间的分配方式，所述第一状态的终端设备当前所在的小区为所述第二设备服务的小区。
结合第二方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第四种实现方式中，所述第二消息的确认消息包括：所述第一设备允许所述第三设备为所述第一状态的终端设备传输的第一无线承载的标识信息和/或所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息。
结合第二方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第五种实现方式中，所述第二设备接收第一消息，包括：所述第二设备确定第一测量报告，所述第一测量报告用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备与所述第三设备的之间的第一信道质量信息；其中，所述第二设备根据所述第一消息确定所述第三设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，包括：所述第二设备根据所述第一测量报告确定所述第三设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
具体地，第二设备确定第一测量报告包括：第二设备接收第三设备发送的第一测量报告，或者所述第二设备确定第一测量报告包括：第二设备第一状态的终端设备发送的接收上行跟踪信号，第二设备根据所述上行跟踪信号确定第一测量报告，所述第一测量报告用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备与所述第二设备之间的第一信道质量信息。所述第二设备的根据第三设备与所述第一状态的终端设备之间的第一测量报告确定第三设备与所述第一状态的终端设备之间的第一信道质量，当第一信道质量满足信道预设条件时，确定添加第三设备为辅助的接入网设备；或者所述第二设备根据第二设备与第一状态的终端设备之间的第一测量报告确定所述第二设备与所述第一信道质量信息，当所述第一信道质量信息满足信道预设条件时，确定添加第二设备为辅助的接入网设备。
结合第二方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第六种实现方式中，所述第二设备接收第一消息，包括：所述第二设备接收小区更新消息，所述小区更新消息用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备从所述第一设备覆盖的小区移动到所述第三设备覆盖的小区；其中，所述第二设备根据所述第一消息确定所述第三设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，包括：所述第二设备根据所述小区更新消息确定所述第三设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
结合第二方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第七种实现方式中，所述第二设备接收第一消息，包括：所述第二设备接收第一状态转换请求消息，所述第一状态转换请求消息用于请求所述第一状态的终端设备需要从第一状态转换为激活态；其中，所述第二设备根据所述第一消息确定所述第三设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，包括：所述第二设备根据所述第一状态转换请求消息确定所述第三设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
结合第二方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第八种实现方式中，所述第一消息包括：所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息和/或所述第一状态的终端设备的无线承载的标识信息。
结合第二方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第九种实现方式中，所述第一设 备为主网络设备AnNR，所述第二设备为辅网络设备AsNR，所述第三设备为所述AsNR。
结合第二方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第十种实现方式中，所述第一设备为主中心单元AnCU，所述第二设备为辅中心单元AsCU，所述第三设备为辅分布单元AsDU，所述第二设备接收第一消息，包括：所述第二设备接收所述第一状态的终端设备通过所述AsDU发送的所述第一消息。
结合第二方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第十一种实现方式中，所述第二设备向所述第一状态的终端设备发送第三消息，包括：所述AsCU通过所述AsDU向所述第一状态的终端设备发送所述第三消息。
第三方面，提供了一种通信方法，该方法包括：网络设备确定对终端设备进行第一状态的配置；所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一状态配置信息，以便于所述终端设备根据所述第一状态配置信息进入第一状态，所述第一状态配置信息用于指示所述网络设备与核心网设备保留有数据面连接，所述第一状态配置信息包括测量方式指示信息、所述网络设备为所述终端设备分配的所述第一状态的标识信息、所述网络设备保留的无线承载的标识信息和所述网络设备为所述终端设备分配的无线资源中的至少一种。
可选地，所述网络设备接收所述终端设备发送的所述第一状态配置信息的确认信息。
可选地，所述第一状态配置信息还用于指示所述网络设备保留所述终端设备的无线承载信息。
在第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述网络设备确定对终端设备进行第一状态配置，包括：所述网络设备接收所述终端设备或核心网设备发送所述终端设备的能力信息，所述能力信息包括所述终端设备是否支持第一状态、所述终端设备的标识信息、所述终端设备是否支持上行测量、所述终端设备是否支持下行测量中的至少一种；所述网络设备根据所述能力信息确定对所述终端设备进行第一状态配置。
结合第三方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第三方面的第二种实现方式中，所述网络设备确定对终端设备进行第一状态配置，包括：所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一状态预设条件；所述网络设备接收所述终端设备根据所述第一状态预设条件发送的第二状态转换请求消息，所述第二状态转换请求消息用于请求所述终端设备需要从当前状态转换为第一状态；所述网络设备根据所述第一状态转换请求消息确定对所终端设备进行第一状态配置。
第四方面，提供了一种通信方法，该方法包括：第二设备向第一设备发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于所述第一设备确定所述第二设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，所述第一设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的主要的接入网设备，所述第一状态的终端设备不向所述第一设备发送信道状态信息，并且核心网设备和所述网络设备保留所述第一状态的终端设备的数据面连接；所述第二设备接收所述第一设备根据所述第一消息发送的第二消息，所述第二消息用于请求添加所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备；所述第二设备根据所述第二消息向所述第一设备发送所述第二消息发送的确认消息。
在第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，在所述第二设备根据所述第二消息向所述第一设备发送所述第二消息发送的确认消息之后，所述方法还包括：所述第二设备向所述第一状态的终端设备发送第三消息，所述第三消息用于通知所述第一状态的终端设备所述第 二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备；所述第二设备接收所述第一状态的终端设备根据所述第三消息发送的所述第三消息的确认消息。
结合第四方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第二种实现方式中，所述第三消息包括：第一指示信息、所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、第一无线承载的标识信息、无线承载的类型信息和时间提前TA信息中的至少一种，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一设备与所述核心网设备保留有数据面连接和/或所述第一设备保留有所述第一状态的终端设备的无线承载，所述第一无线承载的标识信息用于标识所述第二设备能够为所述第一状态的终端设备传输的无线承载，所述无线承载的类型信息用于指示无线承载对应的协议栈在所述第一设备与所述第二设备之间的分配方式，所述TA信息用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备与所述第二设备的上行同步的时间提前的时间信息。
结合第四方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第三种实现方式中，所述第二消息包括：所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、无线承载的类型信息和所述第一设备请求所述第二设备传输的至少一个无线承载的标识信息中的至少一种。
结合第四方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第四种实现方式中，所述第二消息的确认消息包括：所述第二设备能够为所述第一状态的终端设备传输的第一无线承载的标识信息，所述至少一个无线承载的标识信息包括所述第一无线承载的标识信息。
结合第四方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第五种实现方式中，所述第二设备向第一设备发送第一消息，包括：所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送第一测量报告，所述第一测量报告用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备与所述第二设备的之间的第一信道质量信息；其中，所述第二设备接收所述第一设备根据所述第一消息发送的第二消息，包括：所述第二设备接收所述第一设备根据所述第一信道质量信息发送的所述第二消息。
结合第四方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第六种实现方式中，所述第二设备向第一设备发送第一消息，包括：所述第二设备向第一设备发送所述第一状态的终端设备的小区更新消息，所述小区更新消息用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备从所述第一设备覆盖的小区移动到所述第二设备覆盖的小区；其中，所述第二设备接收所述第一设备根据所述第一消息发送的第二消息，包括：所述第二设备接收所述第一设备根据所述小区更新消息发送的所述第二消息。
结合第四方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第七种实现方式中，所述第二设备向第一设备发送第一消息，包括：所述第二设备向所述第一备发送所述第一状态的终端设备的第一状态转换请求消息，所述第一状态转换请求消息用于向所述第二设备请求所述第一状态的终端设备需要从所述第一状态转换为激活态；其中，所述第二设备接收所述第一设备根据所述第一消息发送的第二消息，包括：所述第二设备接收所述第一设备根据所述第一状态转换请求消息发送的所述第二消息。
结合第四方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第八种实现方式中，所述第一消息包括：所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、所述第一状态的终端设备所在的当前小区的标识信息、所述第二设备与所述第一状态的终端设备之间的信道质量参数和所述第二设备的资源指示信息中的至少一种，所述第一状态的终端设备所在的当前小区为所述第二设备覆盖的小区。
结合第四方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第九种实现方式中，所述方法还 包括：所述第二设备向所述第一状态的终端设备发送寻呼信号，所述寻呼信号包括TA的值、第二指示信息和所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息中的至少一种，所述第二指示信息用于指示发送所述寻呼信号的目的为调整所述TA。
结合第四方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第十种实现方式中，所述第一设备为主网络设备AnNR，所述第二设备为辅网络设备AsNR。
结合第四方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第十一种实现方式中，所述第一设备为主中心单元AnCU，所述第二设备为辅分布单元AsDU，所述AnCU用于控制所述AsDU和主分布单元AnDU。
结合第四方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第十二种实现方式中，所述第一设备为主中心单元AnCU，所述第二设备为辅分布单元AsDU，所述AnCU用于控制AnDU，辅中心单元AsCU用于控制所述AsDU，其中，所述第二设备向第一设备发送第一消息，包括：所述AsDU通过所述AsCU向所述AnCU发送所述第一消息；所述第二设备接收所述第一设备根据所述第一消息发送的第二消息，包括：所述AsDU接收所述AnCU通过所述AsCU发送所述第二消息；所述第二设备根据所述第二消息向所述第一设备发送所述第二消息发送的确认消息，包括:所述AsDU根据所述第二消息通过所述AsCU向所述AnCU发送所述第二消息的确认消息。
结合第四方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第十三种实现方式中，所述第一消息还包括：所述AsCU的资源指示信息、所述AsCU的标识信息和所述AsDU的标识信息中的至少一种。
结合第四方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第十四种实现方式中，所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息包括所述第一设备的标识和所述第一状态的终端设备的标识。
第五方面，提供了一种通信方法，该方法包括：第一状态的终端设备向第二设备发送第四消息，所述第四信息用于所述第二设备发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于确定所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，所述第一设备为第一状态的终端设备的主要的接入网设备；当所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备时，所述第一状态的终端设备接收第三消息，所述第三消息用于通知所述第一状态的终端设备所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备；所述第一状态的终端设备根据所述第三消息发送所述第三消息的确认消息，所述第一状态的终端设备不向所述第一设备发送信道状态信息，并且核心网设备与所述第一设备保留所述第一状态的终端设备的数据面连接。
在第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述第三消息包括：第一指示信息、所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、第一无线承载的标识信息、无线承载的类型信息和时间提前TA信息中的至少一种，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一设备与所述核心网设备保留有数据面连接和/或所述第一设备保留有所述第一状态的终端设备的无线承载，所述第一无线承载的标识信息用于标识所述第三设备能够为所述第一状态的终端设备传输的无线承载，所述无线承载的类型信息用于指示无线承载对应的协议栈在所述第一设备与所述第三设备之间的分配方式，所述TA信息用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备与所述第三设备的上行同步的时间提前的时间信息。
结合第五方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第五方面的第二种实现方式中，所述第一状 态的终端设备向第二设备发送第四消息，包括：所述第一状态的终端设备向所述第二设备发送所述第一状态的终端设备的小区更新消息，所述小区更新消息用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备从所述第一设备覆盖的小区移动到所述第二设备覆盖的小区，所述小区更新消息包括所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息。
结合第五方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第五方面的第三种实现方式中，所述第一状态的终端设备向第二设备发送第四消息，包括：所述第一状态的终端设备向所述第二设备发送第一状态转换请求消息，所述第一状态转换请求消息用于向所述第二设备请求所述第一状态的终端设备需要从所述第一状态转换为激活态，所述第一状态转换请求消息包括所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息和所述第一状态的终端设备的无线承载的标识信息中的至少一种。
结合第五方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第五方面的第四种实现方式中，在所述第一状态的终端设备向第二设备发送第四消息之前，包括：终端设备接收第一设备发送的第一状态配置信息，所述第一状态配置信息包括：所述第一状态配置信息包括测量方式指示信息、所述网络设备为所述终端设备分配的所述第一状态的标识信息、所述网络设备保留的无线承载的标识信息和所述网络设备为所述终端设备分配的无线资源中的至少一种；所述终端设备根据所述第一状态配置信息进入第一状态，成为所述第一状态的终端设备。
结合第五方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第五方面的第五种实现方式中，在所述终端设备接收第一设备发送的第一状态配置信息之前，所述方法还包括：所述终端设备向所述第一设备发送所述终端设备的能力信息，所述能力信息包括：所述终端设备是否支持第一状态，所述终端设备是否支持上行测量和所述终端设备是否支持下行测量中的至少一种；其中，所述终端设备接收第一设备发送的第一状态配置信息，包括：所述终端设备接收所述第一设备根据所述能力信息发送的所述第一状态配置信息。
结合第五方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第五方面的第六种实现方式中，在所述终端设备接收第一设备发送的第一状态配置信息之前，所述方法还包括：所述终端设备接收所述第一设备发送的第一状态预设条件；当所述终端设备满足所述第一状态预设条件时，所述终端设备向所述第一设备发送第二状态转换请求消息，所述第二状态转换请求消息用于请求所述终端设备需要从当前状态转换为第一状态。
结合第五方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第五方面的第七种实现方式中，所述第一设备为主网络设备AnNR，所述第二设备为辅网络设备AsNR。
结合第五方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第五方面的第八种实现方式中，所述第一设备为主中心单元AnCU，第二设备为辅分布单元AsDU。
第六方面，提供了一种通信方法，该方法包括：第四设备向第一设备发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于所述第一设备确定所述第二设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，所述第一设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的主要的接入网设备，所述第一状态的终端设备不向所述第一设备发送信道状态信息，并且核心网设备与所述第一设备保留所述第一状态的终端设备的数据面连接；所述第四设备接收所述第一设备根据所述第一消息发送的第三消息，并向所述第一状态的终端设备发送所述第三消息，所述第三消息用于通知所述第一状态的终端设备所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备；所述第四设备接收所述第一状态的终端设备发送的所述第三消息的确认消息，并向所述第 一设备发送所述第三消息的确认消息。
在第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述第三消息包括：第一指示信息、所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、第一无线承载的标识信息、无线承载的类型信息和时间提前TA信息中的至少一种，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一设备与所述核心网设备保留有数据面连接和/或所述第一设备保留有所述第一状态的终端设备的无线承载，所述第一无线承载的标识信息用于标识所述第二设备能够为所述第一状态的终端设备传输的无线承载，所述无线承载的类型信息用于指示无线承载对应的协议栈在所述第一设备与所述第二设备之间的分配方式，所述TA信息用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备与所述第二设备的上行同步的时间提前的时间信息。
结合第六方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第六方面的第二种实现方式中，所述第一消息用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备与所述第四设备之间的第二信道质量信息。
结合第六方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第六方面的第三种实现方式中，所述第一设备为主中心单元AnCU，所述第二设备为辅分布单元AsDU，所述第四设备为主分布单元AnDU。
第七方面，提供了一种通信方法，该方法包括：第六设备接收第二设备发送的第一消息，并向第一设备发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于所述第一设备确定所述第二设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，所述第一设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的主要的接入网设备，所述第一状态的终端设备不向所述第一设备发送信道状态信息，并且核心网设备与所述第一设备保留所述第一状态的终端设备的数据面连接；所述第六设备接收所述第一设备根据所述第一消息发送的第二消息，并向所述第二设备发送所述第二消息，所述第二消息用于请求添加所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备；所述第六设备接收所述第二设备发送的所述第二消息的确认消息，并向所述第一设备发送所述第二消息的确认消息。
在第七方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，在所述第六设备接收所述第二设备发送的所述第二消息的确认消息，并向所述第二设备发送所述第二消息的确认消息之后，所述方法还包括：所述第六设备向所述第二设备发送第三消息，以便于所述第二设备向所述第一状态的终端设备发送所述第三消息，所述第三消息用于通知所述第一状态的终端设备所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备；所述第六设备接收所述第二设备发送的所述第三消息的确认消息，所述第三消息的确认消息为所述第二设备接收所述第一状态的终端设备发送的。
结合第七方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第七方面的第二种实现方式中，所述第一设备为主中心单元AnCU，所述第二设备为辅分布单元AsDU，第六设备为辅中心单元AsCU。
第八方面，提供了一种通信方法，该方法包括：第一设备接收第二设备发送的第二消息，所述第二消息用于请求添加第三设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，所述第一设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的主要的接入网设备；所述第一设备向所述第二设备发送所述第二消息的确认消息，所述第一状态的终端设备不向所述第一设备发送信道状态信息，并且核心网设备与所述第一设备保留所述第一状态的终端设备的数据面连接。
在第八方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二消息包括：所述第一状态的终端设 备的标识信息、无线承载的标识信息、无线承载的类型和所述第一状态的终端设备当前所在的小区标识信息中的至少一种，所述第一状态的终端设备当前所在的小区为所述第三设备服务的小区。
结合第八方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第八方面的第二种实现方式中，所述第二消息的确认消息包括：所述第一设备允许所述第三设备为所述第一状态的终端设备传输的第一无线承载的标识信息和/或所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息。
结合第八方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第八方面的第三种实现方式中，所述第一设备为主网络设备AnNR，所述第二设备为辅网络设备AsNR，所述第三设备为所述AsNR。
结合第八方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第八方面的第四种实现方式中，所述第一设备为主中心单元AnCU，所述第二设备为辅中心单元AsCU，所述第三设备为辅分布单元AsDU。
第九方面，提供了一种通信方法，该方法包括：终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一状态配置信息，所述第一状态配置信息用于指示所述网络设备与核心网设备保留有数据面连接，所述第一状态配置信息包括测量方式指示信息和所述网络设备为所述终端设备分配的第一状态的标识信息中的至少一种；所述终端设备根据所述第一状态配置信息进入第一状态，所述第一状态的终端设备不向所述第一设备发送信道状态信息，并且核心网设备与所述第一设备保留所述第一状态的终端设备的数据面连接。
在第九方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，在所述终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一状态配置信息之前，所述方法还包括：所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送所述终端设备的能力信息，所述能力信息包括所述终端设备是否支持第一状态、所述终端设备的标识信息、所述终端设备是否支持上行测量、所述终端设备是否支持下行测量中的至少一种；其中，所述终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一状态配置信息，包括：所述终端设备接收所述网络设备根据所述能力信息发送的所述第一状态配置信息。
结合第九方面的上述可能的实现方式，在第九方面的第二种实现方式中，在所述终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一状态配置信息之前，所述方法还包括：所述终端设备接收所述网络设备发送的第一状态预设条件；当所述终端设备满足所述第一状态预设条件时，所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送第二状态请求消息，所述第二状态请求消息用于请求所述终端设备从当前状态转换为所述第一状态。
第十方面，提供了一种通信装置，用于执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地，该装置包括用于执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的单元。
第十一方面，提供了一种通信装置，用于执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地，该装置包括用于执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的单元。
第十二方面，提供了一种通信装置，用于执行上述第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地，该装置包括用于执行上述第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的单元。
第十三方面，提供了一种通信装置，用于执行上述第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地，该装置包括用于执行上述第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的 实现方式中的方法的单元。
第十四方面，提供了一种通信装置，用于执行上述第五方面或第五方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地，该装置包括用于执行上述第五方面或第五方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的单元。
第十五方面，提供了一种通信装置，用于执行上述第六方面或第六方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地，该装置包括用于执行上述第六方面或第六方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的单元。
第十六方面，提供了一种通信装置，用于执行上述第七方面或第七方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地，该装置包括用于执行上述第七方面或第七方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的单元。
第十七方面，提供了一种通信装置，用于执行上述第八方面或第八方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地，该装置包括用于执行上述第八方面或第八方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的单元。
第十八方面，提供了一种通信装置，用于执行上述第九方面或第九方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地，该装置包括用于执行上述第九方面或第九方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的单元。
第十九方面，提供了一种通信系统，包括如上述第十方面或第十方面的任一种可能实现方式中的装置、第十三方面或第十三方面任一种可能实现方式中的装置、第十四方面或第十四方面任一种可能实现方式中的装置、十五方面或第十五方面任一种可能实现方式中的装置和第十六方面或第十六方面任一种可能实现方式中的装置中的至少两种装置。
第二十方面，提供了一种通信系统，包括如第十一方面或第十一方面任一种可能实现方式中的装置、十四方面或第十四方面任一种可能实现方式中的装置、十五方面或第十五方面任一种可能实现方式中的装置以及第十七方面或第十七方面任一种可能实现方式中的至少一种装置。
第二十一方面，提供了一种通信系统，包括如第十二方面所述的装置和第十八方面所述的装置。
第二十二方面，提供了一种通信装置，该装置包括：收发器、存储器、处理器和总线系统。其中，该收发器、该存储器和该处理器通过该总线系统相连，该存储器用于存储指令，该处理器用于执行该存储器存储的指令，以控制收发器接收信号，并控制收发器发送信号，并且当该处理器执行该存储器存储的指令时，该执行使得该处理器执行第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第二十三方面，提供了一种通信装置，该装置包括：收发器、存储器、处理器和总线系统。其中，该收发器、该存储器和该处理器通过该总线系统相连，该存储器用于存储指令，该处理器用于执行该存储器存储的指令，以控制收发器接收信号，并控制收发器发送信号，并且当该处理器执行该存储器存储的指令时，该执行使得该处理器执行第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第二十四方面，提供了一种通信装置，该装置包括：收发器、存储器、处理器和总线系统。其中，该收发器、该存储器和该处理器通过该总线系统相连，该存储器用于存储指令，该处理器用于执行该存储器存储的指令，以控制收发器接收信号，并控制收发器发送 信号，并且当该处理器执行该存储器存储的指令时，该执行使得该处理器执行第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第二十五方面，提供了一种通信装置，该装置包括：收发器、存储器、处理器和总线系统。其中，该收发器、该存储器和该处理器通过该总线系统相连，该存储器用于存储指令，该处理器用于执行该存储器存储的指令，以控制收发器接收信号，并控制收发器发送信号，并且当该处理器执行该存储器存储的指令时，该执行使得该处理器执行第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第二十六方面，提供了一种通信装置，该装置包括：收发器、存储器、处理器和总线系统。其中，该收发器、该存储器和该处理器通过该总线系统相连，该存储器用于存储指令，该处理器用于执行该存储器存储的指令，以控制收发器接收信号，并控制收发器发送信号，并且当该处理器执行该存储器存储的指令时，该执行使得该处理器执行第五方面或第五方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第二十七方面，提供了一种通信装置，该装置包括：收发器、存储器、处理器和总线系统。其中，该收发器、该存储器和该处理器通过该总线系统相连，该存储器用于存储指令，该处理器用于执行该存储器存储的指令，以控制收发器接收信号，并控制收发器发送信号，并且当该处理器执行该存储器存储的指令时，该执行使得该处理器执行第六方面或第六方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第二十八方面，提供了一种通信装置，该装置包括：收发器、存储器、处理器和总线系统。其中，该收发器、该存储器和该处理器通过该总线系统相连，该存储器用于存储指令，该处理器用于执行该存储器存储的指令，以控制收发器接收信号，并控制收发器发送信号，并且当该处理器执行该存储器存储的指令时，该执行使得该处理器执行第七方面或第七方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第二十九方面，提供了一种通信装置，该装置包括：收发器、存储器、处理器和总线系统。其中，该收发器、该存储器和该处理器通过该总线系统相连，该存储器用于存储指令，该处理器用于执行该存储器存储的指令，以控制收发器接收信号，并控制收发器发送信号，并且当该处理器执行该存储器存储的指令时，该执行使得该处理器执行第八方面或第八方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第三十方面，提供了一种通信装置，该装置包括：收发器、存储器、处理器和总线系统。其中，该收发器、该存储器和该处理器通过该总线系统相连，该存储器用于存储指令，该处理器用于执行该存储器存储的指令，以控制收发器接收信号，并控制收发器发送信号，并且当该处理器执行该存储器存储的指令时，该执行使得该处理器执行第九方面或第九方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第三十一方面，提供了一种计算机可读介质，用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序包括用于执行第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的指令。
第三十二方面，提供了一种计算机可读介质，用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序包括用于执行第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的指令。
第三十三方面，提供了一种计算机可读介质，用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序包括用于执行第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的指令。
第三十四方面，提供了一种计算机可读介质，用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序包 括用于执行第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的指令。
第三十五方面，提供了一种计算机可读介质，用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序包括用于执行第五方面或第五方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的指令。
第三十六方面，提供了一种计算机可读介质，用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序包括用于执行第六方面或第六方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的指令。
第三十七方面，提供了一种计算机可读介质，用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序包括用于执行第七方面或第七方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的指令。
第三十八方面，提供了一种计算机可读介质，用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序包括用于执行第八方面或第八方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的指令。
第三十九方面，提供了一种计算机可读介质，用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序包括用于执行第九方面或第九方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的指令。
附图说明
图1示出了本申请实施例的应用场景的示意图。
图2示出了本申请实施例的另一应用场景的示意图。
图3示出了本申请实施例的又一应用场景的示意图。
图4示出了根据本申请实施例的通信方法示意图。
图5示出了根据本申请实施例的另一通信方法示意图。
图6示出了根据本申请实施例的无线承载的类型示意图。
图7示出了根据本申请实施例的又一通信方法示意图。
图8示出了根据本申请实施例的又一通信方法示意图。
图9示出了根据本申请实施例的又一通信方法示意图。
图10示出了根据本申请实施例的又一通信方法示意图。
图11示出了根据本申请实施例的又一通信方法示意图。
图12示出了根据本申请实施例的又一通信方法示意图。
图13示出了根据本申请实施例的又一通信方法示意图。
图14示出了根据本申请实施例的又一通信方法示意图。
图15示出了根据本申请实施例的又一通信方法示意图。
图16示出了根据本申请实施例的又一通信方法示意图。
图17示出了根据本申请实施例的又一通信方法示意图。
图18示出了根据本申请实施例的又一通信方法示意图。
图19示出了根据本申请实施例的又一通信方法示意图。
图20示出了根据本申请实施例的又一通信方法示意图。
图21示出了根据本申请实施例的又一通信方法示意图。
图22示出了根据本申请实施例的又一通信方法示意图。
图23示出了根据本申请实施例的另一通信方法示意图。
图24示出了根据本申请实施例的另一通信方法示意图。
图25示出了根据本申请实施例的通信装置示意图。
图26示出了根据本申请实施例的另一通信装置示意图。
图27示出了根据本申请实施例的又一通信装置示意图。
图28示出了根据本申请实施例的又一通信装置示意图。
图29示出了根据本申请实施例的又一通信装置示意图。
图30示出了根据本申请实施例的又一通信装置示意图。
图31示出了根据本申请实施例的又一通信装置示意图。
图32示出了根据本申请实施例的又一通信装置示意图。
图33示出了根据本申请实施例的又一通信装置示意图。
图34示出了根据本申请实施例的又一通信装置示意图。
图35示出了根据本申请实施例的又一通信装置示意图。
图36示出了根据本申请实施例的又一通信装置示意图。
图37示出了根据本申请实施例的又一通信装置示意图。
图38示出了根据本申请实施例的又一通信装置示意图。
图39示出了根据本申请实施例的又一通信装置示意图。
图40示出了根据本申请实施例的又一通信装置示意图。
图41示出了根据本申请实施例的又一通信装置示意图。
图42示出了根据本申请实施例的又一通信装置示意图。
具体实施方式
应理解，本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统，例如：全球移动通讯(global system of mobile communication，GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access，CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access，WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio Service，GPRS)、长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system，UMTS)等目前的通信系统，以及，尤其应用于未来的通信系统。
本申请实施例中的终端设备也可以指用户设备(user equipment，UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、终端设备、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。接入终端可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol，SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant，PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备，未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network，PLMN)中的终端设备等。
本申请实施例中的网络设备或接入网设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的设备，该网络设备或接入网设备可以是GSM或CDMA中的基站(base transceiver station，BTS)，也可以是WCDMA系统中的基站(nodeB，NB)，还可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(evolutional nodeB，eNB或eNodeB)，还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network，CRAN)场景下的无线控制器，或者该网络设备或接入网设备可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来5G网络中的网络设备或接入网设备，也可以是未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备或接入网设备等。
本申请实施例提到的第一状态的UE，可以继续保留该UE的专用用户标识(dedicated UE ID，DUI)，并可以具有以下功能中的部分或全部：
1、可以处理一些背景业务和小包传输。
2、可以支持下行免调度(DL Scheduling-free)传输，即可以使用下行共享资源。
3、可以支持上行免授权(UL grant-free)传输，即可以使用上行共享资源。
4、可以不向所述第一设备发送信道状态信息。例如，不实时向第一设备发送信道状态信息，但是在一些特殊的场景下，第一状态的终端设备也可以向第一设备发送信道状态信息，例如，当第一设备向第一状态的终端设备发送指示信息，该指示信息指示该第一状态的终端设备向该第一设备发送信道状态信息，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
5、可以进行少量的连接管理，例如，长周期的链路自适应和长周期的测量。
6、可以保留与网络侧的无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)连接。
7、可以保留与核心网的信令面承载和用户面承载。或者，可以仅保留与核心网的信令面承载，删除与核心网的用户面承载。当有上行背景业务或小包数据需要传输时，可以通过与核心网的信令面承载发送，比如，可以通过接入层的信令携带数据包，或者通过非接入层(non-access stratum，NAS)信令携带数据包。可选地，该数据包传输到移动性管理实体(mobility nanagement Entity，MME)后，MME识别其为背景业务或小包数据，转发给服务网关(serving gateway，SGW)。可选地，作为一种实现方式，第一状态UE可以保留与核心网的信令面承载，删除与核心网的专用用户面承载，建立与核心网的公用或缺省用户面承载。当有上行背景业务或小包数据需要传输时，可以通过与核心网的公用或缺省用户面承载进行传输。
8、发送上行参考信号，可以是周期性发送，也可以是满足事件触发条件后发送。事件触发条件可以是基于UE的速度触发，比如网络侧配置的当前发送周期为T，UE的速度门限为V。当UE速度小于和/或等于V时，UE可以自动延长上行参考信号的发送间隔为N*T，N＝2,3,……。进一步地，如果UE静止，上行参考信号的发送周期可以配置为无限大，具体实现时，可以配置参考信号的最大发送周期，比如256s，30min等。
第一状态可以是(ecology conservation optimization，ECO)状态，也可以是(energy conserved operation，ECO)。第一状态可以是节电(Power saving)状态。第一状态还可以是不活跃(inactive)状态等，本申请实施例不限于此。
激活态的UE具有DUI，并可以具有如下功能的部分或全部：
1、可以处理交互、会话类业务。
2、可以支持UE使用上下行共享资源和专用资源。
3、可以支持快速连接管理(如快速链路自适应、短周期测量)。
如上所述，UE有两种状态，并且可以在这两种状态之间进行转换，如当UE数据传送完毕后一段时间再没有业务数据传输，该UE可以从激活态转到第一状态。在第一状态的UE可以不监测动态控制信道，只需支持少量的连接管理，其耗电会比激活态少。
下面介绍本申请实施例的应用场景100的示意图，该场景100包括：主网络设备，至少一个辅网络设备和终端设备。该主网络设备可以是主新空口(anchor new radio，AnNR)101，该辅网络设备可以是辅新空口(assitant new radio，AsNR)102，该终端设备可以是UE103。AnNR101与AsNR102之间存在接口，通常情况下，该接口可以为有线接口。UE103 可以通过AnNR 101和辅网络设备102同时建立连接。EU103和AnNR101建立的连接为主连接，UE103与AsNR 102建立的连接为辅连接。UE103的控制面数据可以通过主连接和辅连接同时进行传输。UE103的用户面数据也可以通过主连接和辅连接同时传输。UE103的控制面数据也可以只通过辅连接进行传输。UE103的用户面数据也可以只通过辅连接进行传输。UE103的用户面数据也可以只通过主连接进行传输。UE103的用户面数据也可以只通过主连接进行传输。UE103的用户面数据可以通过主连接传输，并且UE103的控制面数据可以通过辅连接传输。UE103的用户面数据可以通过辅连接传输，并且UE103的控制面数据可以通过主连接传输。例如在UE103从AnNR101覆盖的cell1移动到AsNR102覆盖的cell2时，可能UE103与AnNR101之间的信道质量下降，则需要AsNR102分担UE103的至少部分数据的传输。又例如，当AnNR101的网络负荷较重时，需要AsNR102为AnNR101分担至少部分数据的无线承载的场景也可以采用本申请实施例的方法。当AsNR102分担AnNR101的至少部分数据时，核心网设备侧不感知用户的移动性，用户的上下文仍然保持在AnNR101，UE103在AsNR102发起业务时，不需要重新建立用户的上下文，并且数据可以在协议栈1以下的协议栈进行分流，协议栈1已经进行了安全性和完整性保护，在空口侧不需要再次进行RRC验证过程。
下面介绍本申请实施例的另一个应用场景200示意图，该场景200包括：
主中心单元(anchor central unit，AnCU)201，主分布单元(anchor distribute unit，AnDU)202，辅分布单元(Assitant Distribute Unit，AsDU)203和UE204。AnCU201用于控制AnDU202和AsDU203。UE204与AnDU202建立的连接称为主连接，UE204与AsDU203建立的连接称为辅连接。当UE204从AnDU202覆盖的小区1(Cell1)移动到AsDU203覆盖的小区2(Cell2)时，可能UE204与AnDU202之间的信道质量下降，则需要AsDU203分担UE204的至少部分数据的无线承载。又例如，当AnDU202的网络负荷较重时，需要AsDU203为AnDU202分担至少部分数据的无线承载的场景也可以采用本申请实施例的方法，当AsDU203分担AnDU202的至少部分数据时，核心网设备侧不感知用户的移动性，用户的上下文仍然保持在AnDU202，UE204在AsDU203发起业务时，不需要重新建立用户的上下文。
下面介绍本申请实施例的又一个应用场景300示意图，该场景300包括：主中心单元(anchor central unit，AnCU)301，辅中心单元(assitant central unit，AsCU)302，主分布单元(anchor distribute unit，AnDU)303，辅分布单元(assitant distribute unit，AsDU)304和UE305。AnCU301用于控制AnDU303，AsCU302用于控制AsDU304，AnCU301与AsCU302之间存在接口，通常情况下，该接口可以为有线接口。UE305与AnDU303建立的连接称为主连接，UE305与AsDU304建立的连接称为辅连接。当UE305从AnDU303覆盖的小区1(Cell1)移动到AsDU304覆盖的小区2(Cell2)时，可能UE305与AnDU303之间的信道质量下降，则需要AsDU304分担UE305的至少部分数据的无线承载，在该场景300下，UE305所在的小区标识可以是AsDU覆盖的小区标识也可以是AsCU的小区标识。又例如，当AnDU303的网络负荷较重时，需要AsDU304为AnDU303分担至少部分数据的无线承载的场景也可以采用本申请实施例的方法，当AsDU304分担AnDU303的至少部分数据时，核心网设备侧不感知用户的移动性，用户的上下文仍然保持在AnDU303。
应理解，上述的UE103、UE204和UE305可以为处于第一状态的UE，例如ECO状 态，的UE，本申请实施例不限于此。
上文中结合图1至图3，详细描述了根据本申请实施例的应用场景，下面将结合图4至图23，详细描述根据本申请实施例的通信方法。
图4示出了本申请实施例提供的通信方法400示意图，该方法400包括：
S401，第一状态的终端设备向第二设备发送第四消息，例如该第四消息可以是触发消息，用于触发所述第二设备发送第一消息。所述第一消息用于确定所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，所述第一设备为第一状态的终端设备的主要的接入网设备。所述第一状态的终端设备不向所述第一设备发送信道状态信息，并且核心网设备与所述第一设备保留所述第一状态的终端设备的数据面连接。
例如，该第一设备可以是图1中的AnNR101，该第二设备可以是图1中的AsNR102，该第一状态的终端设备可以是图1中的UE103。又例如，该第一设备可以是图2中的AnCU201，该第二设备可以是图2中的AsDU203，该第一状态的终端设备可以是图2中的UE204。再例如，该第一设备可以是图3中的AnCU301，该第二设备可以是图3中的AsDU304，该第一状态的终端设备可以是图3中的UE305。可选地，在S401中，该第四消息包括第一状态的终端设备的标识信息，当然第四消息也可以包括第一状态的终端设备的接入能力信息、第一状态的终端设备保留的承载信息，例如，承载的服务质量(quality of service，QoS)信息等等，本申请实施例不限于此。
在S401中，当第二设备接收到第一状态的终端设备发送的第四消息时，第二设备向第一设备发送第一消息。即该第四消息用于触发第二设备向第一设备发送第一消息。具体地，该第一状态的终端设备的标识信息可以唯一识别该第一状态的终端设备以及为第一状态的终端设备服务的第一设备，该第一设备为第一状态的终端设备维护了接入网侧与核心网网之间的数据面连接，也维护了该第一状态的终端设备的部分无线承载的上下文下信息，例如QoS信息和协议栈信息等，当第二设备接收到第四消息时，根据第四消息中携带的第一状态的终端设备的标识找到为该终端设备服务的第一设备，然后向该第一设备发送第一消息。
应理解，主要的接入网设备保留有第一状态的终端设备的核心网设备与接入网设之间的数据面连接，可选地，主要的接入网设备可以维护第一状态的终端设备的至少部分无线承载的上下文信息。辅助的接入网设备没有保留有第一状态的终端设备的核心网设备与接入网设备之间的数据面连接，但是辅助的接入网设备可以在空口侧为第一状态的终端设备传输数据。
具体地，第四消息可以是上行跟踪信号(Tracking)，当第二设备接收到上行Tracking信号时，根据上行Tracking信号确定第一状态的终端设备与第二设备覆盖的小区之间的信道质量信息，形成第一测量报告，向第一设备发送第一测量报告，以便于第一设备根据该第一测量报告确定是否添加第二设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。第四消息也可以是小区更新消息，即当第一状态的终端设备从第一设备覆盖的小区移动到第二设备覆盖的小区时，第一状态的终端设备向第二设备发送小区更新消息，该小区更新消息包括第一状态的终端设备的标识信息，当第二设备接收到小区更新消息时，可以将第二设备空余的资源位置的资源指示信息和第一状态的终端设备的标识信息以及第一状态的终端设备所在的当前小区的标识信息携带在第一消息中向第一设备发送，以便于第一设备根据 该第一消息确定添加第二设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。同样地，第四消息也可以是第一状态转换请求消息，第一状态转换请求消息用于向所述第二设备请求所述第一状态的终端设备需要从所述第一状态转换为激活态，该第一状态转换请求消息包括该第一状态的终端设备的标识信息。
应理解，本申请实施例对于触发添加第二设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备不作限制，也可以是网络协议规定，或者也可以根据特定的规则周期性地添加，或者也可以通过网络触发的方式进行添加，本申请实施例不限于此。
S402，第二设备向第一设备发送第一消息，第一设备接收该第一消息。
可选地，S402包括：第二设备直接向第一设备发送第一消息，例如该第一设备可以是AnNR101，该第二设备可以是AsNR102，或者S402也可以包括：第二设备通过第六设备向该第一设备发送第一消息，例如，第一设备是AnCU301，第二设备可以是AsDU304，第六设备可以是图3中的AsCU302。相应地，第一设备接收第一消息，包括：第一设备直接接收第二设备发送的第一消息，或者第一设备接收第二设备通过第六设备发送的第一消息。
可选地，第一消息可以是第一测量报告，所述第一测量报告用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备与所述第二设备的之间的第一信道质量信息。第一消息也可以是小区更新消息，所述小区更新消息用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备从所述第一设备覆盖的小区移动到所述第二设备覆盖的小区。第一消息可以是第一状态转换请求消息，第一状态转换请求消息用于向所述第二设备请求所述第一状态的终端设备需要从所述第一状态转换为激活态，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
在S402中，该第一消息包括：所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、所述第一状态的终端设备所在的当前小区的标识信息、所述第二设备与所述第一状态的终端设备之间的信道质量参数和所述第二设备的资源指示信息中的至少一种，所述第一状态的终端设备所在的当前小区为所述第二设备覆盖的小区。
当该第一消息为第一测量报告时，该第一消息包括：所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、所述第一状态的终端设备所在的当前小区的标识信息、所述第二设备与所述第一状态的终端设备之间的信道质量参数和所述第二设备的资源指示信息中的至少一种。可选地，该第一消息包括：所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、所述第一状态的终端设备所在的当前小区的标识信息、所述第二设备与所述第一状态的终端设备之间的信道质量参数。
当该第一消息为小区更新消息或第一状态转换请求消息时，该第一消息包括：所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、所述第一状态的终端设备所在的当前小区的标识信息和所述第二设备的资源指示信息中的至少一种。可选地，该第一消息包括：所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息和所述第一状态的终端设备所在的当前小区的标识信息。
S403，所述第一设备根据所述第一消息确定第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
当第一设备接收到第一测量报告时，可以根据第一状态的终端设备与第二设备之间的第一信道质量信息确定是否添加第二设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。例如，当第一信道质量信息表征的信道质量参数大于预设的第一阈值，则认为第二设备与第 一状态的终端设备之间信道质量满足传输数据的条件，则第一设备就可以确定第二设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。可选地，第一设备可以根据第一状态的终端设备与第二设备之间的信道质量参数以及第一状态的终端设备与第一设备之间的信道质量参数进行比较，当第一状态的终端设备与第二设备的信道质量参数优于第一状态的终端设备与第一设备的信道质量参数时，确定第二设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。可选地，第一设备可以根据第二设备的资源指示信息、第一状态的终端设备与第二设备的信道质量参数以及第一状态的终端设备与第一设备的信道质量参数中的至少一种确定是否添加第二设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，本申请实施例对此不作限制。当然，第一设备也可以根据第一测量报告中的其他信息确定是否添加第二设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，本申请实施例不限于此。
当第一设备接收到小区更新消息或第一状态转换请求消息时，第一设备可以在接收到小区更新消息或第一状态转换请求消息时就添加第二设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。或者第一设备可以根据小区更新消息或第一状态转换请求消息中携带的第二设备的资源指示信息确定是否添加第二设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。例如，当第二设备当前可用的资源大于预设的第二阈值时，确定添加第二设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。或者第一设备可以根据小区更新消息或第一状态转换请求消息中携带的第二设备的资源指示信息以及第一设备与第一状态的终端设备之间的信道质量确定是否添加第二设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，本申请实施例不限于此。
S404，所述第一设备向所述第二设备发送第二消息，第二设备接收第一设备发送的所述第二消息，所述第二消息用于请求添加所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
可选地，第二消息包括：所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、无线承载的类型信息和所述第一设备请求所述第二设备传输的至少一个无线承载的标识信息中的至少一种。可选地，第二消息包括：第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、无线承载的标识信息和无线承载的类型信息，这样，第二设备在传输这些无线承载的标识信息对应的数据时，第二设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，所述无线承载的类型信息用于指示无线承载对应的协议栈在所述第一设备与所述第二设备之间的分配方式。
具体地，当第一设备确定第二设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备之后，第一设备根据第一终端设备的标识信息确定第一设备为第一状态的终端设备保留的无线承载上下文信息，并根据第一消息中的信道状态信息以及第二设备资源指示信息确定希望第二设备作为辅助网络设备需要传输的无线承载类型和无线承载标识信息，无线承载的标识信息来指示哪些承载的数据可以通过第二设备传输，以便于第二设备可以根据接收的无线承载的类型信息传输数据，第二设备也可以根据第一设备发送的至少一个无线承载的标识信息中确定自身可以接收的无线承载标识，并将自身可以接收的无线承载标识携带在第二消息的确认消息中向第一设备发送。
本申请实施例中的无线承载类型可以是传输某一特定无线承载对应的数据时的协议栈的分配方式。例如，控制面数据和用户面数据可以用相同的无线承载类型，也可以用不同的无线承载类型，无线承载的类型信息可以与无线承载的标识信息有对应关系，也可以 没有对应关系，本申请实施例不限于此。
例如，该第二消息可以是第一设备向第二设备发送的辅助添加请求消息。
S405，所述第二设备根据所述第二消息向所述第一设备发送所述第二消息的确认消息，所述第一设备接收所述第二消息的确认消息。
可选地，所述第二消息的确认消息包括：所述第二设备能够为所述第一状态的终端设备传输的第一无线承载的标识信息，所述至少一个无线承载的标识信息包括所述第一无线承载的标识信息。即使第二设备接收到第二消息中携带着无线承载的标识信息时，但是第二设备可能根据自身的负荷或第二设备支持的无线承载的标识信息或者自身的资源信息确定为第一设备分流的无线承载的标识信息。如，第二消息中可以包括三个无线承载ID，但是第二设备只能传输三个无线承载ID中的一个无线承载ID，则第二设备可以将自身可以传输的这个无线承载ID携带在第二消息的确认消息中发送给第一设备。
作为一个可选实施例，在所述第一设备接收所述第二设备根据所述第二消息发送的所述第二消息的确认消息之后，所述方法400还包括：S406a，所述第一设备向所述第一状态的终端设备发送第三消息，所述第三消息用于通知所述第一状态的终端设备所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。所述第一状态的终端设备根据所述第三消息向所述第一设备发送所述第三消息的确认消息，所述第一设备接收所述第一状态的终端设备根据所述第三消息发送的所述第三消息的确认消息。
作为一个可选实施例，在所述第二设备根据所述第二消息向所述第一设备发送所述第二消息发送的确认消息之后，所述方法400还包括：S406b，所述第二设备向所述第一状态的终端设备发送第三消息，所述第三消息用于通知所述第一状态的终端设备所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。所述第一状态的终端设备根据所述第三消息向所述第二设备发送所述的第三消息的确认消息。述第二设备接收所述第一状态的终端设备根据所述第三消息发送的所述第三消息的确认消息。
作为一个可选实施例，例如，所述第三消息可以是一个通知消息或者寻呼消息，所述第三消息包括第一指示信息、所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、第一无线承载的标识信息、无线承载的类型信息和时间提前TA信息中的至少一种。所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一设备与所述核心网设备保留有数据面连接和/或所述第一设备保留有所述第一状态的终端设备的无线承载。所述第一无线承载的标识信息用于标识所述第二设备能够为所述第一状态的终端设备传输的无线承载，所述无线承载的类型信息用于指示无线承载对应的协议栈在所述第一设备与所述第二设备之间的分配方式。所述TA信息用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备与所述第二设备的上行同步的时间提前的时间信息。可选地，第三消息包括：所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、无线承载的类型信息和第一指示信息。
作为一个可选实施例，所述第三消息的确认消息包括：第一状态的终端设备的标识信息。
具体而言，当第二设备向第一设备发送所述第二消息的确定消息之后，第一设备或第二设备都可以向第一状态的终端设备发送第三消息，用于通知第一状态的终端设备第二设备为其服务的网络设备。当第一状态的终端设备接收到第一设备发送的第三消息时，向第一设备返回该第三消息的确认消息，当第一状态的终端设备接收到第二设备发送的第三消息时，向第二设备返回该第三消息的确认消息。例如，当该第一状态的终端设备在第一设 备的覆盖的小区边缘时，第一设备可以向第一状态的终端设备发送第三消息，当该第一状态的终端设备在第二设备覆盖的小区内，并远离第一设备覆盖的小区时，第二设备可以向第一状态的终端设备发送第三消息，本申请实施例对此不作限制。
作为一个可选实施例，第一状态的终端设备向第二设备发送第四消息，包括：第一状态的终端设备向第二设备发送上行跟踪信号，第二设备根据该上行跟踪信号确定第一测量报告，所述第二设备向第一设备发送第一消息，包括:所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送第一测量报告，所述第一测量报告用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备与所述第二设备的之间的第一信道质量信息。其中，所述第二设备接收所述第一设备根据所述第一消息发送的第二消息，包括：所述第二设备接收所述第一设备根据所述第一信道质量信息发送的所述第二消息。所述第一设备接收第一消息，包括：所述第一设备接收第一测量报告。其中，所述第一设备根据所述第一消息确定所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，包括：所述第一设备根据所述第一信道质量信息确定所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
具体地，第二设备可以直接向第一设备发送第一测量报告，也可以通过第六设备向第一设备发送第一测量报告，第一设备可以直接接收第二设备发送的第一测量报告，也可以接收第二设备通过第六设备发送的第一测量报告。当第二设备直接向第一设备发送第一测量报告时，该第一测量报告可以携带所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、所述第二设备与所述第一状态的终端设备之间的信道质量参数、所述第二设备的资源指示信息和所述第二设备的标识信息。第二设备的标识信息可以理解为所述第一状态的终端设备所在当前小区的标识信息。当第二设备通过第六设备向第一设备发送第一测量报告时，该第一测量报告除了携带上述信息外还携带第六设备的标识信息。
例如，该第一信道质量信息可以是参考信号的功率、信噪比或信道质量指示符(channel quality indicator，CQI)等。
作为一个可选实施例，第一状态的终端设备向第二设备发送第四消息，包括：所述第一状态的终端设备向所述第二设备发送所述第一状态的终端设备的小区更新消息。所述小区更新消息用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备从所述第一设备覆盖的小区移动到所述第二设备覆盖的小区，此时的所述小区更新消息包括所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息。所述第二设备向第一设备发送第一消息，包括:所述第二设备向第一设备发送所述第一状态的终端设备的小区更新消息。其中，所述第二设备接收所述第一设备根据所述第一消息发送的第二消息，包括：所述第二设备接收所述第一设备根据所述小区更新消息发送的所述第二消息。所述第一设备接收第一消息，包括:所述第一设备接收所述第一状态的终端设备的小区更新消息。其中，所述第一设备根据所述第一消息确定所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，包括：所述第一设备根据所述小区更新消息确定所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，此时的小区更新信息包括：所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、所述第一状态的终端设备所在的当前小区的标识信息和所述第二设备的资源指示信息中的至少一种。可选地，该第一消息包括：所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息和所述第一状态的终端设备所在的当前小区的标识信息。
具体地，当第一状态的终端设备采用下行测量时，根据下行测量的结果从第一设备覆盖的小区重选到第二设备覆盖的小区时，第一状态的终端设备向第二设备发送小区更新消 息，来向第二设备请求该第一状态的终端设备需要更新小区。第二设备向第一设备发送小区更新消息，该小区更新消息中携带第一状态的终端设备所在的小区的标识信息，该第二设备的资源标识信息以及第一状态的终端设备的标识信息，当第一设备接收到该小区更新信息时，将第二设备确定为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。或者第一设备根据小区更新消息中携带的信息将第二设备确定为第一设备的辅助的接入网设备。
作为一个可选实施例，第一状态的终端设备向第二设备发送第四消息，包括：所述第一状态的终端设备向所述第二设备发送第一状态转换请求消息，所述第一状态转换请求消息用于向所述第二设备请求所述第一状态的终端设备需要从所述第一状态转换为激活态，此时所述第一状态转换请求消息包括所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息和所述第一状态的终端设备的无线承载的标识信息中的至少一种。所述第二设备向第一设备发送第一消息，包括：所述第二设备向所述第一备发送所述第一状态的终端设备的第一状态转换请求消息，此时所述第一状态转换请求消息包括所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、所述第一状态的终端设备所在的当前小区的标识信息和所述第二设备的资源指示信息中的至少一种。其中，所述第二设备接收所述第一设备根据所述第一消息发送的第二消息，包括：所述第二设备接收所述第一设备根据所述第一状态转换请求消息发送的所述第二消息。所述第二设备接收第一消息，包括：所述第二设备接收所述第一状态的终端设备发送的第一状态转换请求消息。其中，所述第二设备根据所述第一消息确定所述第三设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，包括：所述第二设备根据所述第一状态转换请求消息确定所述第三设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
具体地，当第一状态的终端设备从第一设备覆盖的小区移动到第二设备覆盖的小区，并且第一状态的终端设备需要传输数据时，向第二设备发送第一状态转换请求消息，来请求第一状态的终端设备需要从第一状态转换为激活态，此时的第一状态转换请求消息中携带第一状态的标识信息。当第二设备接收到第一状态转换请求消息时，向第二设备发送第一状态转换请求消息，此时的第一状态转换请求消息中携带第一状态的终端设备所在的小区的标识信息、该第二设备的资源标识信息以及第一状态的终端设备的标识信息中的至少一种。当第一设备接收到该第一状态转换请求消息时，将第二设备确定为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。或者第一设备根据第一状态转换请求消息中携带的信息将第二设备确定为第一设备的辅助的接入网设备。
作为一个可选实施例，在所述第一设备接收第一消息之前，所述方法400还包括：所述第一设备向终端设备发送第一状态配置信息，以便于所述终端设备根据所述第一状态配置信息进入第一状态，当所述终端设备进入第一状态时，所述终端设备为所述第一状态的终端设备，所述第一状态配置信息包括测量方式指示信息、所述第一设备为所述终端设备分配的所述第一状态的标识信息、所述第一设备保留的无线承载的标识信息和所述第一设备为所述终端设备分配的无线资源中的至少一种。终端设备接收第一设备发送的第一状态配置信息。
具体地，终端设备进入第一状态需要网络进行配置，当终端设备接收到第一设备发送的第一状态配置信息时，根据该第一状态配置信息进入第一状态。可选地，该第一状态配置信息包括：测量方式指示信息、所述第一设备为所述终端设备分配的第一状态的标识信息和所述第一设备保留的无线承载的标识信息，测量方式指示信息用于指示终端设备采用 何种方式进行测量。例如，测量方式指示信息指示终端设备采用上行测量，或者采用下行测量，或者同时采用上下行测量，无线承载信息例如可以是无线承载的标识信息。该无线承载的标识信息用于标识第一设备为用户保留哪些承载的上下文信息，并且配置终端设备传输无线承载的标识信息对应的数据时采用何种测量方式，这样，终端设备的第一状态可以通过网络进行配置，可以增加配置的灵活性。
作为一个可选实施例，在所述终端设备接收第一设备发送的第一状态配置信息之前，所述方法400还包括：所述终端设备或核心网设备向所述第一设备发送所述终端设备的能力信息，所述能力信息包括：所述终端设备是否支持第一状态，所述终端设备是否支持上行测量和所述终端设备是否支持下行测量中的至少一种。在所述第一设备向所述终端设备发送第一状态配置信息之前，所述方法400还包括：所述第一设备接收所述终端设备或核心网设备发送的所述终端设备的能力信息。其中，所述第一设备向所述终端设备发送第一状态配置信息，包括：所述第一设备根据所述能力信息向所述终端设备发送所述第一状态配置信息。所述终端设备接收第一设备发送的第一状态配置信息，包括：所述终端设备接收所述第一设备根据所述能力信息发送的所述第一状态配置信息。
具体地，终端设备或者核心网设备可以向服务该终端设备的第一设备发送该终端设备的能力信息，网络设备根据该终端设备的能力信息确定是否对该终端设备进行第一状态的配置。例如，当终端设备同时支持上下行测量时，第一设备可以根据终端设备的移动速度、终端设备的类型、第一设备当前的网络负荷状态确定测量方式。例如，当终端设备的运动速度较快时，可以配置终端设备采用上行测量，当终端设备的运动速度较慢时，可以配置终端设备采用下行测量等。
作为一个可选实施例，在所述第一设备向所述终端设备发送第一状态配置信息之前，所述方法400还包括：所述第一设备或核心网设备(例如控制面网关)向所述终端设备发送第一状态预设条件；所述终端设备接收所述第一设备发送的第一状态预设条件。当所述终端设备满足所述第一状态预设条件时，所述终端设备向所述第一设备发送第二状态转换请求消息，所述第二状态转换请求消息用于请求所述终端设备从当前状态转换为第一状态。所述第一设备接收所述终端设备根据所述第一状态预设条件发送的第二状态转换请求消息；其中，所述第一设备向所述终端设备发送第一状态配置信息，包括：所述第一设备根据所述第二状态转换请求消息向所述终端设备发送所述第一状态配置信息。
具体地，第一设备可以通过接入层(access stratum，AS)信令向终端设备发送第一状态预设条件，第一设备可以广播、单播或组播第一状态预设条件，控制面网关(control gateway，CGW)通过非接入层(non-access stratum，NAS)信令向终端设备发送，该第一状态预设条件可以是一个定时器，用于指示当终端设备在某一特定的时间段内没有上行数据发送或者没有下行数据接收时，该终端设备向第一设备发送第二状态请求消息，请求进入第一状态，例如，该第二状态请求消息中可以携带终端设备的标识信息、终端设备所支持的测量能力指示信息以及此次发送第二状态转换请求消息的原因为请求转换为第一状态等信息中的至少一种。
作为一个可选实施例，所述方法400还包括：所述第一设备或第二设备向所述第一状态的终端设备发送寻呼信号，所述寻呼信号包括TA的值、第二指示信息和所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息中的至少一种，所述第二指示信息用于指示发送所述寻呼信号的目 的为调整所述TA。所述终端设备接收第一设备发送的寻呼信号。
具体地，当第一设备或第二设备接收到第一状态的终端设备发送的上行跟踪信号时，根据该上行跟踪信号判断第一状态的终端快要失去同步时，向第一状态的终端设备发送寻呼信号，该寻呼信号中包括时间提前值、发送此时寻呼信号的原因以及所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息，当第一状态的终端设备接收到该寻呼信号时，根据该寻呼信号中的TA值实现与第一设备或第二设备的同步；即第一设备可以发送寻呼信号，实现第一状态的终端设备与第一设备的同步，第二设备可以发送寻呼信号实现第一状态的终端设备与第二设备的同步。可选地，也可以同时考虑第一设备接收的上行跟踪信号和第二设备接收的上行跟踪信号确定一个TA值，第一设备或第二设备向第一状态的终端设备发送该TA值，这样可以实现，第一状态的终端设备同时与第一设备和第二设备进行同步。
作为一个可选实施例，所述第一设备为图1中的AnNR101，所述第二设备为图1中的AsNR102；其中，所述第一设备接收第一消息，包括：所述AnNR101接收所述AsNR102发送的所述第一消息。
作为一个可选实施例，所述第一设备为图2中的主中心单元AnCU201，所述第二设备为辅分布单元AsDU203，所述AnCU201用于控制所述AsDU203和主分布单元AnDU202；其中，所述第一设备接收第一消息，包括：所述AnCU201接收所述AsDU203发送的所述第一消息。
作为一个可选实施例，在所述第一设备根据所述第一消息确定所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备之前，所述方法400还包括：所述AnCU201接收所述AnDU202发送的第二测量报告，所述第二测量报告用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备与所述AnDU202之间的第二信道质量信息。其中，所述第一设备根据所述第一消息确定所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，包括：所述AnCU201根据所述第一消息和所述第二信道质量信息确定所述AnDU202为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
具体地，AnCU201不仅可以接收AsDU203发送的第一测量报告、小区更新消息或第一状态转换请求外，AnCU201还可以接收AnDU202发送的第二测量报告，AnCU201可以根据第一测量报告、小区更新消息或第一状态转换请求以及第二测量报告确定是否添加AsDU203为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。例如，AnCU201根据第一状态的终端设备与AsDU203之间的第一测量报告，第一状态的终端设备与AnDU202之间的第二测量报告，确定第一状态的终端设备与这两个设备之间的信道质量，当AnCU201根据第一状态的终端设备与AsDU203之间信道质量优于第一状态的终端设备与AnDU202之间的信道质量时，确定AsDU203为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
作为一个可选实施例，所述第一设备为图3中的主中心单元AnCU301，所述第二设备为图3中的辅分布单元AsDU304，所述AnCU301用于控制AnDU303，辅中心单元AsCU302用于控制所述AsDU304，其中，所述第二设备向第一设备发送第一消息，包括：所述AsDU通过所述AsCU302向所述AnCU发送所述第一消息。所述第一设备接收第一消息，包括：所述AnCU301接收所述AsDU304通过所述AsCU302发送的所述第一消息。所述第一设备向所述第二设备发送第二消息，包括：所述AnCU301通过所述AsCU302向所述AsDU304发送所述第二消息。所述第二设备接收所述第一设备根据所述第一消息发 送的第二消息，包括：所述AsDU304接收所述AnCU301通过所述AsCU302发送所述第二消息。所述第二设备根据所述第二消息向所述第一设备发送所述第二消息发送的确认消息，包括:所述AsDU304根据所述第二消息通过所述AsCU302向所述AnCU301发送所述第二消息的确认消息。所述第一设备接收所述第二设备发送的所述第二消息的确认消息，包括:所述AnCU301接收所述AsDU304通过所述AsCU302发送的所述第二消息的确认消息。
作为一个可选实施例，第二设备向第六设备发送第一消息，第六设备接收该第一消息，并向第一设备发送该第一消息，所述第一消息用于所述第一设备确定所述第二设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。第一设备根据该第一消息向第六设备发送第二消息，第六设备向第二设备发送该第二消息，第六设备接收所述第二消息的确认消息，第六设备向第二设备发送第三消息，第二设备向第一状态的终端设备发送该第三消息，第六设备接收第二设备发送的第三消息的确认消息，即第六设备可以理解为是一个转发设备，具体地，第一设备可以为AnCU301，第二设备可以为AsDU304，第六设备可以为AsCU302。
作为一个可选实施例，在所述第一设备根据所述第一消息确定所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备之前，所述方法400还包括：所述AnDU303向所述AnCU301发送第三测量报告，所述AnCU301接收所述AnDU303发送的第三测量报告，所述第三测量报告用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备与所述AnDU303之间的第三信道质量信息。其中，所述第一设备根据所述第一消息确定所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，包括：所述AnCU301根据所述第一消息和所述第三信道质量信息确定所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
具体地，AnCU301不仅可以接收AsDU304发送的第一测量报告、小区更新消息或第一状态转换请求外，AnCU301还可以接收AnDU303发送的第三测量报告，AnCU301可以根据第一测量报告、小区更新消息或第一状态转换请求以及第三测量报告确定是否添加AsDU304为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。例如，AnCU301根据第一状态的终端设备与AsDU304之间的第一测量报告，第一状态的终端设备与AnDU303之间的第三测量报告，确定第一状态的终端设备与这两个设备之间的信道质量。当AnCU301根据第一状态的终端设备与AsDU304之间信道质量优于第一状态的终端设备与AnDU303之间的信道质量时，确定AsDU304为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
可选地，所述第一设备向所述第一状态的终端设备发送第三消息，包括：所述第一设备向第四设备发送第三消息，所述第四设备接收所述第一设备根据所述第一信息发送的第三消息，并向所述第一状态的终端设备发送所述第三消息，所述第三消息用于通知所述第一状态的终端设备所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。所述第一状态的终端设备向第四设备发送第三消息的确认消息，第四设备接收到该第三消息的确定消息之后向第一设备发送该第三消息的确认消息，具体地，该第一设备为AnCU301，该第二设备为AsDU304，该第四设备AnDU303。
作为一个可选实施例，所述第一设备向所述第一状态的终端设备发送第三消息，包括：所述AnCU301通过所述AnDU303向所述第一状态的终端设备发送所述第三消息。其中，所述第一设备接收所述第一状态的终端设备根据所述第三消息发送的所述第三消息的确认消息，包括：所述第一设备接收所述第一状态的终端设备根据所述第三消息通过所述 AnDU303发送的所述第三消息的确认消息。
作为一个可选实施例，所述第一消息还包括：所述AsCU的资源指示信息、所述AsCU的标识信息和所述AsDU的标识信息中的至少一种。
作为一个可选实施例，所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息包括所述第一设备的标识和所述第一状态的终端设备的标识。
可选地，该方法400还包括：S407，在添加第二设备为辅助的接入网设备之后，可以通过第一设备将数据转发至第二设备，第二设备与第一状态的终端设备传输数据。当然也可以同时通过第一设备和第二设备与第一状态的终端设备传输数据，本申请实施例不限于此。
上述的结合图4详细描述了本申请实施例的通信方法400，方法400为第一设备确定添加第二设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，下面结合图5详细描述第二设备确定添加第二设备或第三设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备的方法500。
图5示出了根据本申请实施例的通信方法500，该方法500包括：
S501，第一状态的终端设备向第三设备发送第四消息，所述第四信息用于指示第三设备发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于确定所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，所述第一设备为第一状态的终端设备的主要的接入网设备。
S502包括S502a或S502b，S502a为第三设备向第二设备发送第一消息，S502b为第一状态的终端设备向第二设备发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于确定所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。第二设备接收第一消息，第二设备可以接收第一状态的终端设备发送的第一消息，第二设备也可以接收第三设备发送的第一消息，所述第一消息用于确定第三设备所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。所述第一状态的终端设备不向所述第一设备发送信道状态信息，并且核心网设备与所述第一设备保留所述第一状态的终端设备的数据面连接。
应理解，S501中的第四消息可以是S401中的第四消息，即在S401中第一设备确定第二设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备时，第二设备接收到第一状态的终端设备发送的消息称为第四消息。第二设备根据第四消息发送给第一设备的消息称为第一消息。而S501中的第二设备接收到的第一状态的终端设备发送的消息用于第二设备确定第三设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，即无论第一设备还是第二设备接收的消息用于确定第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备的消息都称为第一消息。
可选地，所述第一消息包括：所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息和/或所述第一状态的终端设备的无线承载的标识信息。
可选地，第一消息可以是第一测量报告，该第一测量报告用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备与所述第三设备的之间的第一信道质量信息。第一消息也可以是小区更新消息，所述小区更新消息用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备从所述第一设备覆盖的小区移动到所述第二设备覆盖的小区。第一消息可以是第一状态转换请求消息，第一状态转换请求消息用于向所述第二设备请求所述第一状态的终端设备需要从所述第一状态转换为激活态，本申请实施例对此不作限定
S503，所述第二设备根据所述第一消息确定所述第三设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备；
具体地，当第一状态的终端设备向第三设备发送上行Tracking时，第三设备根据上行Tracking信号确定第一测量报告，第一测量报告用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备与所述第三设备之间第一信道质量信息，第三设备向第二设备发送该第一测量报告，则第二设备接收的第一消息为第一测量报告，第二设备根据第一次测量报告确定是否添加第三设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。例如，当信道质量信息大于设备的阈值时，则确定添加第三设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。又例如，第二设备也可以根据自身的资源信息和/信道质量信息确定是否添加第三设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，本申请实施例不限于此。
当第一消息是小区更新消息，即当第一状态的终端设备从第一设备覆盖的小区移动到第三设备覆盖的小区时，第一状态的终端设备向第三设备发送小区更新消息，该小区更新消息包括第一状态的终端设备的标识信息和第一状态的终端设备的无线承载的标识信息，当第二设备接收到小区更新消息时，根据第二设备自身的当前的资源状态以及第一状态的终端设备的无线承载的标识信息确定是否添加第三设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。同样地，第一消息也可以是第一状态转换请求消息，第一状态转换请求消息用于向所述第二设备请求所述第一状态的终端设备需要从所述第一状态转换为激活态，该第一状态转换请求消息包括该第一状态的终端设备的标识信息，当第二设备接收到该第一状态转换请求消息时，确定添加第三设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。或者第二设备接收到该第一状态转换请求时根据自身的资源状况确定是否添加第三设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
S504，所述第二设备向第一设备发送第二消息，第一设备接收第二设备发送的第二消息，所述第二消息用于请求添加所述第三设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，所述第一设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的主要的接入网设备；
可选地，所述第二消息包括：所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、无线承载的标识信息、无线承载的类型和所述第一状态的终端设备当前所在的小区标识信息中的至少一种，所述第一状态的终端设备当前所在的小区为所述第二设备服务的小区。
S505，所述第一设备向所述第二设备发送所述第二消息的确认消息，所述第二设备接收所述第一设备根据所述第二消息发送的所述第二消息的确认消息。
可选地，所述第二消息的确认消息包括：所述第一设备确定的所述第三设备能够为所述第一状态的终端设备传输的无线承载的类型信息和/或所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息。
作为一个可选实施例，在所述第二设备接收所述第一设备发送的第二消息的确认消息之后，所述方法500还包括：S506，所述第二设备向所述第一状态的终端设备发送第三消息，所述第三消息用于通知所述第一状态的终端设备所述第三设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。所述第一状态的终端设备根据所述第三消息发送的所述第三消息的确认消息，所述第二设备接收所述第三消息的确认消息。
可选地，所述第三消息包括：第一指示信息、所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、第一无线承载的标识信息、无线承载的类型信息和时间提前TA信息中的至少一种，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一设备与所述核心网设备保留有数据面连接和/或所述第一设备保留有所述第一状态的终端设备的无线承载。所述第一无线承载的标识信息用于标识 所述第三设备能够为所述第一状态的终端设备传输的无线承载。所述无线承载的类型信息用于指示无线承载对应的协议栈在所述第一设备与所述第三设备之间的分配方式。所述TA信息用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备与所述第二设备的上行同步的时间提前的时间信息。
作为一个可选实施例，所述第一状态的终端设备向第二设备发送第一消息，包括：所述第一状态的终端设备向第二设备发送跟踪信号。所述第二设备接收第一消息，包括：所述第二设备确定第一测量报告，第二设备接收上行跟踪信号，根据上行跟踪信号确定第一测量报告，或者第二设备接收第三设备发送的第一测量报告，所述第一测量报告用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备与所述第三设备的之间的第一信道质量信息。其中，所述第二设备根据所述第一消息确定所述第三设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，包括：所述第二设备根据所述跟踪信号确定所述第一状态的终端设备与所述第二设备之间的第一信道质量信息。当所述第一信道质量信息满足预设条件时，所述第二设备确定所述第三设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
作为一个可选实施例，所述第一状态的终端设备向第二设备发送第一消息，包括：所述第一状态的终端设备向所述第二设备发送所述第一状态的终端设备的小区更新消息。所述小区更新消息用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备从所述第一设备覆盖的小区移动到所述第三设备覆盖的小区，该所述小区更新消息包括所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息。所述第二设备接收第一消息，包括：所述第二设备接收所述第一状态的终端设备发送的小区更新消息。其中，所述第二设备根据所述第一消息确定所述第三设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，包括：所述第二设备根据所述小区更新消息确定所述第三设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
作为一个可选实施例，所述第一状态的终端设备向第二设备发送第一消息，包括：所述第一状态的终端设备向所述第二设备发送状态转换请求消息。所述第二设备接收第一消息，包括：所述第二设备接收所述第一状态的终端设备发送的第一状态转换请求消息，所述第一状态转换请求消息用于请求所述第一状态的终端设备需要从第一状态转换为激活态。其中，所述第二设备根据所述第一消息确定所述第三设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，包括：所述第二设备根据所述第一状态转换请求消息确定所述第三设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
作为一个可选实施例，所述第一设备为图1中的AnNR101，所述第二设备为图2中的AsNR102，所述第三设备也为图2中的AsNR102，所述第二设备接收第一消息，包括：所述AsNR接收所述第一状态的终端设备发送的所述第一消息。
作为一个可选实施例，所述第一设备为图3中的主中心单元AnCU301，所述第二设备为辅中心单元图3中的AsCU302，所述第三设备为图3中辅分布单元AsDU304，所述第二设备接收第一消息，包括：所述第二设备接收所述第一状态的终端设备通过所述AsDU304发送的所述第一消息。
作为一个可选实施例，第一状态的终端设备向第三设备发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于第二设备确定所述第三设备所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。所述第三设备接收所述第二设备发送的第三消息，并向所述第一状态的终端设备发送所述第三消息，所述第三消息用于通知所述第一状态的终端设备所述第三设备为所述第一状态的终端 设备的辅助的接入网设备。具体地，所述第二设备为辅中心单元AsCU302，所述第三设备为辅分布单元AsDU304。
作为一个可选实施例，所述第二设备向所述第一状态的终端设备发送第三消息，包括：所述AsCU302通过所述AsDU304向所述第一状态的终端设备发送所述第三消息；第一状态的终端设备接收第三消息包括：第一状态的终端设备接收所述AsCU302通过AsDU304发送的第三消息。
可选地，该方法500还包括：S507，在添加第二设备为辅助的接入网设备之后，可以通过第一设备将数据转发至第二设备，第二设备与第一状态的终端设备传输数据。当然也可以同时通过第一设备和第二设备与第一状态的终端设备传输数据，本申请实施例不限于此。
本申请实施例提到的无线承载标识，例如可以是无线承载的ID，用于指示哪些无线承载将由第二设备传输，例如，由第二设备传输的承载可以是数据面承载，也可以是控制面承载，或者是数据面和用户面承载等，本申请实施例不限于此。
本申请实施提到的无线承载的类型可以指示第一设备和第二设备采用何种形式传输数据。假设协议栈1、协议栈2、协议栈3和协议栈4为网络设备除了控制面协议栈外的其他协议栈。例如，在LTE系统中，包含四个协议栈，分别是：分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol，PDCP)、无线链路控制(radio link control，RLC)层协议、媒体接入控制(media access control，MAC)层协议和物理(Physical)层协议。数据的传输形式可以是：数据面数据或控制面数据由核心网设备传输至第一设备，第一设备将数据面数据或控制面数据转移至第二设备，由第二设备的上述四个协议栈处理之后传输给第一状态的终端设备。也可以是控制面数据或用户面数据由核心网设备传输到第一设备，第一设备先在PDCP层协议进行处理，然后转移至第二设备，由第二设备的RLC层协议、MAC层协议和PHY层协议进行处理，然后传输给第一状态的终端设备。也可以是控制面数据或用户面数据由核心网设备传输至第一设备，第一设备将数据面数据和控制面数据线在PDCP层协议和RLC层协议进行处理，然后转移至第二设备，有第二设备的MAC层协议和PHY层协议进行处理，然后传输给第一状态的终端设备。也可以是用户面数据或控制面数据由核心网设备传输至第一设备，第一设备将数据面数据或用户面数据在PDCP层协议、RLC层协议和MAC层协议进行处理，然后转移至第二设备，由第二设备的PHY层协议进行处理，然后传输给第一状态的终端设备。或者无线承载的类型也可以为未来网络系统的无线承载的类型，本申请实施例不限于此。
作为一个例子，如图6所示，核心网设备将数据传输到第一设备时，可以通过第一设备的的协议栈1进行处理，第一设备将该数据传输至第二设备时，第二设备的协议栈2、协议栈3和协议栈4对该数据进行处理，然后传输至终端设备。或者核心网设备将数据传输至第一设备时，第一设备的协议栈1和协议栈2对该数据进行处理，第一设备将该数据传输至第二设备时，第二设备的协议栈3和协议栈4对该数据进行处理再传输至第一状态的终端设备。或者核心网络设备将数据传输至第一设备时，第一设备的协议栈1对该数据进行处理，处理完后该数据分裂为第一数据和第二数据，第一数据继续通过第一设备的协议栈2、协议栈3和协议栈4对该第一数据进行处理传输至终端设备，第一设备将第二数据传输至第二设备，第二设备的协议栈2、协议栈3和协议栈4对该第二数据进行处理， 处理后传输至第一状态的终端设备。不同的协议栈分配方式即为不同的无线承载的类型。
上述提到的4个协议栈只是示意性的列举，当然还可以包括更多或更少的协议栈，或者协议栈的划分也可以不同。例如，协议栈1为在PDCP层协议，协议栈2为RLC层协议，协议栈3为高层MAC协议，协议栈4为低层MAC协议等等。
本申请实施例提到的资源指示信息，可以是第二设备剩余的资源的指示信息，也可以是第二设备当前使用的资源的指示信息，资源指示信息可以指示空口的时频资源，本申请实施例不限于此。
本申请实施例中提到的第一状态的终端设备的标识信息，可以唯一标识第一状态的终端设备以及为第一状态的终端设备服务的第一设备，因此，在需要向第一设备或者第一状态的终端设备发送信息，需要识别第一设备或者第一状态的终端设备时，都可以携带该第一状态的终端设备的标识信息，具体携带第一状态的终端设备的标识信息的时机，或者在何种信息中携带，可以根据具体情况确定，本申请实施例不限于此。
本申请实施例提到的第一状态的终端设备的标识信息可以是网络分配给第一状态的终端设备的唯一标识该第一状态的终端设备的信息。例如，该标识信息可以是ID，或者为端口标识等等，本申请实施例不限于此。而本申请实施例中提到的终端设备的标识信息是该终端设备固有的标识信息。
本申请实施例中提到的小区标识可以是AnNR的标识、AsNR的标识、AnCU的标识、AsCU的标识、AnDU的标识或AsDU的标识。当第一状态的终端设备从第一设备覆盖的小区移动到第二设备覆盖的小区时，第一状态的终端设备所在的当前的小区标识可以是AsNR的标识、AsCU的标识或AsDU的标识，本申请实施例不限于此。
上述结合图5和图6详细描述的本申请实施例的通信方法500，方法500为第二设备确定第三设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，下面结合图7详细描述本申请实施例提供的通信方法600，方法600具体为终端设备的第一状态的配置过程。
图7示出了本申请实施例提供的传输数据的方法600，该方法600包括：
S601，网络设备确定对终端设备进行第一状态的配置。例如，该网络设备可以是图1中的AnNR101，该终端设备可以是图1中的UE103。又例如，该网络设备可以是图2中的AnCU201，该终端设备可以是图2中的UE204。又例如，该网络设备可以是图3中的AnCU301，该终端设备可以是图3中的UE305。
S602，所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一状态配置信息，终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一状态配置信息。所述第一状态配置信息用于指示所述网络设备与核心网设备保留有数据面连接。所述第一状态配置信息包括测量方式指示信息、所述网络设备为所述终端设备分配的所述第一状态的标识信息、所述网络设备保留的无线承载的标识信息和所述网络设备为所述终端设备分配的无线资源中的至少一种。
S603，所述网络设备接收所述终端设备发送的所述第一状态配置信息的确认信息。
S604，所述终端设备根据所述第一状态配置信息进入第一状态。
应理解，S603可以在S604之前，S604也可以在S603之前本申请实施例不限于此。
作为一个可选实施例，终端设备或核心网设备向网络设备发送所述终端设备的能力信息，所述网络设备确定对终端设备进行第一状态配置，包括：所述网络设备接收所述终端设备或核心网设备发送所述终端设备的能力信息，所述网络设备根据所述能力信息确定对 所述终端设备进行第一状态配置。所述能力信息包括所述终端设备是否支持第一状态、所述终端设备的标识信息、所述终端设备是否支持上行测量、所述终端设备是否支持下行测量中的至少一种。所述终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一状态配置信息，包括：所述终端设备接收所述网络设备根据所述能力信息发送的所述第一状态配置信息。
作为一个可选实施例，所述网络设备确定对终端设备进行第一状态配置，包括：所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一状态预设条件。所述终端设备接收所述网络设备发送的第一状态预设条件，当所述终端设备满足所述第一状态预设条件时，所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送第二状态请求消息，所述第二状态请求消息用于请求所述终端设备从当前状态转换为所述第一状态。所述网络设备接收所述终端设备根据所述第一状态预设条件发送的第二状态请求消息；所述网络设备根据所述第二状态请求消息确定对所终端设备进行第一状态配置。
具体地，网络设备可以配置终端设备进入第一状态，终端设备或核心网设备向网络设备发送终端设备的能力信息，网络设备根据该终端设备的能力信息确定对终端设备进行第一状态的配置，并向终端设备第一状态配置信息。例如，当终端设备同时支持上下行测量时，网络设备可以根据终端设备的移动速度、终端设备的类型、网络设备当前的网络负荷状态确定测量方式。例如当终端设备的运动速度较快时，可以配置终端设备采用上行测量，当终端设备的运动速度较慢时，可以配置终端设备采用下行测量等。或者网络设备或核心网设备向终端设备发送第一状态预设条件，当终端设备满足第一状态预设条件时，向网络设备发送第二状态请求消息，来请求进入第一状态，网络设备再根据第二状态请求消息向终端设备发送第一状态配置信息。例如，网络设备可以通过接入层信令向终端设备发送第一状态预设条件，网络设备可以广播、单播或组播第一状态预设条件，控制面网关(control gateway，CGW)通过非接入层(non-access stratum，NAS)信令向终端设备发送，该第一状态预设条件可以是一个定时器，用于指示当终端设备在某一特定的时间段内没有上行数据发送或者没有下行数据接收时，该终端设备向网络设备发送第二状态请求消息，请求进入第一状态。例如，该第二状态请求消息中可以携带终端设备的标识信息、终端设备所支持的测量能力指示信息以及此次发送第二状态转换请求消息的原因为请求转换为第一状态等信息中的至少一种。
下面结合图8至图22详细描述本申请实施例的通信方法，其中图8和图9为配置终端设备进入第一状态；图10至图15为在图1所示的场景下的通信方法示意图，图16至图18为在图2所示的场景下的通信方法示意图，图19至图24为在图3所示的场景下的通信方法示意图。
图8示出了本申请实施例的通信方法700示意图，该方法700中的网络设备可以是图1中的AnNR101，也可以是图2中的AnCU201，也可以是图3中的AnCU301，该方法700包括：
S701，向网络设备发送终端设备的能力信息，具体地，可以是S701a，终端设备向网络设备发送能力信息；也可以是S701b，终端设备向网络设备发送终端设备的能力信息，也可以是核心网设备向网络设备发送该终端设备的能力信息，能力信息包括：所述终端设备是否支持第一状态、所述终端设备的标识信息、所述终端设备是否支持上行测量和所述终端设备是否支持下行测量中的至少一种。
可选地，S701a可以在终端设备接入过程中上报，也可以在其他的RRC信令中上报能力信息，或者周期性上报，或者协议规定的方式上报，本申请实施例不限于此。S701b可以在核心网设备与网络设备建立关于控制面连接的过程中发送能力信息，也可以在其他的核心网设备与网络设备交互过程中发送能力信息，本申请实施例不限于地，例如核心网设备可以是CGW，例如在终端设备接入的过程中将自身的能力信息上报给核心网设备，核心网设备可以在协议规定的时间向网络设备发送能力信息，或者是核心网设备周期性地向网络设备发送能力信息。
S702，网络设备根据终端设备发送的能力信息和/或核心网设备发送的能力信息确定是否对终端设备进行第一状态配置。例如，可以根据网络当前的负荷状况、终端设备的类型，以及终端设备的运动速度等确定对终端设备进行配置，生成第一状态配置信息。例如，当终端设备的类型是低时延超可靠(ultra reliable&low latency communication，URLLC)的业务类型时，则第一配置信息配置终端设备采用上行测量方式。
S703，网络设备向终端设备发送第一状态配置信息，所述第一状态配置信息用于指示所述网络设备与核心网设备保留有数据面连接，所述第一状态配置信息包括测量方式指示信息、所述网络设备为所述终端设备分配的所述第一状态的标识信息、所述网络设备保留的无线承载的标识信息和所述网络设备为所述终端设备分配的无线资源中的至少一种。
具体地，该第一状态的终端设备的标识信息用于标识终端设备在第一状态下的标识信息。例如该标识信息可以是ID(Identity)，则第一状态的标识信息可以是ECO ID，该ECO ID用于在网络设备中唯一标识该用户，例如在图1中的AnNR101和AsNR101中可以唯一标识该用户，并且AsNR102可以根据ECO ID知道该用户属于哪个AnNR，具体ECO ID可以是单ID，也可以采用组合ID的形式，例如，组合ID的形式可以是A DI+B ID的形式，其中A ID指示的是主网络设备。例如图1中的AnNR101，图2中的AnCU201，图3中的AnCU301等。例如A ID可以是演进的小区全局标识(evolved cell global identifier，ECGI)、eNb ID、AnCU ID、AnDU ID和物理小区标识(physical cell identifier，PCI)中的一个或多个的组合，当然也可以为未来网络系统中新定义的ID；B ID可以指示终端设备，可以是移动识别号(international mobile subscriber identity，IMSI)、小区无线网络临时标识(cell radio network temporary identifier，C-RNTI)、临时移动识别号(temporary mobile subscriber identity，TMSI)、专用UE ID(dedicated UE ID，DUI)中的一个或多个组合，当然也可以是未来网络系统中新定义的ID，本申请实施例不限于此。
可选地，第一状态配置信息还包括：保留的连接，保留的连接可以是网络设备与核心网络设备的连接，例如可以是LTE中网络设备与核心网设备之间的连接S1承载+S5/S8承载。保留的连接也可以是网络设备与终端设备之间的连接，例如可以是LTE中的无线承载。保留的连接也可以是核心网设备与网络设备以及网络设备与终端设备之间的连接。例如，LTE中的EPS承载(Evolved Packet System)。保留的连接可以仅包括数据面连接，也可以仅包括控制面连接，也可以同时包括数据面连接和控制面连接。若保留的连接包括核心网设备与网络设备之间的连接和网络设备与终端设备之间的连接，则网络设备只要给ECO状态的终端设备分配空口资源，例如，网络设备可以给ECO状态的终端设备发送空口资源指示信息，来指示ECO状态的终端设备可以在该资源指示信息指示的资源上传输数据，此时则ECO状态的终端设备就可以与网络设备传输数据。保留连接可以是一个或 多个，当保留的连接与终端设备要发送的数据相匹配，则数据才可以传输。若保留的连接只有核心网设备和网络设备，ECO状态的终端设备需要发送数据时，需要先建立网络设备与终端设备之间的连接。
S704，终端设备向网络设备发送第一状态配置信息的确认消息，该确认消息可以携带第一状态的终端设备的标识信息，如ECO ID。
S705，终端设备进入第一状态，并且终端设备根据第一状态配置信息执行相关的测量操作，当然，终端设备也可以进行其他的操作，例如监听寻呼(paging)号。
应理解，前述的三种应用场景下，具体的配置终端设备进入第一状态的过程与方法700类似，例如，图1中AnNR101为网络设备进行配置。图2中AnCU201为网络设备进行配置，具体可以通过AnDU202进行配置。图3中的AnCU301为网络设备进行配置，具体可以通过AnDU303进行配置。配置的信令交互流程与方法700类似，为了避免赘述，在此不一一举例。
图9示出了本申请实施例的通信方法800示意图，该方法800包括：
S801，向终端设备发送第一状态预设条件，具体地，可以是S801a，网络设备向终端设备发送第一状态预设条件；也可以是S801b，核心网设备向终端设备发送第一状态预设条件。
例如，网络设备可以通过AS信令向终端设备发送第一状态预设条件。网络设备可以广播、单播或组播第一状态预设条件，CGW通过NAS信令向终端设备发送。
S802，终端设备根据第一状态预设条件确定进入第一状态。
S803，终端设备向网络设备发送第二状态转换请求消息，该第二状态请求消息中可以携带终端设备的标识信息、终端设备所支持的测量能力指示信息以及此次发送第二状态转换请求消息的原因为请求转换为第一状态等信息中的至少一种。
例如，该第一状态预设条件可以是一个定时器，用于指示当终端设备在某一特定的时间段内没有上行数据发送或者没有下行数据接收时，该终端设备向网络设备发送第二状态请求消息，该第二状态请求消息用于请求终端设备需要从当前的状态进入第一状态。
S804，网络设备向终端设备发送第一状态配置信息，所述第一状态配置信息用于指示所述网络设备与核心网设备保留有数据面连接，所述第一状态配置信息包括测量方式指示信息和所述网络设备为所述终端设备分配的第一状态的标识信息中的至少一种。
具体地，该第一状态配置信息可以是S704中的第一状态配置信息，为避免赘述，在此不进行详细的描述。
S805，终端设备进入第一状态，并且终端设备根据第一状态配置信息执行相关的测量操作，当然，终端设备也可以进行其他的操作，例如监听寻呼(paging)信号。
图10示出了本申请实施例的通信方法900示意图，该方法可以应用于场景100，该方法900包括：
S901，ECO UE发送上行跟踪信号，可以是S901a和/或S901b，S901a为ECO UE向AsNR102发送上行跟踪信号，S901b为ECO UE向AnNR101发送上行跟踪信号。
应理解，该上行跟踪信号可以方法400中的第四消息。
S902，AsNR102接收到上行跟踪信号时，根据该上行跟踪信号确定第一测量报告，该第一测量报告用于指示ECO UE与AsNR102之间的第一信道质量信息，并且AsNR102 将该第一测量报告发送给AnNR101。
应理解，该第一测量报告可以为方法400中的第一消息。
可选地，该第一测量报告包括：ECO UE ID、第一信道质量信息、AsNR102覆盖的小区ID、AsNR102的资源指示信息，该AsNR102覆盖的小区为ECO状态的UE当前所在的小区。
S903，AnNR101根据第一测量报告确定添加AsNR102为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备。
可选地，由于AnNR101也可以接收上行跟踪信号，AnNR101可以根据接收的上行跟踪信号确定ECO UE与AnNR101之间的第二信道质量信息，AnNR101可以比较第一信道质量信息和第二信道质量信息，当第一信道质量信息表征的信道质量优于第二信道质量表征的信道质量，则AnNR101确定将AsNR102添加为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备。
S904，AnNR101向AsNR102发送辅助添加请求消息，用于请求添加所述AsNR102为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备，该辅助添加请求消息可以为方法400中的第二消息，该辅助添加请求消息中携带ECO UE ID，无线承载的ID和无线承载的类型。
S905，AsNR102向AnNR101发送辅助添加请求消息的确认消息，AsNR102根据自身支持的无线承载的ID确定可接受的无线承载ID，并将该无线承载ID携带在确认信息中向AnNR101发送。
S906，向ECO UE发送通知消息，该通知消息可以为方法400中的第三消息，S906为S906a或S906b，S906a为AsNR102向ECO UE发送通知消息，S906b是AnNR101向ECO EU发送通知消息，用于通知ECO UE当前为其服务的网络设备为AsNR102，并且该通知消息中包括：发送该通知消息的原因(Cause)、AsNR102服务的无线承载ID、无线承载的类型和TA值中的至少一种，可选地，该通知消息中包括：原因、AsNR102服务的无线承载ID和无线承载的类型；用于指示发送此次通知消息的原因为第一状态的终端设备已经移出AnNR101覆盖的范围达到AsNR102覆盖的范围，TA值使得AnNR101与ECO UE同步，或者使得AsNR102与ECO UE同步，或者使得ECO UE同时与AnNR101和AsNR102同步。可选地，该通知消息也可以包括：ECO UE ID。
S907，发送通知消息的确认消息，S907可以为S907a或S907b，S907a为ECO EU向AsNR102发送通知消息的确认消息，S907b为ECO EU向AnNR101发送通知消息的确认消息，即S906a与S907a对应，S906b与S907b，该通知消息的确认消息包括ECO UE ID。
可选地，该方法900还包括：S908，在添加AsNR102为辅助的接入网设备之后，可以通过AnNR101将数据转发至AsNR102，AsNR102与第一状态的终端设备传输数据。当然，也可以同时通过AnNR101和AsNR102与第一状态的终端设备传输数据，本申请实施例不限于此。
图11示出了本申请实施例的通信方法1000示意图，该方法可以应用于场景100。该方法1000与方法900不同点为：方法900是AnNR101确定添加AsNR102为辅助的接入网设备，方法1000是AsNR102确定添加自身为辅助的接入网设备。该方法1000包括：
S1001，ECO UE向AsNR102发送上行跟踪信号。
S1002，AsNR102接收到上行跟踪信号时，根据该上行跟踪信号确定第一测量报告，该第一测量报告用于指示ECO UE与AsNR102之间的第一信道质量信息，AsNR102根据 第一信道质量信息确定添加自身为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备。
S1003，AsNR102向AnNR101发送辅助添加请求消息，用于请求添加所述AsNR102为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备，该辅助添加请求消息可以为方法500中的第二消息，该辅助添加请求消息中携带ECO UE ID，无线承载的ID和无线承载的类型，即AsNR102根据自身的网络负荷等信息确定的可以为ECO UE分担的无线承载ID和无线承载类型。
S1004，AnNR101向AsNR102发送辅助添加请求消息的确认消息，该确认消息中包括AnNR101可以接受的无线承载的标识。
S1005，AsNR102向ECO UE发送通知消息，该通知消息中包括：发送该通知消息的原因、AsNR102服务的无线承载ID、无线承载的类型和TA值中的至少一种，可选地，该通知消息中包括：、AsNR102服务的无线承载ID和无线承载类型；用于指示发送此次通知消息的原因为第一状态的终端设备已经移出AnNR101覆盖的范围达到AsNR102覆盖的范围，TA值使得AsNR102与ECO UE同步。
可选地，该方法1000还包括：S1006，在添加AsNR102为辅助的接入网设备之后，可以通过AnNR101将数据转发至AsNR102，AsNR102与第一状态的终端设备传输数据；当然也可以同时通过AnNR101和AsNR102与第一状态的终端设备传输数据，本申请实施例不限于此。
图12示出了本申请实施例的通信方法1100示意图，该方法可以应用于场景100。该方法1100与方法900不同点为：方法900是ECO UE发送上行跟踪信号，方法1100是ECO UE发送的小区更新信息。该方法1100包括：
S1101，若ECO UE同时进行上行测量和下行测量，并且AnNR101或AsNR102通过调整TA使得ECO UE与AsNR102保持同步，则不需要该S1101，否则，需要S1101实现ECO UE与AsNR102的同步。
S1102，当ECO UE从AnNR101覆盖的小区重选到AsNR102覆盖的小区时，ECO UE向AsNR102发送小区更新信息，所述小区更新消息用于指示所述ECO UE从所述AnNR101覆盖的小区移动到所述AsNR102覆盖的小区，小区更新信息包括ECO UE ID。
应理解，小区更新信息可以为方法400中的第一消息。
S1103，AsNR102接收到小区更新消息时，将AsNR102自身的资源指示信息携带在该小区更新信息向AnNR101发送。
S1104，AnNR101接收到小区更新信息时，确定添加AsNR102为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备。可选地，AnNR101根据小区更新信息以及自身的网络状况等，确定添加AsNR102为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备。
S1105,AnNR101向AsNR102发送辅助添加请求消息，用于请求添加所述AsNR102为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备，该辅助添加请求消息可以为方法400中的第二消息，该辅助添加请求消息中携带ECO UE ID，无线承载的ID和无线承载的类型。
S1106，AsNR102向AnNR101发送辅助添加请求消息的确认消息，AsNR102根据自身支持的无线承载的ID确定可接受的无线承载ID，并将该无线承载ID携带在确认信息中向AnNR101发送。
S1107，AsNR102向ECO UE发送通知消息，该通知消息中包括：、AsNR102服务的无线承载ID、无线承载类型和TA值中的至少一种，可选地，该通知消息中包括：、AsNR102 服务的无线承载ID和无线承载的类型；用于指示发送此次通知消息的原因为ECO UE已经移出AnNR101覆盖的范围达到AsNR102覆盖的范围，TA值使得AsNR102与ECO UE同步,可选地，该通知消息也可以包括：ECO UE ID。
应理解，该通知消息可以为方法400中的第三消息。
可选地，该方法1100还包括：S1108，在添加AsNR102为辅助的接入网设备之后，可以通过AnNR101将数据转发至AsNR102，AsNR102与第一状态的终端设备传输数据；当然也可以同时通过AnNR101和AsNR102与第一状态的终端设备传输数据，本申请实施例不限于此。
图13示出了本申请实施例的通信方法1200示意图，该方法可以应用于场景100。该方法1200与方法1100不同点为：方法1100是AnNR101确定添加AsNR102为辅助的接入网设备，方法1200是AsNR102确定添加自身为辅助的接入网设备。该方法1200包括：
S1201，同S1101。
S1202，当ECO UE从AnNR101覆盖的小区重选到AsNR102覆盖的小区时，ECO UE向AsNR102发送小区更新信息，所述小区更新消息用于指示所述ECO UE从所述AnNR101覆盖的小区移动到所述AsNR102覆盖的小区，小区更新信息包括ECO UE ID和ECO UE当前的无线承载ID。
应理解，小区更新信息可以为方法500中的第一消息。
S1203，AsNR102接收到小区更新消息时，根据该ECO UE当前的无线承载ID确定是否添加AsNR102为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备，例如，若AsNR102支持该ECO UE当前的无线承载则确定添加，否则，不添加；又例如，AsNR102根据自身的资源信息、网络负荷状况和ECO UE当前的无线承载确定是否添加AsNR102为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备等等。
S1204，AnNR101向AsNR102发送辅助添加请求消息，用于请求添加所述AsNR102为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备，该辅助添加请求消息可以为方法500中的第二消息，该辅助添加请求消息中携带ECO UE ID、无线承载ID、无线承载的类型和小区ID。
S1205，AsNR102向AnNR101发送辅助添加请求消息的确认消息，AsNR102根据自身支持的无线承载的ID确定可接受的无线承载ID，并将该无线承载ID携带在确认信息中向AnNR101发送。
应理解，S1202中无线承载的ID可能为多个，S1204中AsNR102可能确定的是多个无线承载的ID中的至少部分，S1205可能是多个无线承载ID中至少部分中的至少部分无线承载的ID，例如，S1202中无线承载的ID可能为3个，S1204中AsNR102可能确定的是3个无线承载的ID中2个，S1205可能是2个无线承载ID中1个无线承载的ID。
S1206，AsNR102向ECO UE发送通知消息，该通知消息中包括：、AsNR102服务的无线承载ID、无线承载类型和TA值中的至少一种，可选地，该通知消息中包括：、AsNR102服务的无线承载ID和无线承载类型；用于指示发送此次通知消息的原因为第一状态的终端设备已经移出AnNR101覆盖的范围达到AsNR102覆盖的范围，TA值使得AsNR102与ECO UE同步，可选地，该通知消息也可以包括ECO UE ID。
应理解，该通知消息可以为方法500中的第三消息。
可选地，该方法1200还包括：S1208，在添加AsNR102为辅助的接入网设备之后， 可以通过AnNR101将数据转发至AsNR102，AsNR102与第一状态的终端设备传输数据；当然也可以同时通过AnNR101和AsNR102与第一状态的终端设备传输数据，本申请实施例不限于此。
图14示出了本申请实施例的通信方法1300示意图，该方法可以应用于场景100。该方法1300与方法900和方法1100不同点为：方法900是ECO UE发送上行跟踪信号，方法1100是ECO UE发送的小区更新信息，方法1300是ECO UE发送的第一状态转换请求消息。该方法1300包括：
S1301，同S1101或S1201。
S1302，当ECO UE需要传输数据时，即ECO UE需要从当前的ECO状态转换为激活态，ECO UE向AsNR102发送第一状态转换请求消息，该第一状态转换请求消息用于向所述AsNR102请求ECO UE需要从所述ECO状态转换为激活态。第一状态转换请求消息可以包括ECO UE ID，或者当ECO UE需要传输的数据类型，也可以包括该需要数据的数据包大小信息。
应理解，第一状态转换请求消息可以为方法400中的第一消息。
S1303，AsNR102接收到第一状态转换请求消息时，将AsNR102自身的资源指示信息携带在第一状态转换请求消息向AnNR101发送。S1304，
S1304,AnNR101接收到第一状态转换请求消息时，确定添加AsNR102为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备。可选地，AnNR101根据第一状态转换请求消息以及自身的网络状况等，确定添加AsNR102为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备。
S1305，AnNR101向AsNR102发送辅助添加请求消息，用于请求添加所述AsNR102为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备，该辅助添加请求消息可以为方法400中的第二消息，该辅助添加请求消息中携带ECO UE ID，无线承载的ID和无线承载的类型。
S1306，AsNR102向AnNR101发送辅助添加请求消息的确认消息，AsNR102根据自身支持的无线承载的ID确定可接受的无线承载ID，并将该无线承载ID携带在确认信息中向AnNR101发送。
S1307，AsNR102向ECO UE发送通知消息，该通知消息中包括：、AsNR102服务的无线承载ID、无线承载类型和TA值中的至少一种。可选地，该通知消息中包括：、AsNR102服务的无线承载ID和无线承载类型；用于指示发送此次通知消息的原因为ECO UE需要传输数据，TA值使得AsNR102与ECO UE同步，可选地，该通知消息也可以包括ECO UE ID。
应理解，该通知消息可以为方法400中的第三消息。
可选地，该方法1300还包括：S1308，在添加AsNR102为辅助的接入网设备之后，可以通过AnNR101将数据转发至AsNR102，AsNR102与第一状态的终端设备传输数据。当然也可以同时通过AnNR101和AsNR102与第一状态的终端设备传输数据，本申请实施例不限于此。
图15示出了本申请实施例的通信方法1400示意图，该方法可以应用于场景100。该方法1400与方法1300不同点为：方法1300是AnNR101确定添加AsNR102为辅助的接入网设备，方法1400是AsNR102确定添加自身为辅助的接入网设备。该方法1400包括：
S1401，同S1101或S1201或S1301。
S1402，当ECO UE需要传输数据时，即ECO UE需要从当前的ECO状态转换为激活态，ECO UE向AsNR102发送第一状态转换请求消息，该第一状态转换请求消息用于向所述AsNR102请求ECO UE需要从所述ECO状态转换为激活态。第一状态转换请求消息可以包括ECO UE ID和无线承载的ID，即当前ECO UE需要传输的数据的标识，也可以包括该需要数据的数据包大小信息。
应理解，第一状态转换请求消息可以为方法500中的第一消息。
S1403，AsNR102接收到第一状态转换请求消息时，根据该ECO UE的无线承载ID确定是否添加AsNR102为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备，例如，若AsNR102支持该ECO UE的无线承载则确定添加，否则，不添加；又例如，AsNR102根据自身的资源信息、网络负荷状况和ECO UE的无线承载ID确定是否添加AsNR102为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备等等。
S1404，AsNR102向AnNR101发送辅助添加请求消息，用于请求添加所述AsNR102为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备，该辅助添加请求消息可以为方法500中的第二消息，该辅助添加请求消息中携带ECO UE ID、无线承载ID、无线承载的类型和小区ID。
S1405,AnNR101向AsNR102发送辅助添加请求消息的确认消息，AsNR102根据自身支持的无线承载的ID确定可接受的无线承载ID，并将该无线承载ID携带在确认信息中向AsNR102发送。
应理解，S1402中无线承载ID可能为多个，S1404中AsNR102可能确定的是多个无线承载ID中的至少部分，S1405可能是多个无线承载ID中至少部分的至少部分无线承载ID，例如，S1402中无线承载ID可能为5个，S1404中AsNR102可能确定的是5个无线承载ID中4个，S1405可能是4个无线承载ID中2个无线承载ID。
S1406，AsNR102向ECO UE发送通知消息，该通知消息中包括：、AsNR102服务的无线承载ID、无线承载类型和TA值中的至少一种。可选地，该通知消息中包括：、AsNR102服务的无线承载ID和无线承载类型；用于指示发送此次通知消息的原因为ECO UE需要传输数据，TA值使得AsNR102与ECO UE同步。可选地，该通知消息也可以包括ECO UE ID。
应理解，该通知消息可以为方法500中的第三消息。
可选地，该方法1400还包括：S1407，在添加AsNR102为辅助的接入网设备之后，可以通过AnNR101将数据转发至AsNR102，AsNR102与第一状态的终端设备传输数据。当然也可以同时通过AnNR101和AsNR102与第一状态的终端设备传输数据，本申请实施例不限于此。
图16示出了本申请实施例的通信方法1500示意图，该方法可以应用于场景200。该方法1500与方法900不同点为：应用场景不同，方法900应用于场景100，方法1500应用于场景200。该方法1500包括：
S1501，ECO UE发送上行跟踪信号，可以是S1501a和/或S1501b，S1501a为ECO UE向AnDU202发送上行跟踪信号，S1501b为ECO UE向AsDU203发送上行跟踪信号。
应理解，该上行跟踪信号可以方法400中的第四消息。
S1502b，AsDU203接收到上行跟踪信号时，根据该上行跟踪信号确定第一测量报告，该第一测量报告用于指示ECO UE与AsDU203之间的第一信道质量信息，并且AsDU203 将该第一测量报告发送给AnCU201，第一测量包括ECO UE ID、ECO UE当前所在的小区ID、AsDU203的资源指示信息和第一信道质量信息，ECO UE当前所在的小区ID为AsDU203的ID。
S1502a，AnDU202接收到上行跟踪信号时，根据该上行跟踪信号确定第二测量报告，该第二测量报告用于指示ECO UE与AnDU202之间的第二信道质量信息，并且AnDU202将该第二测量报告发送给AnCU201，第二测量包括ECO UE ID、小区ID、AnDU202的资源指示信息和第二信道质量信息，小区的ID为AnDU202的ID。
可选地，ECO UE之前所在的小区ID可以是AnDU202的PCI和/或ECGI，ECO UE当前所在的小区ID可以是AsDU203的PCI和/或ECGI。
应理解，S1502a和S1502b可以同时存在，也可以单独存在S1502b。
S1503，AnCU201根据第一测量报告确定添加AsDU203为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备。
可选地，由于AnDU202也可以接收上行跟踪信号，AnDU202可以根据接收的上行跟踪信号确定ECO UE与AnDU202之间的第二测量报告，该第二测量报告用于指示ECO UE与AnDU202之间的第二信道质量信息，并将该第二测量报告发送给AnCU201，AnCU201可以比较第一信道质量信息和第二信道质量信息，当第一信道质量信息表征的信道质量优于第二信道质量表征的信道质量，则AnCU201将AsDU203确定添加为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备。
应理解，第一测量报告和/或第二测量报告可以是周期性发送，也可以是触发式发送，或者周期性和触发式交替混合的发送，
应理解，第一测量报告可以为方法400中的第一消息。
S1504，AnCU201向AsDU203发送辅助添加请求消息，用于请求添加所述AsDU203为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备，该辅助添加请求消息可以为方法400中的第二消息，该辅助添加请求消息中携带ECO UE ID和无线承载ID。
S1505,AsDU203向AnCU201发送辅助添加请求消息的确认消息，AsDU203根据自身支持的无线承载的ID确定可接受的无线承载ID，并将该无线承载ID携带在确认信息中向AnCU201发送。
S1506，AsDU203向ECO UE发送通知消息，该通知消息中携带AsDU203服务的无线承载ID和TA值中的至少一种。可选地，该通知消息中携带无线承载ID，TA值使得AsDU203与ECO UE同步。可选地，该通知消息也可以包括ECO UE ID和/或，用于指示发送此次通知消息的原因为ECO UE移出AnDU202覆盖的小区到达AsDU203覆盖的小区。
可选地，发送通知消息也可以由AnCU201向ECO UE发送，本申请实施例不限于此。
应理解，该通知消息可以为方法400中的第三消息。
S1507，ECO UE向AsDU203发送该通知消息的确认消息，该通知消息的确认消息包括ECO UE ID。
S1508，AsDU203将该通知消息的确认消息向AnCU201发送。
S1509，AnCU201向AnDU202发送释放资源消息，该释放资源消息包括ECO UE ID，该释放资源消息用于指示AnDU202释放与ECO UE之间的资源。
可选地，该方法1500还包括：S1510，在添加AsDU203为辅助的接入网设备之后，AnCU201将数据转发至AsDU203，AsDU203与第一状态的终端设备传输数据。当然也可以同时通过AsDU203和AnDU202与第一状态的终端设备传输数据，本申请实施例不限于此。
应理解，S1509与S1506、S1507和S1508顺序并不限定，例如S1509可以在S1506之前或之后。
图17示出了本申请实施例的通信方法1600示意图，该方法可以应用于场景200。该方法1600与方法1100不同点为：应用场景不同，方法1100应用于场景100，方法1600应用于场景200。该方法1600包括：
S1601，若ECO UE同时进行上行测量和下行测量，并且AsDU203通过调整TA使得ECO UE与AsDU203保持同步，则不需要该S1601，否则，需要S1601实现ECO UE与AsDU203的同步。
S1602，当ECO UE从AnDU202覆盖的小区重选到AsDU203覆盖的小区时，ECO UE向AsDU203发送小区更新信息，所述小区更新消息用于指示所述ECO UE从所述AnDU202覆盖的小区移动到所述AsDU203覆盖的小区，小区更新信息包括ECO UE ID。
S1603，AsDU203接收到小区更新信息，将AsDU203的资源指示信息以及ECO UE当前所在的小区ID携带在小区更新信息中向AnCU201发送，ECO UE当前所在的小区ID可以为AsDU203的ID。
应理解，小区更新信息可以为方法400中的第一消息。
S1604，AnCU201接收到小区更新信息时，确定添加AsDU203为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备。可选地，AnCU201根据小区更新信息以及自身的网络状况等，确定添加AsDU203为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备。
S1605，AnCU201向AsDU203发送辅助添加请求消息，用于请求添加所述AsDU203为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备，该辅助添加请求消息可以为方法400中的第二消息，该辅助添加请求消息中携带ECO UE ID和无线承载的ID。
S1606，AsDU203向AnCU201发送辅助添加请求消息的确认消息，AsDU203根据自身支持的无线承载的ID确定可接受的无线承载ID，并将该无线承载ID携带在确认信息中向AnCU201发送。
S1607，AsDU203向ECO UE发送通知消息，该通知消息中携带AsDU203服务的无线承载ID，也可以包括TA值，TA值使得AsDU203与ECO UE同步。可选地，该通知消息也可以包括ECO UE ID和/或，用于指示发送此次通知消息的原因为ECO UE移出AnDU202覆盖的小区到达AsDU203覆盖的小区。
可选地，发送通知消息也可以由AnCU201向ECO UE发送，本申请实施例不限于此。
S1608，AnCU201向AnDU202发送释放资源消息，该释放资源消息包括ECO UE ID，该释放资源消息用于指示AnDU202释放与ECO UE之间的资源。
应理解，S1608与S1607的顺序不作限定，例如S1608可以在S1607之前或之后。
可选地，该方法1600还包括：S1609，在添加AsDU203为辅助的接入网设备之后，AnCU201将数据转发至AsDU203，AsDU203与第一状态的终端设备传输数据。当然也可以同时通过AsDU203和AnDU202与第一状态的终端设备传输数据，本申请实施例不限于 此。
图18示出了本申请实施例的通信方法1700示意图，该方法可以应用于场景200。该方法1700与方法1300不同点为：应用场景不同，方法1300应用于场景100，方法1700应用于场景200。该方法1700包括：
S1701，同S1601。
S1702，当ECO UE需要传输数据时，即ECO UE需要从当前的ECO状态转换为激活态，ECO UE向AsDU203发送第一状态转换请求消息，该第一状态转换请求消息用于向所述AsDU203请求ECO UE需要从所述ECO状态转换为激活态。第一状态转换请求消息可以包括ECO UE ID。可选地，第一状态转换请求也可以包括该需要数据的数据包大小信息等。
S1703，AsDU203接收到第一状态转换请求消息时，并将AsDU203自身的资源指示信息和/或AsDU203的标识携带在该第一状态转换请求消息向AnCU201发送。
应理解，第一状态转换请求消息可以为方法400中的第一消息。
S1704，AnCU201接收到第一状态转换请求消息时，确定添加AsDU203为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备。可选地，AnCU201根据第一状态转换请求消息以及自身的网络状况等，确定添加AsDU203为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备。
S1705，AnCU201向AsDU203发送辅助添加请求消息，用于请求添加所述AsDU203为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备，该辅助添加请求消息可以为方法400中的第二消息，该辅助添加请求消息中携带ECO UE ID和无线承载的ID。
S1706，AsDU203向AnCU201发送辅助添加请求消息的确认消息，AsDU203根据自身支持的无线承载的ID确定可接受的无线承载ID，并将该无线承载ID携带在确认信息中向AnCU201发送。
S1707，AnDU201向ECO UE发送通知消息，该通知消息中包括：AsDU203服务的无线承载ID和TA值中的至少一种。可选地，该通知消息中包括：AsDU203服务的无线承载ID；TA值使得AsDU203与ECO UE同步。可选地，该通知消息也可以包括和/或ECO UE ID，用于指示发送此次通知消息的原因为ECO UE需要传输数据。
应理解，该通知消息可以为方法400中的第三消息。
S1708，AnCU201向AnDU202发送释放资源消息，该释放资源消息包括ECO UE ID，该释放资源消息用于指示AnDU202释放与ECO UE之间的资源。
应理解，S1708与S1707顺序并不限定，例如S1708可以在S1707之前或之后。
可选地，该方法1700还包括：S1709，在添加AsDU203为辅助的接入网设备之后，AnCU201将数据转发至AsDU203，AsDU203与第一状态的终端设备传输数据。当然也可以同时通过AsDU203和AnDU202与第一状态的终端设备传输数据，本申请实施例不限于此。
图19示出了本申请实施例的通信方法1800示意图，该方法1800可以应用于场景300。该方法1800与方法900不同点为：应用场景不同，方法900应用于场景100，方法1800应用于场景300。该方法1800包括：
S1801，ECO UE发送上行跟踪信号，可以是S1801a和/或S1801b，S1801a为ECO UE向AsDU304发送上行跟踪信号，S1801b为ECO UE向AnDU303发送上行跟踪信号。
应理解，该上行跟踪信号可以方法400中的第四消息。
也应理解，S1801a和S1802b可以同时存在，也可以单独存在S1801b
S1802a1，AsDU304接收到上行跟踪信号时，根据该上行跟踪信号确定第一测量报告，该第一测量报告用于指示ECO UE与AsDU304之间的第一信道质量信息，并且AsDU304将该第一测量报告发送给AsCU302，第一测量包括ECO UE ID、ECO UE当前所在的小区ID、AsDU304的资源指示信息和第一信道质量信息，ECO UE当前所在的小区ID例如可以为AsDU304的ID。
S1802a2，AsCU302接收到AsDU304发送的第一测量报告时，并可以将自AsCU302的资源指示信息携带在第一测量报告中，向AnCU301发送。
可选地，此时的第一测量报告可以包括：第一测量包括ECO UE ID、ECO UE当前所在的小区ID、AsDU304的资源指示信息和第一信道质量信息中的至少一种。或者第一测量报告也可以包括ECO UE ID、AsCU302的ID、AsCU302的资源指示信息和第一信道质量信息中的至少一种。或者第一测量报告也可以包括：ECO UE ID、AsDU304的ID、AsCU302的ID、AsDU304的资源指示信息、AsCU302的资源指示信息和第一信道质量信息中的至少一种，本申请实施例不限于此。
应理解，第一测量报告可以为方法400中的第一消息。
S1802b，AnDU303接收到ECO UE发送的上行跟踪信号时，根据该上行跟踪信号确定第二测量报告，该第二测量报告用于指示ECO UE与AnDU303之间的第二信道质量信息，并且AnDU303将该第二测量报告发送给AnCU301，第二测量包括ECO UE ID、AnDU303的ID、AnDU303的资源指示信息和第二信道质量信息。
应理解，S1802可以包括S1801a1和S1801a2，S1802也可以包括S1801a1、S1801a2和S1802b。
S1803，AnCU301根据第一测量报告确定添加AsDU304为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备。
可选地，AnCU301可以比较第一信道质量信息和第二信道质量信息，当第一信道质量信息表征的信道质量优于第二信道质量表征的信道质量，则AnCU201将AsDU203确定添加为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备。
应理解，第一测量报告和/或第二测量报告可以是周期性发送，也可以是触发式发送，或者周期性和触发式交替混合的发送，
S1804，AnCU301向AsCU302发送辅助添加请求消息，用于请求添加所述AsDU304为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备，该辅助添加请求消息可以为方法400中的第二消息，该辅助添加请求消息中携带ECO UE ID、无线承载ID和无线承载的类型信息。
S1805，AsCU302向AsDU304发送该辅助添加请求消息。
S1806，AsDU304向AsCU302发送辅助添加请求消息的确认消息，AsDU304根据自身支持的无线承载的ID确定可接受的无线承载ID，并将该无线承载ID携带在确认信息中向AsCU302发送。
S1807，AsCU302向AnCU301发送该S1806中的确认消息。
S1808a1，AnCU301向AnDU303发送通知消息，该通知消息包括：、AsDU304可以服务的无线承载ID、无线承载类型和TA值、ECO UE ID中的至少一种。可选地，该通 知消息中包括：、AsDU304可以服务的无线承载ID和无线承载类型；用于指示发送此次通知消息的原因为第一状态的终端设备已经移出AnDU303覆盖的范围达到AsDU304覆盖的范围，TA值使得AsDU304与ECO UE同步。
S1808a2，AnDU303向ECO UE发送S1808a1中的通知消息。
S1808b1，AsCU302向AsDU304发送通知消息，该通知消息中包括的信息如S1808a1中的通知消息包括的信息。
S1808b2，AsDU304向ECO UE发送S1808b1中的通知消息。
应理解，通知消息可以通过S1808a1和S1808a2发送，也可以通过S1808b1和S1808b2发送，本申请实施例不限于此。
S1809b1，ECO UE向AsDU304发送通知消息的确认消息，该通知消息的确认消息包括ECO UE ID。
S1809b2，AsDU304向AsCU302发送S1809b1中的通知消息。
S1809a1，ECO UE向AnDU304发送通知消息的确认消息。
S1809a2，AnDU304向AnCU301发送S1809a1中的通知消息。
应理解，通知消息的确认消息可以通过S1809a1和S1809a2发送，也可以通过S1809b1和S1809b2发送，本申请实施例不限于此。
也应理解，S1808a1和S1808a2发送通知消息，S1809a1和S1809a2发送通知消息的确认消息；S1808b1和S1808b2发送通知消息，S1809b1和S1809b2发送通知消息的确认消息，本申请实施例不限于此。
也应理解，该通知消息为方法400中的第三消息。
S1810，AnCU301向AnDU304发送释放资源消息，该释放资源消息包括ECO UE ID，该释放资源消息用于指示AnDU304释放与ECO UE之间的资源。
可选地，该方法1800还包括：S1811，在添加AsDU303为辅助的接入网设备之后，AnCU301将数据转发至AsDU304，AsDU304与第一状态的终端设备传输数据。当然也可以同时通过AsDU304和AnDU303与第一状态的终端设备传输数据，本申请实施例不限于此。
图20示出了本申请实施例的通信方法1900示意图。该方法1900可以应用于场景300。该方法1900与方法1000不同点为：应用场景不同，方法1000应用于场景100，方法1900应用于场景300。该方法1900包括：
S1901，同S1801a。
S1902，同S1802a1。
S1903，AsCU302根据接收的第一测量报告确定添加AsDU304为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备。
应理解，该第一测量报告可以为方法500中的第一消息。
S1904，AsCU302向AnCU301发送辅助添加请求消息，用于请求添加所述AsDU304为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备,该辅助添加请求消息可以为方法500中的第二消息，该辅助添加请求消息中携带ECO UE ID，AsCU302支持的无线承载的ID和无线承载的类型。
S1905，AnCU301向AsCU302发送辅助添加请求消息的确认消息，该确认消息中包括AnCU301可以接受的无线承载的ID。
S1906，同S1808b1。
S1907，同1808b2。
S1908，同1809b1。
S1909，通1809b2。
可选地，该方法1900还包括：S1910，在添加AsDU303为辅助的接入网设备之后，AnCU301将数据转发至AsDU304，AsDU304与第一状态的终端设备传输数据。当然也可以同时通过AsDU304和AnDU303与第一状态的终端设备传输数据，本申请实施例不限于此。
图21示出了本申请实施例的通信方法2000示意图，该方法2000可以应用于场景300。该方法2000与方法1100不同点为：应用场景不同，方法1100应用于场景100，方法2000应用于场景300。该方法2000包括：
S2001，若ECO UE同时进行上行测量和下行测量，并且AsDU304通过调整TA使得ECO UE与AsDU304保持同步，则不需要该S2001，否则，需要S2001实现ECO UE与AsDU304的同步。
S2002，当ECO UE从AnDU304覆盖的小区重选到AsDU304覆盖的小区时，ECO UE向AsDU304发送小区更新信息，所述小区更新消息用于指示所述ECO UE从所述AnDU304覆盖的小区移动到所述AsDU304覆盖的小区，小区更新信息包括ECO UE ID。
S2003，AsDU304接收到小区更新信息时，将AsDU304的资源指示信息，AsDU304的ID和ECO UE ID携带在小区更新信息中向AsCU302。
S2004，AsCU302接收到小区更新信息时，也可以将AsCU302的资源指示信息，AsCU302的ID和ECO UE ID携带在小区更新信息中向AnCU301发送。
可选地，此时的小区更新信息可以包括：AsDU304的资源指示信息、AsDU304的ID和ECO UE ID中的至少一种。或者也可以包括：AsCU302的资源指示信息、AsCU302的ID和ECO UE ID中的至少一种。或者也可以包括：AsDU304的资源指示信息、AsCU302的资源指示信息、AsDU304的ID、AsCU302的ID和ECO UE ID中的至少一种。
应理解，S2004中的小区更新信息可以理解为方法400中的第一消息。
S2005，AnCU301接收到小区更新信息时，确定添加AsDU304为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备。可选地，AnCU301根据小区更新信息以及自身的网络状况等，确定添加AsDU304为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备。
S2006，AnCU301向AsCU302发送辅助添加请求消息，用于请求添加所述AsDU304为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备，该辅助添加请求消息可以为方法400中的第二消息，该辅助添加请求消息中携带ECO UE ID、无线承载的ID和无线承载的类型。
S2007，AsCU302将S2006中的辅助添加请求消息向AsDU304发送。
S2008，AsDU304向AsCU302发送辅助添加请求消息的确认消息，AsDU304根据自身支持的无线承载的ID确定可接受的无线承载ID，并将该无线承载ID携带在确认信息中向AsCU302发送。
S2009，AsCU302将S2008中的辅助添加请求消息的确认消息发送给AnCU301。
S2010，AsCU302向AsDU304发送通知消息，该通知消息中携带AsDU304服务的无线承载ID和AsDU304服务的无线承载的类型，或者也可以包括TA值和/或ECO UE ID， TA值使得AsDU203与ECO UE同步，该通知消息可以是方法400中的第三消息。
S2011，AsDU304向ECO UE发送S2010中的通知消息。
S2012，AnCU301向AnDU303发送释放资源消息，该释放资源消息包括ECO UE ID，该释放资源消息用于指示AnDU303释放与ECO UE之间的资源。
应理解，S2012与S2010和S2011的顺序不作限定，例如S2012可以在S2010或S2011之前。
可选地，发送通知消息也可以由AnCU301向AnDU303，AnDU303再向ECO UE发送，本申请实施例不限于此。
可选地，该方法2000还包括：S2013，在添加AsDU303为辅助的接入网设备之后，AnCU301将数据转发至AsDU304，AsDU304与第一状态的终端设备传输数据。当然也可以同时通过AsDU304和AnDU303与第一状态的终端设备传输数据，本申请实施例不限于此。
图22示出了本申请实施例的通信方法2100示意图，该方法2100可以应用于场景300。该方法2100与方法1200不同点为：应用场景不同，方法1200应用于场景100，方法2100应用于场景300。该方法2100包括：
S2101，同S2001。
S2102，当ECO UE从AnDU304覆盖的小区重选到AsDU304覆盖的小区时，ECO UE向AsDU304发送小区更新信息，所述小区更新消息用于指示所述ECO UE从所述AnDU304覆盖的小区移动到所述AsDU304覆盖的小区，小区更新信息包括ECO UE ID和ECO UE当前的无线承载ID。
S2103，AsDU304接收到小区更新信息时，将AsDU304的资源指示信息，AsDU304的ID和ECO UE ID携带在小区更新信息中向AsCU302发送。
S2104，AsCU302接收到小区更新信息时，AsCU302根据该ECO UE当前的无线承载ID确定是否添加AsDU304为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备。例如，若AsDU304支持该ECO UE当前的无线承载则确定添加，否则，不添加。又例如，AsCU302根据自身的资源信息、网络负荷状况、AsDU304的资源指示信息和ECO UE当前的无线承载确定是否添加AsDU304为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备等等。
S2105，AsCU302向AnCU301发送辅助添加请求消息，用于请求添加所述AsDU304为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备，该辅助添加请求消息可以为方法500中的第二消息，该辅助添加请求消息中携带ECO UE ID、无线承载的ID、无线承载的类型和AsCU302ID。
S2106，AnCU301向AsCU302发送辅助添加请求消息的确认消息，AnCU301根据自身支持的无线承载的ID确定可接受的无线承载ID，并将该无线承载ID和ECO UE ID携带在确认信息中向AsCU302发送。
S2107，同S2010。
S2108，同S2011。
S2109，同S2012。
可选地，发送通知消息也可以由AnCU301向AnDU303，AnDU303再向ECO UE发送，本申请实施例不限于此。
可选地，该方法2100还包括：S2110，在添加AsDU303为辅助的接入网设备之后， AnCU301将数据转发至AsDU304，AsDU304与第一状态的终端设备传输数据。当然也可以同时通过AsDU304和AnDU303与第一状态的终端设备传输数据，本申请实施例不限于此。
图23示出了本申请实施例的通信方法2200示意图，该方法2200可以应用于场景300。该方法2200与方法1300不同点为：应用场景不同，方法1300应用于场景100，方法2200应用于场景300。该方法2200包括：
S2201，同S2001。
S2202，当ECO UE需要传输数据时，即ECO UE需要从当前的ECO状态转换为激活态，ECO UE向AsDU304发送第一状态转换请求消息，该第一状态转换请求消息用于请求ECO UE需要从所述ECO状态转换为激活态。第一状态转换请求消息可以包括ECO UE ID，也可以包括该需要数据的数据包大小信息等。
S2203，AsDU304接收到第一状态转换请求消息时，将AsDU304自身的ID、ECO UE ID以及AsDU304的资源指示信息携带在该第一状态转换请求消息向AsCU302发送。
S2204，AsCU302接收到第一状态转换请求消息时，AsCU302将自身的ID、ECO UE ID以及AsCU302的资源指示信息携带在该第一状态转换请求消息向AnCU301发送。
可选地，该第一状态转换请求消息可以包括：AsDU304的ID、ECO UE ID和AsDU304的资源指示信息中的至少一种；该第一状态转换请求消息也可以包括：AsCU302的ID、ECO UE ID和AsCU302的资源指示信息中的至少一种。该第一状态转换请求消息也可以包括：AsDU304的ID、AsCU302的ID、ECO UE ID、AsDU304的资源指示信息AsCU302的资源指示信息中的至少一种，本申请实施例不限于此。
应理解，该第一状态转换请求消息可以为方法400中的第一消息。
S2205，AnCU301接收到第一状态转换请求消息时，确定添加AsDU304为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备。可选地，AnCU301根据第一状态转换请求消息以及自身的网络状况等，确定添加AsDU304为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备。
S2206，AnCU301向AsCU302发送辅助添加请求消息，用于请求添加所述AsDU304为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备，该辅助添加请求消息可以为方法400中的第二消息，该辅助添加请求消息中携带ECO UE ID，无线承载的ID和无线承载的类型。
S2207，AsCU302将S2206中的辅助添加请求消息向AsDU304发送。
S2208，AsDU304向AsCU302发送辅助添加请求消息的确认消息，AsDU304根据自身支持的无线承载的ID确定可接受的无线承载ID，并将该无线承载ID携带在确认信息中向AsCU302发送。
S2209，AsCU302将S2208中的辅助添加请求消息的确认消息向AnCU301发送。
S2210，AsCU302向AsDU304发送通知消息，该通知消息中包括：ECO UE ID、、AsDU304服务的无线承载ID、AsDU304服务的无线承载类型和TA值中的至少一种。可选地，该通知消息中包括：AsDU203服务的无线承载ID和无线承载类型。用于指示发送此次通知消息的原因为ECO UE需要传输数据，TA值使得AsDU203与ECO UE同步。
应理解，该通知消息可以为方法400中的第三消息。
S2211，AsDU304向ECO UE发送S2210中的通知消息。
S2212，AnCU301向AnDU303发送释放资源消息，该释放资源消息包括ECO UE ID， 该释放资源消息用于指示AnDU303释放与ECO UE之间的资源。
应理解，S2212与S2210和S2211顺序并不限定，例如S2212可以在S2210和S2211之前。
可选地，该方法2200还包括：S2213，在添加AsDU303为辅助的接入网设备之后，AnCU301将数据转发至AsDU304，AsDU304与第一状态的终端设备传输数据。当然也可以同时通过AsDU304和AnDU303与第一状态的终端设备传输数据，本申请实施例不限于此。
图24示出了本申请实施例的通信方法2300示意图，该方法2300可以应用于场景300。该方法2300与方法1400不同点为：应用场景不同，方法1400应用于场景100，方法2300应用于场景300。该方法2300包括：
S2301，同S2201。
S2302，当ECO UE需要传输数据时，即ECO UE需要从当前的ECO状态转换为激活态，ECO UE向AsDU304发送第一状态转换请求消息，该第一状态转换请求消息用于请求ECO UE需要从所述ECO状态转换为激活态。第一状态转换请求消息可以包括ECO UE ID和无线承载的ID，即当前ECO UE需要传输的数据的标识，也可以包括该需要数据的数据包大小信息。
S2303，AsDU304接收到第一状态转换请求消息时，将AsDU304自身的ID、AsDU304的资源指示信息、ECO UE ID和无线承载ID中的至少一种携带在该第一状态转换请求消息向AsCU302发送，可选地，第一状态转换请求消息包括AsDU304自身的ID、AsDU304的资源指示信息、ECO UE ID和无线承载ID。
应理解，该第一转换请求消息可以为方法500中的第一消息。
S2304，AsCU302接收到第一状态转换请求消息时，根据该ECO UE的无线承载ID确定是否添加AsDU304为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备，例如，若AsDU304支持该ECO UE的无线承载则确定添加，否则，不添加；又例如，AsCU302根据自身的资源信息、AsDU304的资源指示信息、网络负荷状况和ECO UE的无线承载ID确定是否添加AsDU304为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备。
S2305，当AsCU302确定添加AsDU304为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备时，AsCU302向AnCU301发送辅助添加请求消息，用于请求添加所述AsDU304为ECO UE的辅助的接入网设备，该辅助添加请求消息可以为方法500中的第二消息，该辅助添加请求消息中携带ECO UE ID、无线承载ID、无线承载的类型和AsCU302的ID。
S2306，AnCU301向AsCU302发送辅助添加请求消息的确认消息，AnCU301根据自身支持的无线承载的ID确定可接受的无线承载ID，并将该无线承载ID携带在确认信息中向AsCU302发送。
S2307，同S2210。
应理解，该通知消息可以为方法500中的第三消息。
S2308，同S2211。
S2309，同S2212。
可选地，该方法2300还包括：S2310，在添加AsDU303为辅助的接入网设备之后，AnCU301将数据转发至AsDU304，AsDU304与第一状态的终端设备传输数据。当然也可 以同时通过AsDU304和AnDU303与第一状态的终端设备传输数据，本申请实施例不限于此。
上文中结合图4至图24，详细描述了根据本申请实施例的通信方法，下面将结合图25至图42，描述根据本申请实施例的通信装置。
图25示出了本申请实施例提供的通信装置2400示意图，该装置2400包括：
接收模块2401，用于接收第一消息，所述装置2400为第一状态的终端设备的主要的接入网设备，所述第一状态的终端设备不向所述装置2400发送信道状态信息，并且核心网设备与所述装置2400保留所述第一状态的终端设备的数据面连接。
确定模块2402，用于根据所述第一消息确定第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
发送模块2403，用于向所述第二设备发送第二消息，所述第二消息用于请求添加所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
所述接收模块2401还用于，接收所述第二设备根据所述第二消息发送的所述第二消息的确认消息。
作为一个可选实施例，所述发送模块2401还用于：在接收所述第二设备根据所述第二消息发送的所述第二消息的确认消息之后，向所述第一状态的终端设备发送第三消息，所述第三消息用于通知所述第一状态的终端设备所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
作为一个可选实施例，所述第三消息包括：第一指示信息、所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、第一无线承载的标识信息、无线承载的类型信息和时间提前TA信息中的至少一种，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述装置2400与所述核心网设备保留有数据面连接和/或所述装置2400保留有所述第一状态的终端设备的无线承载，所述第一无线承载的标识信息用于标识所述第二设备能够为所述第一状态的终端设备传输的无线承载，所述无线承载的类型信息用于指示无线承载对应的协议栈在所述装置2400与所述第二设备之间的分配方式，所述TA信息用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备与所述第二设备的上行同步的时间提前的时间信息。
作为一个可选实施例，所述第二消息包括：所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、无线承载的类型信息和所述装置2400请求所述第二设备传输的至少一个无线承载的标识信息中的至少一种，所述无线承载的类型信息用于指示网络设备保留的所述第一状态的终端设备的无线承载对应的协议栈在所述装置2400与所述第二设备的分配方式；和/或，所述第二消息的确认消息包括：所述第二设备能够为所述第一状态的终端设备传输的第一无线承载的标识信息，所述至少一个无线承载的标识信息包括所述第一无线承载的标识信息。
作为一个可选实施例，所述接收模块2401具体用于：接收第一测量报告，所述第一测量报告用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备与所述第二设备的之间的第一信道质量信息；所述确定模块2402具体用于：根据所述第一信道质量信息确定所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
作为一个可选实施例，所述接收模块2401具体用于：接收所述第一状态的终端设备的小区更新消息，所述小区更新消息用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备从所述装置2400覆盖的小区移动到所述第二设备覆盖的小区；所述确定模块2402具体还用于：根据所述 小区更新消息确定所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
作为一个可选实施例，所述接收模块2401具体还用于：接收所述第一状态的终端设备的第一状态转换请求消息，所述第一状态转换请求消息用于向所述第二设备请求所述第一状态的终端设备需要从所述第一状态转换为激活态；所述确定模块2402具体还用于：根据所述第一状态转换请求消息确定所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
作为一个可选实施例，所述第一消息包括：所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、所述第一状态的终端设备所在的当前小区的标识信息、所述第二设备与所述第一状态的终端设备之间的信道质量参数和所述第二设备的资源指示信息中的至少一种，所述第一状态的终端设备所在的当前小区为所述第二设备覆盖的小区。
作为一个可选实施例，所述装置2400为主网络设备AnNR，所述第二设备为辅网络设备AsNR；所述接收模块2401具体用于：接收所述AsNR发送的所述第一消息。
作为一个可选实施例，所述装置2400为主中心单元AnCU，所述第二设备为辅分布单元AsDU，所述AnCU用于控制AnDU，辅中心单元AsCU用于控制所述AsDU，所述接收模块2401具体还用于：接收所述AsDU通过所述AsCU发送的所述第一消息；所述发送模块2403具体用于：通过所述AsCU向所述AsDU发送所述第二消息；所述接收模块2401具体还用于：接收所述AsDU通过所述AsCU发送的所述第二消息的确认消息。
应理解，这里的装置2400以功能模块的形式体现。这里的术语“模块”可以指应用特有集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)、电子电路、用于执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器(例如共享处理器、专有处理器或组处理器等)和存储器、合并逻辑电路和/或其它支持所描述的功能的合适组件。在一个可选例子中，本领域技术人员可以理解，装置2400可以具体为上述实施例中的第一设备，装置2400可以用于执行上述方法400实施例中与第一设备对应的各个流程和/或步骤，为避免重复，在此不再赘述。
图26示出了本申请实施例提供的通信装置2500示意图，该装置2500包括：
确定模块2501，用于确定对终端设备进行第一状态的配置；
发送模块2502，用于向所述终端设备发送第一状态配置信息，以便于所述终端设备根据所述第一状态配置信息进入第一状态，所述第一状态配置信息用于指示所述网络设备与核心网设备保留有数据面连接，所述第一状态配置信息包括测量方式指示信息、所述装置2500为所述终端设备分配的所述第一状态的标识信息、所述装置2500保留的无线承载的标识信息和所述装置2500为所述终端设备分配的无线资源中的至少一种。
作为一个可选实施例，所述装置2500还包括：接收模块，用于接收所述终端设备或所述核心网设备发送所述终端设备的能力信息，所述能力信息包括所述终端设备是否支持第一状态、所述终端设备的标识信息、所述终端设备是否支持上行测量、所述终端设备是否支持下行测量中的至少一种；所述确定模块2501具体用于：根据所述能力信息确定对所述终端设备进行第一状态配置。
作为一个可选实施例，所述发送模块2502还用于：向所述终端设备发送第一状态预设条件；所述接收模块还用于：接收所述终端设备根据所述第一状态预设条件发送的第二状态请求消息，所述二状态转换请求消息用于请求所述终端设备需要从当前状态转换为所 述第一状态；所述确定模块2501具体还用于：根据所述第二状态请求消息确定对所终端设备进行第一状态配置。
应理解，这里的装置2500以功能模块的形式体现。这里的术语“模块”可以指ASIC、电子电路、用于执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器(例如共享处理器、专有处理器或组处理器等)和存储器、合并逻辑电路和/或其它支持所描述的功能的合适组件。在一个可选例子中，本领域技术人员可以理解，装置2500可以具体为上述实施例中的网络设备，装置2500可以用于执行上述方法600实施例中与网络设备对应的各个流程和/或步骤，为避免重复，在此不再赘述。
图27示出了本申请实施例提供的通信装置2600示意图，该装置2600包括：
发送模块2601，用于向第一设备发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于所述第一设备确定所述装置2600为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，所述第一设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的主要的接入网设备，所述第一状态的终端设备不向所述第一设备发送信道状态信息，并且核心网设备与所述第一设备保留所述第一状态的终端设备的数据面连接。
接收模块2602，用于接收所述第一设备根据所述第一消息发送的第二消息，所述第二消息用于请求添加所述装置2600为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
所述发送模块2601还用于：根据所述第二消息向所述第一设备发送所述第二消息发送的确认消息。
作为一个可选实施例，所述发送模块2601还用于：在根据所述第二消息向所述第一设备发送所述第二消息发送的确认消息之后，向所述第一状态的终端设备发送第三消息，所述第三消息用于通知所述第一状态的终端设备所述装置2600为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
作为一个可选实施例，所述第三消息包括：第一指示信息、所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、第一无线承载的标识信息、无线承载的类型信息和时间提前TA信息中的至少一种，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一设备与所述核心网设备保留有数据面连接和/或所述第一设备保留有所述第一状态的终端设备的无线承载，所述第一无线承载的标识信息用于标识所述装置2600能够为所述第一状态的终端设备传输的无线承载，所述无线承载的类型信息用于指示无线承载对应的协议栈在所述第一设备与所述装置2600之间的分配方式，所述TA信息用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备与所述装置2600的上行同步的时间提前的时间信息。
作为一个可选实施例，所述第二消息包括：所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、无线承载的类型信息和所述第一设备请求所述装置2600传输的至少一个无线承载的标识信息中的至少一种，所述无线承载的类型信息用于指示无线承载对应的协议栈在所述第一设备与所述装置2600之间的分配方式。
作为一个可选实施例，所述第二消息的确认消息包括：所述装置2600能够为所述第一状态的终端设备传输的第一无线承载的标识信息，所述至少一个无线承载的标识信息包括所述第一无线承载的标识信息。
作为一个可选实施例，所述发送模块2601具体用于：向所述第一设备发送第一测量报告，所述第一测量报告用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备与所述装置2600的之间的第 一信道质量信息；所述接收模块2602具体用于：接收所述第一设备根据所述第一信道质量信息发送的所述第二消息。
作为一个可选实施例，所述发送模块2601具体还用于：向第一设备发送所述第一状态的终端设备的小区更新消息，所述小区更新消息用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备从所述第一设备覆盖的小区移动到所述装置2600覆盖的小区；所述接收模块2602具体用于：接收所述第一设备根据所述小区更新消息发送的所述第二消息。
作为一个可选实施例，所述发送模块2601具体还用于：向所述第一备发送所述第一状态的终端设备的第一状态转换请求消息，所述第一状态转换请求消息用于向所述装置2600请求所述第一状态的终端设备需要从所述第一状态转换为激活态；所述接收模块2602具体还用于：接收所述第一设备根据所述第一状态转换请求消息发送的所述第二消息。
作为一个可选实施例，所述第一消息包括：所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、所述第一状态的终端设备所在的当前小区的标识信息、所述装置2600与所述第一状态的终端设备之间的信道质量参数和所述装置2600的资源指示信息中的至少一种，所述第一状态的终端设备所在的当前小区为所述装置2600覆盖的小区。
应理解，这里的装置2600以功能模块的形式体现。这里的术语“模块”可以指ASIC、电子电路、用于执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器(例如共享处理器、专有处理器或组处理器等)和存储器、合并逻辑电路和/或其它支持所描述的功能的合适组件。在一个可选例子中，本领域技术人员可以理解，装置2600可以具体为上述实施例中的第二设备，装置2600可以用于执行上述方法400实施例中与第二设备对应的各个流程和/或步骤，为避免重复，在此不再赘述。
图28示出了本申请实施例提供的通信装置2700示意图，该装置2700包括：
接收模块2701，用于接收接收第一消息，所述第一消息用于确定第三设备所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，所述第一状态的终端设备不向所述第一设备发送信道状态信息，并且核心网设备与所述第一设备保留所述第一状态的终端设备的数据面连接。
确定模块2702，用于根据所述第一消息确定所述第三设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
发送模块2703，用于向第一设备发送第二消息，所述第二消息用于请求添加所述第三设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，所述第一设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的主要的接入网设备。
所述接收模块2701还用于：接收所述第一设备根据所述第二消息发送的所述第二消息的确认消息。
应理解，这里的装置2700以功能模块的形式体现。这里的术语“模块”可以指ASIC、电子电路、用于执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器(例如共享处理器、专有处理器或组处理器等)和存储器、合并逻辑电路和/或其它支持所描述的功能的合适组件。在一个可选例子中，本领域技术人员可以理解，装置2700可以具体为上述实施例中的第二设备，装置2700可以用于执行上述方法500实施例中与第二设备对应的各个流程和/或步骤，为避免重复，在此不再赘述。
图29示出了本申请实施例提供的通信装置2800示意图，该装置2800包括：
接收模块2801，用于接收第二设备发送的第二消息，所述第二消息用于请求添加第三设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，所述第一设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的主要的接入网设备。
发送模块2802，用于向所述第二设备发送所述第二消息的确认消息，所述第一状态的终端设备不向所述装置2800发送信道状态信息，并且核心网设备与所述装置2800保留所述第一状态的终端设备的数据面连接。
应理解，这里的装置2800以功能模块的形式体现。这里的术语“模块”可以指ASIC、电子电路、用于执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器(例如共享处理器、专有处理器或组处理器等)和存储器、合并逻辑电路和/或其它支持所描述的功能的合适组件。在一个可选例子中，本领域技术人员可以理解，装置2800可以具体为上述实施例中的第一设备，装置2800可以用于执行上述方法500实施例中与第一设备对应的各个流程和/或步骤，为避免重复，在此不再赘述。
图30示出了本申请实施例提供的通信装置2900示意图，该装置2900包括：
接收模块2901，用于接收网络设备发送的第一状态配置信息，所述第一状态配置信息用于指示所述网络设备与核心网设备保留有数据面连接，所述第一状态配置信息包括测量方式指示信息和所述网络设备为所述装置2900分配的第一状态的标识信息中的至少一种。
处理模块2902，用于根据所述第一状态配置信息进入第一状态，所述第一状态的装置2900不向所述第一设备发送信道状态信息，并且核心网设备与所述第一设备保留所述第一状态的终端设备的数据面连接。
应理解，这里的装置2900以功能模块的形式体现。这里的术语“模块”可以指ASIC、电子电路、用于执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器(例如共享处理器、专有处理器或组处理器等)和存储器、合并逻辑电路和/或其它支持所描述的功能的合适组件。在一个可选例子中，本领域技术人员可以理解，装置2900可以具体为上述实施例中的终端设备，装置2900可以用于执行上述方法600实施例中与终端设备对应的各个流程和/或步骤，为避免重复，在此不再赘述。
图31示出了本申请实施例提供的通信装置3000示意图，该装置3000包括：
发送模块3001：向第二设备发送第四消息，所述第四信息用于所述第二设备发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于确定所述第二设备为所述装置3000的辅助的接入网设备，所述第一设备为装置3000的主要的接入网设备。
接收模块3002，当所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备时，所述第一状态的终端设备接收第三消息，所述第三消息用于通知所述第一状态的终端设备所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
所述发送模块3001还用于：根据所述第三消息发送所述第三消息的确认消息，所述装置3000不向所述第一设备发送信道状态信息，并且核心网设备与所述第一设备保留所述第一状态的终端设备的数据面连接。
应理解，这里的装置3000以功能模块的形式体现。这里的术语“模块”可以指ASIC、电子电路、用于执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器(例如共享处理器、专有处理器 或组处理器等)和存储器、合并逻辑电路和/或其它支持所描述的功能的合适组件。在一个可选例子中，本领域技术人员可以理解，装置3000可以具体为上述实施例中的第一状态的终端设备，装置3000可以用于执行上述方法400和方法500实施例中与第一状态的终端设备对应的各个流程和/或步骤，为避免重复，在此不再赘述。
图32示出了本申请实施例提供的通信装置3100示意图，该装置3100包括：
发送模块3101，用于向第一设备发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于所述第一设备确定所述第二设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，所述第一设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的主要的接入网设备，所述第一状态的终端设备不向所述第一设备发送信道状态信息，并且核心网设备与所述第一设备保留所述第一状态的终端设备的数据面连接。
接收模块3102，用于接收所述第一设备根据所述第一消息发送的第三消息，并向所述第一状态的终端设备发送所述第三消息，所述第三消息用于通知所述第一状态的终端设备所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备；
所述接收模块3102还用于，接收所述第一状态的终端设备发送的所述第三消息的确认消息，并向所述第一设备发送所述第三消息的确认消息。
应理解，这里的装置3100以功能模块的形式体现。这里的术语“模块”可以指ASIC、电子电路、用于执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器(例如共享处理器、专有处理器或组处理器等)和存储器、合并逻辑电路和/或其它支持所描述的功能的合适组件。在一个可选例子中，本领域技术人员可以理解，装置3100可以具体为上述实施例中的第四设备，装置3100可以用于执行上述方法400和方法500实施例中与第四设备对应的各个流程和/或步骤，为避免重复，在此不再赘述。
图33示出了本申请实施例提供的通信装置3200示意图，该装置3200包括：
接收模块3201，用于接收第二设备发送的第一消息，所述第一消息用于所述第一设备确定所述第二设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，所述第一设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的主要的接入网设备，所述第一状态的终端设备不向所述第一设备发送信道状态信息，并且核心网设备与所述第一设备保留所述第一状态的终端设备的数据面连接。
发送模块3202，用于向第一设备发送所述第一消息。
所述接收模块3201还用于：接收所述第一设备根据所述第一消息发送的第二消息，所述第二消息用于请求添加所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
所述发送模块3202还用于：向所述第二设备发送所述第二消息。
可选地，所述接收模块3201还用于：接收所述第二设备发送的所述第二消息的确认消息，所述发送模块3202还用于：向所述第一设备发送所述第二消息的确认消息。
应理解，这里的装置3200以功能模块的形式体现。这里的术语“模块”可以指ASIC、电子电路、用于执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器(例如共享处理器、专有处理器或组处理器等)和存储器、合并逻辑电路和/或其它支持所描述的功能的合适组件。在一个可选例子中，本领域技术人员可以理解，装置3200可以具体为上述实施例中的第六设备，装置3200可以用于执行上述方法400实施例中与第六设备对应的各个流程和/或步骤，为避免重复，在此不再赘述。
图34示出了本申请实施例提供的通信装置3300。该装置3300包括处理器3301、收发器3302、存储器3303和总线系统3304。其中，处理器3301、收发器3302和存储器3303通过总线系统3304相连，该存储器3303用于存储指令，该处理器3301用于执行该存储器3303存储的指令，以控制该收发器3302发送信号和/或接收信号。
其中，所述收发器3302用于接收第一消息，所述装置3300为第一状态的终端设备的主要的接入网设备，所述第一状态的终端设备不向所述装置3300发送信道状态信息，并且核心网设备与所述装置3300保留所述第一状态的终端设备的数据面连接。所述处理器3301用于根据所述第一消息确定第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。所述收发器3302还用于：向所述第二设备发送第二消息，所述第二消息用于请求添加所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备；接收所述第二设备根据所述第二消息发送的所述第二消息的确认消息。
作为一个可选实施例，所述收发器3302还用于：在接收所述第二设备根据所述第二消息发送的所述第二消息的确认消息之后，向所述第一状态的终端设备发送第三消息，所述第三消息用于通知所述第一状态的终端设备所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
作为一个可选实施例，所述第三消息包括：第一指示信息、所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、第一无线承载的标识信息、无线承载的类型信息和时间提前TA信息中的至少一种，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述装置3300与所述核心网设备保留有数据面连接和/或所述装置3300保留有所述第一状态的终端设备的无线承载，所述第一无线承载的标识信息用于标识所述第二设备能够为所述第一状态的终端设备传输的无线承载，所述无线承载的类型信息用于指示无线承载对应的协议栈在所述装置3300与所述第二设备之间的分配方式，所述TA信息用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备与所述第二设备的上行同步的时间提前的时间信息。
作为一个可选实施例，所述第二消息包括：所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、无线承载的类型信息和所述装置3300请求所述第二设备传输的至少一个无线承载的标识信息中的至少一种，所述无线承载的类型信息用于指示网络设备保留的所述第一状态的终端设备的无线承载对应的协议栈在所述装置3300与所述第二设备的分配方式；和/或，所述第二消息的确认消息包括：所述第二设备能够为所述第一状态的终端设备传输的第一无线承载的标识信息，所述至少一个无线承载的标识信息包括所述第一无线承载的标识信息。
作为一个可选实施例，所述收发器3302具体用于：接收第一测量报告，所述第一测量报告用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备与所述第二设备的之间的第一信道质量信息；所述处理器3301具体用于：根据所述第一信道质量信息确定所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
作为一个可选实施例，所述收发器3302具体还用于：接收所述第一状态的终端设备的小区更新消息，所述小区更新消息用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备从所述装置3300覆盖的小区移动到所述第二设备覆盖的小区；所述处理器3301具体还用于：根据所述小区更新消息确定所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
作为一个可选实施例，所述收发器3302具体还用于：接收所述第一状态的终端设备的第一状态转换请求消息，所述第一状态转换请求消息用于向所述第二设备请求所述第一 状态的终端设备需要从所述第一状态转换为激活态；所述处理器3301具体还用于：根据所述第一状态转换请求消息确定所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
作为一个可选实施例，所述第一消息包括：所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、所述第一状态的终端设备所在的当前小区的标识信息、所述第二设备与所述第一状态的终端设备之间的信道质量参数和所述第二设备的资源指示信息中的至少一种，所述第一状态的终端设备所在的当前小区为所述第二设备覆盖的小区。
作为一个可选实施例，所述装置3300为主网络设备AnNR，所述第二设备为辅网络设备AsNR；所述接收模块具体用于：接收所述AsNR发送的所述第一消息。
作为一个可选实施例，所述装置3300为主中心单元AnCU，所述第二设备为辅分布单元AsDU，所述AnCU用于控制AnDU，辅中心单元AsCU用于控制所述AsDU，所述收发器3302具体还用于：接收所述AsDU通过所述AsCU发送的所述第一消息；通过所述AsCU向所述AsDU发送所述第二消息；接收所述AsDU通过所述AsCU发送的所述第二消息的确认消息。
应理解，装置3300可以具体为上述方法400中的第一设备，并且可以用于执行上述方法400中与第一设备对应的各个步骤和/或流程。可选地，该存储器3303可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器，并向处理器提供指令和数据。存储器的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。例如，存储器还可以存储设备类型的信息。该处理器3301可以用于执行存储器中存储的指令，并且当该处理器3301执行存储器中3303存储的指令时，该处理器3301用于执行上述方法400中与该第一设备对应的实施例的各个步骤和/或流程。
图35示出了本申请实施例提供的通信装置3400。该装置3400包括处理器3401、收发器3402、存储器3403和总线系统3404。其中，处理器3401、收发器3402和存储器3403通过总线系统3404相连，该存储器3403用于存储指令，该处理器3401用于执行该存储器3403存储的指令，以控制该收发器3402发送信号和/或接收信号。
其中，所述处理器3401用于确定对终端设备进行第一状态的配置。所述收发器3402用于向所述终端设备发送第一状态配置信息，以便于所述终端设备根据所述第一状态配置信息进入第一状态，所述第一状态配置信息用于指示所述网络设备与核心网设备保留有数据面连接，所述第一状态配置信息包括测量方式指示信息、所述装置3400为所述终端设备分配的所述第一状态的标识信息、所述装置3400保留的无线承载的标识信息和所述装置3400为所述终端设备分配的无线资源中的至少一种。
作为一个可选实施例，所述收发器3402还用于：接收所述终端设备或所述核心网设备发送所述终端设备的能力信息，所述能力信息包括所述终端设备是否支持第一状态、所述终端设备的标识信息、所述终端设备是否支持上行测量、所述终端设备是否支持下行测量中的至少一种。所述处理器3401具体用于：根据所述能力信息确定对所述终端设备进行第一状态配置。
作为一个可选实施例，所述收发器3402还用于：向所述终端设备发送第一状态预设条件；接收所述终端设备根据所述第一状态预设条件发送的第二状态请求消息，所述二状态转换请求消息用于请求所述终端设备需要从当前状态转换为所述第一状态。所述处理器3401具体还用于：根据所述第二状态请求消息确定对所终端设备进行第一状态配置。
应理解，装置3400可以具体为上述方法600中的网络设备，并且可以用于执行上述方法600中与网络设备对应的各个步骤和/或流程。可选地，该存储器3403可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器，并向处理器提供指令和数据。存储器的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。例如，存储器还可以存储设备类型的信息。该处理器3401可以用于执行存储器中存储的指令，并且当该处理器3401执行存储器中3403存储的指令时，该处理器3401用于执行上述与该网络设备对应的方法600的各个步骤和/或流程。
图36示出了本申请实施例提供的通信装置3500。该装置3500包括处理器3501、收发器3502、存储器3503和总线系统3504。其中，处理器3501、收发器3502和存储器3503通过总线系统3504相连，该存储器3503用于存储指令，该处理器3501用于执行该存储器3503存储的指令，以控制该收发器3502发送信号和/或接收信号。
其中，所述收发器3502用于：向第一设备发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于所述第一设备确定所述装置3500为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，所述第一设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的主要的接入网设备，所述第一状态的终端设备不向所述第一设备发送信道状态信息，并且核心网设备与所述第一设备保留所述第一状态的终端设备的数据面连接。接收所述第一设备根据所述第一消息发送的第二消息，所述第二消息用于请求添加所述装置3500为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。根据所述第二消息向所述第一设备发送所述第二消息发送的确认消息。
作为一个可选实施例，所述收发器3502还用于：在根据所述第二消息向所述第一设备发送所述第二消息发送的确认消息之后，向所述第一状态的终端设备发送第三消息，所述第三消息用于通知所述第一状态的终端设备所述装置3500为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
作为一个可选实施例，所述第三消息包括：第一指示信息、所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、第一无线承载的标识信息、无线承载的类型信息和时间提前TA信息中的至少一种，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一设备与所述核心网设备保留有数据面连接和/或所述第一设备保留有所述第一状态的终端设备的无线承载，所述第一无线承载的标识信息用于标识所述装置3500能够为所述第一状态的终端设备传输的无线承载，所述无线承载的类型信息用于指示无线承载对应的协议栈在所述第一设备与所述装置3500之间的分配方式，所述TA信息用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备与所述装置3500的上行同步的时间提前的时间信息。
作为一个可选实施例，所述第二消息包括：所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、无线承载的类型信息和所述第一设备请求所述装置3500传输的至少一个无线承载的标识信息中的至少一种，所述无线承载的类型信息用于指示无线承载对应的协议栈在所述第一设备与所述装置3500之间的分配方式。
作为一个可选实施例，所述第二消息的确认消息包括：所述装置3500能够为所述第一状态的终端设备传输的第一无线承载的标识信息，所述至少一个无线承载的标识信息包括所述第一无线承载的标识信息。
作为一个可选实施例，所述收发器3502具体用于：向所述第一设备发送第一测量报告，所述第一测量报告用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备与所述装置3500的之间的第一信道质量信息。接收所述第一设备根据所述第一信道质量信息发送的所述第二消息。
作为一个可选实施例，所述收发器3502具体还用于：向第一设备发送所述第一状态的终端设备的小区更新消息，所述小区更新消息用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备从所述第一设备覆盖的小区移动到所述装置3500覆盖的小区；接收所述第一设备根据所述小区更新消息发送的所述第二消息。
作为一个可选实施例，所述收发器3502具体还用于：向所述第一备发送所述第一状态的终端设备的第一状态转换请求消息，所述第一状态转换请求消息用于向所述装置3500请求所述第一状态的终端设备需要从所述第一状态转换为激活态；接收所述第一设备根据所述第一状态转换请求消息发送的所述第二消息。
作为一个可选实施例，所述第一消息包括：所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、所述第一状态的终端设备所在的当前小区的标识信息、所述装置3500与所述第一状态的终端设备之间的信道质量参数和所述装置3500的资源指示信息中的至少一种，所述第一状态的终端设备所在的当前小区为所述装置3500覆盖的小区。
应理解，装置3500可以具体为上述方法400中的第二设备，并且可以用于执行上述方法400中与第二设备对应的各个步骤和/或流程。可选地，该存储器3503可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器，并向处理器提供指令和数据。存储器的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。例如，存储器还可以存储设备类型的信息。该处理器3501可以用于执行存储器中存储的指令，并且当该处理器3501执行存储器中3503存储的指令时，该处理器3501用于执行上述与该第二设备对应的方法400中的各个步骤和/或流程。
图37示出了本申请实施例提供的通信装置3600。该装置3600包括处理器3601、收发器3602、存储器3603和总线系统3604。其中，处理器3601、收发器3602和存储器3603通过总线系统3604相连，该存储器3603用于存储指令，该处理器3601用于执行该存储器3603存储的指令，以控制该收发器3602发送信号和/或接收信号。
其中，所述收发器3602用于接收接收第一消息，所述第一消息用于确定第三设备所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，所述第一状态的终端设备不向所述第一设备发送信道状态信息，并且核心网设备与所述第一设备保留所述第一状态的终端设备的数据面连接。所述处理器3601用于根据所述第一消息确定所述第三设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。所述收发器3602还用于向第一设备发送第二消息，所述第二消息用于请求添加所述第三设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，所述第一设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的主要的接入网设备。所述收发器3602还用于接收所述第一设备根据所述第二消息发送的所述第二消息的确认消息。
应理解，装置3600可以具体为上述方法500中的第二设备，并且可以用于执行上述方法500中与第二设备对应的各个步骤和/或流程。可选地，该存储器3603可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器，并向处理器提供指令和数据。存储器的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。例如，存储器还可以存储设备类型的信息。该处理器3601可以用于执行存储器中存储的指令，并且当该处理器3601执行存储器中3603存储的指令时，该处理器3601用于执行上述与该第二设备对应的方法500中的各个步骤和/或流程。
图38示出了本申请实施例提供的通信装置3700。该装置3700包括处理器3701、收发器3702、存储器3703和总线系统3704。其中，处理器3701、收发器3702和存储器3703通过总线系统3704相连，该存储器3703用于存储指令，该处理器3701用于执行该存储 器3703存储的指令，以控制该收发器3702发送信号和/或接收信号。
其中，所述收发器3702用于：接收第二设备发送的第二消息，所述第二消息用于请求添加第三设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，所述第一设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的主要的接入网设备；向所述第二设备发送所述第二消息的确认消息，所述第一状态的终端设备不向所述装置3700发送信道状态信息，并且核心网设备与所述装置3700保留所述第一状态的终端设备的数据面连接。
应理解，装置3700可以具体为上述方法500中的第一设备，并且可以用于执行上述方法500中与第一设备对应的各个步骤和/或流程。可选地，该存储器3703可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器，并向处理器提供指令和数据。存储器的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。例如，存储器还可以存储设备类型的信息。该处理器3701可以用于执行存储器中存储的指令，并且当该处理器3701执行存储器中3703存储的指令时，该处理器3701用于执行上述与该第一设备对应的方法500中的各个步骤和/或流程。
图39示出了本申请实施例提供的通信装置3800。该装置3800包括处理器3801、收发器3802、存储器3803和总线系统3804。其中，处理器3801、收发器3802和存储器3803通过总线系统3804相连，该存储器3803用于存储指令，该处理器3801用于执行该存储器3803存储的指令，以控制该收发器3802发送信号和/或接收信号。
其中，所述收发器3802用于用于接收网络设备发送的第一状态配置信息，所述第一状态配置信息用于指示所述网络设备与核心网设备保留有数据面连接，所述第一状态配置信息包括测量方式指示信息和所述网络设备为所述装置3800分配的第一状态的标识信息中的至少一种。所述处理器3801用于用于根据所述第一状态配置信息进入第一状态，所述第一状态的装置3800不向所述第一设备发送信道状态信息，并且核心网设备与所述第一设备保留所述第一状态的终端设备的数据面连接。
应理解，装置3800可以具体为上述方法600中的终端设备，并且可以用于执行上述方法600中与终端设备对应的各个步骤和/或流程。可选地，该存储器3803可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器，并向处理器提供指令和数据。存储器的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。例如，存储器还可以存储设备类型的信息。该处理器3801可以用于执行存储器中存储的指令，并且当该处理器3801执行存储器中3803存储的指令时，该处理器3801用于执行上述与该终端设备对应的方法600中的各个步骤和/或流程。
图40示出了本申请实施例提供的通信装置3900。该装置3900包括处理器3901、收发器3902、存储器3903和总线系统3904。其中，处理器3901、收发器3902和存储器3903通过总线系统3904相连，该存储器3903用于存储指令，该处理器3901用于执行该存储器3903存储的指令，以控制该收发器3902发送信号和/或接收信号。
其中，所述收发器3902用于向第二设备发送第四消息，所述第四信息用于所述第二设备发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于确定所述第二设备为所述装置3900的辅助的接入网设备，所述第一设备为装置3900的主要的接入网设备。当所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备时，所述第一状态的终端设备接收第三消息，所述第三消息用于通知所述第一状态的终端设备所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。根据所述第三消息发送所述第三消息的确认消息，所述装置3900不向所述第一设备发送信道状态信息，并且核心网设备与所述第一设备保留所述第一状态的终端 设备的数据面连接。
应理解，装置3900可以具体为上述方法400和方法500中的第一状态的终端设备，并且可以用于执行上述方法400和方法500中与第一状态的终端设备对应的各个步骤和/或流程。可选地，该存储器3903可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器，并向处理器提供指令和数据。存储器的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。例如，存储器还可以存储设备类型的信息。该处理器3901可以用于执行存储器中存储的指令，并且当该处理器3901执行存储器中3903存储的指令时，该处理器3901用于执行上述与该第一状态的终端设备对应的方法400和方法500中的各个步骤和/或流程。
图41示出了本申请实施例提供的通信装置4000。该装置4000包括处理器4001、收发器4002、存储器4003和总线系统4004。其中，处理器4001、收发器4002和存储器4003通过总线系统4004相连，该存储器4003用于存储指令，该处理器4001用于执行该存储器4003存储的指令，以控制该收发器4002发送信号和/或接收信号。
其中，所述收发器4002用于向第一设备发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于所述第一设备确定所述第二设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，所述第一设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的主要的接入网设备，所述第一状态的终端设备不向所述第一设备发送信道状态信息，并且核心网设备与所述第一设备保留所述第一状态的终端设备的数据面连接。接收所述第一设备根据所述第一消息发送的第三消息，并向所述第一状态的终端设备发送所述第三消息，所述第三消息用于通知所述第一状态的终端设备所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。接收所述第一状态的终端设备发送的所述第三消息的确认消息，并向所述第一设备发送所述第三消息的确认消息。
应理解，装置4000可以具体为上述方法400和方法500中的第四设备，并且可以用于执行上述方法400和方法500中与第四设备对应的各个步骤和/或流程。可选地，该存储器4003可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器，并向处理器提供指令和数据。存储器的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。例如，存储器还可以存储设备类型的信息。该处理器4001可以用于执行存储器中存储的指令，并且当该处理器4001执行存储器中4003存储的指令时，该处理器4001用于执行上述与该第四设备对应的方法600中的各个步骤和/或流程。
图42示出了本申请实施例提供的通信装置4100。该装置4100包括处理器4101、收发器4102、存储器4103和总线系统4104。其中，处理器4101、收发器4102和存储器4103通过总线系统4104相连，该存储器4103用于存储指令，该处理器4101用于执行该存储器4103存储的指令，以控制该收发器4102发送信号和/或接收信号。
其中，所述收发器4102用于向第一设备发送所述第一消息；接收所述第一设备根据所述第一消息发送的第二消息，所述第二消息用于请求添加所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备；向所述第二设备发送所述第二消息。
应理解，装置4100可以具体为上述方法400中的第六设备，并且可以用于执行上述方法400中与第六设备对应的各个步骤和/或流程。可选地，该存储器4103可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器，并向处理器提供指令和数据。存储器的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。例如，存储器还可以存储设备类型的信息。该处理器4101可以用于执行存储器中存储的指令，并且当该处理器4101执行存储器中4103存储的指令时，该 处理器4101用于执行上述与该第六设备对应的方法400中的各个步骤和/或流程。应理解，在本申请实施例中，处理器可以是中央处理单元(central processing unit，CPU)，处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。
在实现过程中，上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成，或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器，处理器执行存储器中的指令，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复，这里不再详细描述。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例中描述的各方法步骤和单元，能够以电子硬件、计算机软件或者二者的结合来实现，为了清楚地说明硬件和软件的可互换性，在上述说明中已经按照功能一般性地描述了各实施例的步骤及组成。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。本领域普通技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为了描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的系统、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另外，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口、装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，也可以是电的，机械的或其它的形式连接。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本申请实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以是两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分，或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存 储程序代码的介质。
以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到各种等效的修改或替换，这些修改或替换都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应以权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (40)

  1. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    第一设备接收第一消息，所述第一设备为第一状态的终端设备的主要的接入网设备，所述第一状态的终端设备不向所述第一设备发送信道状态信息，并且核心网设备与所述第一设备保留所述第一状态的终端设备的数据面连接；
    所述第一设备根据所述第一消息确定第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备；
    所述第一设备向所述第二设备发送第二消息，所述第二消息用于请求添加所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备；
    所述第一设备接收所述第二设备根据所述第二消息发送的所述第二消息的确认消息。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一设备接收所述第二设备根据所述第二消息发送的所述第二消息的确认消息之后，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一设备向所述第一状态的终端设备发送第三消息，所述第三消息用于通知所述第一状态的终端设备所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第三消息包括：
    第一指示信息、所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、第一无线承载的标识信息、无线承载的类型信息和时间提前TA信息中的至少一种，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一设备与所述核心网设备保留有数据面连接和/或所述第一设备保留有所述第一状态的终端设备的无线承载，所述第一无线承载的标识信息用于标识所述第二设备能够为所述第一状态的终端设备传输的无线承载，所述无线承载的类型信息用于指示无线承载对应的协议栈在所述第一设备与所述第二设备之间的分配方式，所述TA信息用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备与所述第二设备的上行同步的时间提前的时间信息。
  4. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二消息包括：
    所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、无线承载的类型信息和所述第一设备请求所述第二设备传输的至少一个无线承载的标识信息中的至少一种，所述无线承载的类型信息用于指示无线承载对应的协议栈在所述第一设备与所述第二设备之间的分配方式；和/或
    所述第二消息的确认消息包括：所述第二设备能够为所述第一状态的终端设备传输的第一无线承载的标识信息，所述至少一个无线承载的标识信息包括所述第一无线承载的标识信息。
  5. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一设备接收第一消息，包括：
    所述第一设备接收第一测量报告，所述第一测量报告用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备与所述第二设备的之间的第一信道质量信息；
    其中，所述第一设备根据所述第一消息确定所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，包括：
    所述第一设备根据所述第一信道质量信息确定所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
  6. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一设备接收第一消息，包括:
    所述第一设备接收所述第一状态的终端设备的小区更新消息，所述小区更新消息用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备从所述第一设备覆盖的小区移动到所述第二设备覆盖的小区；
    其中，所述第一设备根据所述第一消息确定所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，包括：
    所述第一设备根据所述小区更新消息确定所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
  7. 根据权利要求1至4中的任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一设备接收第一消息，包括：
    所述第一设备接收所述第一状态的终端设备的第一状态转换请求消息，所述第一状态转换请求消息用于向所述第二设备请求所述第一状态的终端设备需要从所述第一状态转换为激活态；
    其中，所述第一设备根据所述第一消息确定所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，包括：
    所述第一设备根据所述第一状态转换请求消息确定所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
  8. 根据权利要求1至7中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一消息包括：
    所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、所述第一状态的终端设备所在的当前小区的标识信息、所述第二设备与所述第一状态的终端设备之间的信道质量参数和所述第二设备的资源指示信息中的至少一种，所述第一状态的终端设备所在的当前小区为所述第二设备覆盖的小区。
  9. 根据权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一设备为主网络设备AnNR，所述第二设备为辅网络设备AsNR；
    其中，所述第一设备接收第一消息，包括：
    所述AnNR接收所述AsNR发送的所述第一消息。
  10. 根据权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一设备为主中心单元AnCU，所述第二设备为辅分布单元AsDU，所述AnCU用于控制AnDU，辅中心单元AsCU用于控制所述AsDU,
    其中，所述第一设备接收第一消息，包括：
    所述AnCU接收所述AsDU通过所述AsCU发送的所述第一消息；
    所述第一设备向所述第二设备发送第二消息，包括：
    所述AnCU通过所述AsCU向所述AsDU发送所述第二消息；
    所述第一设备接收所述第二设备发送的所述第二消息的确认消息，包括:
    所述AnCU接收所述AsDU通过所述AsCU发送的所述第二消息的确认消息。
  11. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    网络设备确定对终端设备进行第一状态的配置；
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一状态配置信息，以便于所述终端设备根据所述 第一状态配置信息进入第一状态，所述第一状态配置信息用于指示所述网络设备与核心网设备保留有数据面连接，所述第一状态配置信息包括测量方式指示信息、所述网络设备为所述终端设备分配的所述第一状态的标识信息、所述网络设备保留的无线承载的标识信息和所述网络设备为所述终端设备分配的无线资源中的至少一种。
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法，其特征在于，所述网络设备确定对终端设备进行第一状态配置，包括：
    所述网络设备接收所述终端设备或所述核心网设备发送所述终端设备的能力信息，所述能力信息包括所述终端设备是否支持第一状态、所述终端设备的标识信息、所述终端设备是否支持上行测量、所述终端设备是否支持下行测量中的至少一种；
    所述网络设备根据所述能力信息确定对所述终端设备进行第一状态配置；或
    所述网络设备确定对终端设备进行第一状态配置，包括：
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一状态预设条件；
    所述网络设备接收所述终端设备根据所述第一状态预设条件发送的第二状态请求消息，所述二状态转换请求消息用于请求所述终端设备需要从当前状态转换为所述第一状态；
    所述网络设备根据所述第二状态请求消息确定对所终端设备进行第一状态配置。
  13. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    第二设备向第一设备发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于所述第一设备确定所述第二设备为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，所述第一设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的主要的接入网设备，所述第一状态的终端设备不向所述第一设备发送信道状态信息，并且核心网设备与所述第一设备保留所述第一状态的终端设备的数据面连接；
    所述第二设备接收所述第一设备根据所述第一消息发送的第二消息，所述第二消息用于请求添加所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备；
    所述第二设备根据所述第二消息向所述第一设备发送所述第二消息发送的确认消息。
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第二设备根据所述第二消息向所述第一设备发送所述第二消息发送的确认消息之后，所述方法还包括：
    所述第二设备向所述第一状态的终端设备发送第三消息，所述第三消息用于通知所述第一状态的终端设备所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第三消息包括：
    第一指示信息、所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、第一无线承载的标识信息、无线承载的类型信息和时间提前TA信息中的至少一种，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一设备与所述核心网设备保留有数据面连接和/或所述第一设备保留有所述第一状态的终端设备的无线承载，所述第一无线承载的标识信息用于标识所述第二设备能够为所述第一状态的终端设备传输的无线承载，所述无线承载的类型信息用于指示无线承载对应的协议栈在所述第一设备与所述第二设备之间的分配方式，所述TA信息用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备与所述第二设备的上行同步的时间提前的时间信息。
  16. 根据权利要求13至15中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二消息包括：
    所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、无线承载的类型信息和所述第一设备请求所述第二设备传输的至少一个无线承载的标识信息中的至少一种，所述无线承载的类型信息用 于指示无线承载对应的协议栈在所述第一设备与所述第二设备之间的分配方式；和/或
    所述第二消息的确认消息包括：所述第二设备能够为所述第一状态的终端设备传输的第一无线承载的标识信息，所述至少一个无线承载的标识信息包括所述第一无线承载的标识信息。
  17. 根据权利要求13至16中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二设备向第一设备发送第一消息，包括:
    所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送第一测量报告，所述第一测量报告用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备与所述第二设备的之间的第一信道质量信息；
    其中，所述第二设备接收所述第一设备根据所述第一消息发送的第二消息，包括：
    所述第二设备接收所述第一设备根据所述第一信道质量信息发送的所述第二消息。
  18. 根据权利要求13至16中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二设备向第一设备发送第一消息，包括:
    所述第二设备向第一设备发送所述第一状态的终端设备的小区更新消息，所述小区更新消息用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备从所述第一设备覆盖的小区移动到所述第二设备覆盖的小区；
    其中，所述第二设备接收所述第一设备根据所述第一消息发送的第二消息，包括：
    所述第二设备接收所述第一设备根据所述小区更新消息发送的所述第二消息。
  19. 根据权利要求13至16中的任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二设备向第一设备发送第一消息，包括：
    所述第二设备向所述第一备发送所述第一状态的终端设备的第一状态转换请求消息，所述第一状态转换请求消息用于向所述第二设备请求所述第一状态的终端设备需要从所述第一状态转换为激活态；
    其中，所述第二设备接收所述第一设备根据所述第一消息发送的第二消息，包括：
    所述第二设备接收所述第一设备根据所述第一状态转换请求消息发送的所述第二消息。
  20. 根据权利要求13至19中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一消息包括：
    所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、所述第一状态的终端设备所在的当前小区的标识信息、所述第二设备与所述第一状态的终端设备之间的信道质量参数和所述第二设备的资源指示信息中的至少一种，所述第一状态的终端设备所在的当前小区为所述第二设备覆盖的小区。
  21. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述装置包括：
    收发器，用于接收第一消息，所述装置为第一状态的终端设备的主要的接入网设备，所述第一状态的终端设备不向所述装置发送信道状态信息，并且核心网设备与所述装置保留所述第一状态的终端设备的数据面连接；
    处理器，与所述收发器相连，用于根据所述第一消息确定第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备；
    所述收发器还用于向所述第二设备发送第二消息，所述第二消息用于请求添加所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备；所述收发器接收所述第二设备根据所述第二消息发送的所述第二消息的确认消息。
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的装置，其特征在于，所述收发器还用于：
    在接收所述第二设备根据所述第二消息发送的所述第二消息的确认消息之后，向所述第一状态的终端设备发送第三消息，所述第三消息用于通知所述第一状态的终端设备所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第三消息包括：
    第一指示信息、所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、第一无线承载的标识信息、无线承载的类型信息和时间提前TA信息中的至少一种，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述装置与所述核心网设备保留有数据面连接和/或所述装置保留有所述第一状态的终端设备的无线承载，所述第一无线承载的标识信息用于标识所述第二设备能够为所述第一状态的终端设备传输的无线承载，所述无线承载的类型信息用于指示无线承载对应的协议栈在所述装置与所述第二设备之间的分配方式，所述TA信息用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备与所述第二设备的上行同步的时间提前的时间信息。
  24. 根据权利要求21至23中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第二消息包括：
    所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、无线承载的类型信息和所述装置请求所述第二设备传输的至少一个无线承载的标识信息中的至少一种，所述无线承载的类型信息用于指示网络设备保留的所述第一状态的终端设备的无线承载对应的协议栈在所述装置与所述第二设备的分配方式；和/或
    所述第二消息的确认消息包括：所述第二设备能够为所述第一状态的终端设备传输的第一无线承载的标识信息，所述至少一个无线承载的标识信息包括所述第一无线承载的标识信息。
  25. 根据权利要求21至24中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述收发器具体用于：
    接收第一测量报告，所述第一测量报告用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备与所述第二设备的之间的第一信道质量信息；
    所述处理器具体用于：
    根据所述第一信道质量信息确定所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
  26. 根据权利要求21至24中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述收发器具体还用于：
    接收所述第一状态的终端设备的小区更新消息，所述小区更新消息用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备从所述装置覆盖的小区移动到所述第二设备覆盖的小区；
    所述处理器具体还用于：
    根据所述小区更新消息确定所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
  27. 根据权利要求21至24中的任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述收发器具体还用于：
    接收所述第一状态的终端设备的第一状态转换请求消息，所述第一状态转换请求消息用于向所述第二设备请求所述第一状态的终端设备需要从所述第一状态转换为激活态；
    所述处理器具体还用于：
    根据所述第一状态转换请求消息确定所述第二设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅 助的接入网设备。
  28. 根据权利要求21至27中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一消息包括：
    所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、所述第一状态的终端设备所在的当前小区的标识信息、所述第二设备与所述第一状态的终端设备之间的信道质量参数和所述第二设备的资源指示信息中的至少一种，所述第一状态的终端设备所在的当前小区为所述第二设备覆盖的小区。
  29. 根据权利要求21至28中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述装置为主网络设备AnNR，所述第二设备为辅网络设备AsNR；
    所述收发器具体还用于：接收所述AsNR发送的所述第一消息。
  30. 根据权利要求21至28中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述装置为主中心单元AnCU，所述第二设备为辅分布单元AsDU，所述AnCU用于控制AnDU，辅中心单元AsCU用于控制所述AsDU,
    所述收发器具体还用于：接收所述AsDU通过所述AsCU发送的所述第一消息；通过所述AsCU向所述AsDU发送所述第二消息；接收所述AsDU通过所述AsCU发送的所述第二消息的确认消息。
  31. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述装置包括：
    处理器，用于确定对终端设备进行第一状态的配置；
    收发器，与所述处理器相连，用于向所述终端设备发送第一状态配置信息，以便于所述终端设备根据所述第一状态配置信息进入第一状态，所述第一状态配置信息用于指示所述网络设备与核心网设备保留有数据面连接，所述第一状态配置信息包括测量方式指示信息、所述装置为所述终端设备分配的所述第一状态的标识信息、所述装置保留的无线承载的标识信息和所述装置为所述终端设备分配的无线资源中的至少一种。
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的装置，其特征在于，所述收发器还用于：
    接收所述终端设备或所述核心网设备发送所述终端设备的能力信息，所述能力信息包括所述终端设备是否支持第一状态、所述终端设备的标识信息、所述终端设备是否支持上行测量、所述终端设备是否支持下行测量中的至少一种；
    所述处理器具体用于：根据所述能力信息确定对所述终端设备进行第一状态配置；或
    所述收发器还用于：向所述终端设备发送第一状态预设条件；接收所述终端设备根据所述第一状态预设条件发送的第二状态请求消息，所述二状态转换请求消息用于请求所述终端设备需要从当前状态转换为所述第一状态；
    所述处理器具体还用于：根据所述第二状态请求消息确定对所终端设备进行第一状态配置。
  33. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述装置包括：
    收发器，用于向第一设备发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于所述第一设备确定所述装置为第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备，所述第一设备为所述第一状态的终端设备的主要的接入网设备，所述第一状态的终端设备不向所述第一设备发送信道状态信息，并且核心网设备与所述第一设备保留所述第一状态的终端设备的数据面连接；
    所述收发器还用于接收所述第一设备根据所述第一消息发送的第二消息，所述第二消息用于请求添加所述装置为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备；根据所述第二 消息向所述第一设备发送所述第二消息发送的确认消息。
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的装置，其特征在于，所述收发器还用于：
    在所述装置根据所述第二消息向所述第一设备发送所述第二消息发送的确认消息之后，向所述第一状态的终端设备发送第三消息，所述第三消息用于通知所述第一状态的终端设备所述装置为所述第一状态的终端设备的辅助的接入网设备。
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第三消息包括：
    第一指示信息、所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、第一无线承载的标识信息、无线承载的类型信息和时间提前TA信息中的至少一种，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一设备与所述核心网设备保留有数据面连接和/或所述第一设备保留有所述第一状态的终端设备的无线承载，所述第一无线承载的标识信息用于标识所述装置能够为所述第一状态的终端设备传输的无线承载，所述无线承载的类型信息用于指示无线承载对应的协议栈在所述第一设备与所述装置之间的分配方式，所述TA信息用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备与所述装置的上行同步的时间提前的时间信息。
  36. 根据权利要求33至35中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第二消息包括：
    所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、无线承载的类型信息和所述第一设备请求所述装置传输的至少一个无线承载的标识信息中的至少一种，所述无线承载的类型信息用于指示无线承载对应的协议栈在所述第一设备与所述装置之间的分配方式；和/或
    所述第二消息的确认消息包括：所述装置能够为所述第一状态的终端设备传输的第一无线承载的标识信息，所述至少一个无线承载的标识信息包括所述第一无线承载的标识信息。
  37. 根据权利要求33至36中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述收发器具体用于:
    向所述第一设备发送第一测量报告，所述第一测量报告用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备与所述装置的之间的第一信道质量信息；接收所述第一设备根据所述第一信道质量信息发送的所述第二消息。
  38. 根据权利要求33至36中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述收发器具体还用于:
    向第一设备发送所述第一状态的终端设备的小区更新消息，所述小区更新消息用于指示所述第一状态的终端设备从所述第一设备覆盖的小区移动到所述装置覆盖的小区；接收所述第一设备根据所述小区更新消息发送的所述第二消息。
  39. 根据权利要求33至36中的任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述收发器具体还用于:
    向所述第一备发送所述第一状态的终端设备的第一状态转换请求消息，所述第一状态转换请求消息用于向所述装置请求所述第一状态的终端设备需要从所述第一状态转换为激活态；接收所述第一设备根据所述第一状态转换请求消息发送的所述第二消息。
  40. 根据权利要求33至39中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一消息包括：
    所述第一状态的终端设备的标识信息、所述第一状态的终端设备所在的当前小区的标识信息、所述装置与所述第一状态的终端设备之间的信道质量参数和所述装置的资源指示信息中的至少一种，所述第一状态的终端设备所在的当前小区为所述装置覆盖的小区。
PCT/CN2017/095171 2016-08-11 2017-07-31 通信方法和装置 Ceased WO2018028452A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020197007022A KR102214428B1 (ko) 2016-08-11 2017-07-31 통신 방법 및 장치
EP17838582.9A EP3487221B1 (en) 2016-08-11 2017-07-31 Communication method and apparatus
US16/265,756 US11343725B2 (en) 2016-08-11 2019-02-01 Communication method and apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201610659437.5 2016-08-11
CN201610659437.5A CN107734569B (zh) 2016-08-11 2016-08-11 通信方法和装置

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/265,756 Continuation US11343725B2 (en) 2016-08-11 2019-02-01 Communication method and apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018028452A1 true WO2018028452A1 (zh) 2018-02-15

Family

ID=61162684

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2017/095171 Ceased WO2018028452A1 (zh) 2016-08-11 2017-07-31 通信方法和装置

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (1) US11343725B2 (zh)
EP (1) EP3487221B1 (zh)
KR (1) KR102214428B1 (zh)
CN (2) CN113316203A (zh)
WO (1) WO2018028452A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11395257B2 (en) * 2017-04-28 2022-07-19 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Method for wireless communication, network device, and terminal device

Families Citing this family (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
RU2726868C1 (ru) * 2017-08-21 2020-07-16 Бейджин Сяоми Мобайл Софтвеа Ко., Лтд. Способ и устройство для индикации радиоканала
CN110225530B (zh) * 2018-03-02 2022-04-01 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 无线数据分析方法、装置及cuda实体
CN113573423B (zh) * 2018-05-30 2024-01-16 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法及装置
CN111148092B (zh) 2018-11-02 2021-07-09 华为技术有限公司 一种标识分配方法及装置
CN111479335A (zh) 2019-01-24 2020-07-31 华为技术有限公司 一种数据传输的方法和通信装置
CN111436026B (zh) * 2019-02-18 2022-03-08 维沃移动通信有限公司 副链路组播通信的配置方法和终端
WO2021147090A1 (zh) * 2020-01-23 2021-07-29 华为技术有限公司 时间同步方法、接入网设备、通信装置、计算机存储介质及通信系统
CN116744277A (zh) * 2022-03-04 2023-09-12 维沃移动通信有限公司 数据传输方法、装置、终端、设备及存储介质

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101043734A (zh) * 2006-03-26 2007-09-26 华为技术有限公司 长期演进网络中用户设备的寻呼方法及其系统
CN104581854A (zh) * 2013-10-16 2015-04-29 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种无线连接方法和装置
CN104811924A (zh) * 2014-01-24 2015-07-29 上海贝尔股份有限公司 用于双连接系统的用户设备历史信息的管理方法
WO2016020752A2 (en) * 2014-08-07 2016-02-11 Alcatel Lucent Method and device for secondary base station change in dual connectivity system

Family Cites Families (44)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2005004437A1 (en) * 2003-06-25 2005-01-13 Hotspot Wireless Devices, Inc. Systems and metods using multiprotocol communication
US7881183B2 (en) * 2005-09-08 2011-02-01 Her Majesty The Queen In Right Of Canada As Represented By The Minister Of Industry, Through The Communications Research Centre Canada Recovery from control plane failures in the LDP signalling protocol
US7813277B2 (en) * 2007-06-29 2010-10-12 Packeteer, Inc. Lockless bandwidth management for multiprocessor networking devices
US8111707B2 (en) * 2007-12-20 2012-02-07 Packeteer, Inc. Compression mechanisms for control plane—data plane processing architectures
KR101447750B1 (ko) * 2008-01-04 2014-10-06 엘지전자 주식회사 랜덤 액세스 과정을 수행하는 방법
US8615258B2 (en) * 2009-01-22 2013-12-24 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH Home base station communication with a mobile radio communication device using a home base station group member identifier
CN102469557B (zh) * 2010-11-15 2014-08-13 华为技术有限公司 接入基站方法、基站和用户设备
WO2012147270A1 (en) * 2011-04-28 2012-11-01 Panasonic Corporation Communication system, mobile terminal, router, and mobility management entity
CN106100816B (zh) * 2011-11-25 2019-10-22 华为技术有限公司 实现载波聚合的方法、基站和用户设备
US9386494B2 (en) * 2011-12-06 2016-07-05 Qualcomm Incorporated Apparatus and methods for performing handover of user equipment between different radio access networks
US20130229931A1 (en) * 2012-03-02 2013-09-05 Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute Methods of managing terminal performed in base station and terminal
US9125122B2 (en) * 2012-06-09 2015-09-01 Apple Inc. Paging for circuit switched fallback (CSFB) in long term evolution (LTE) connected mode
JP2014027626A (ja) * 2012-07-30 2014-02-06 Sharp Corp 通信システム、通信方法、基地局装置及び移動局装置
CN103582017B (zh) * 2012-07-31 2017-04-26 华为技术有限公司 终端、网络设备及网络系统接入方法
JP6321643B2 (ja) * 2012-08-02 2018-05-09 テレフオンアクチーボラゲット エルエム エリクソン（パブル） 複数の基地局に向けての端末の多重的な接続性を可能とする、ベアラのサブセットをハンドオーバさせるためのノード及び方法
US10159005B2 (en) * 2013-02-20 2018-12-18 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Methods for configuring and performing UL measurements accounting for low-activity state configuration of the transmitting node
CN104145503B (zh) * 2013-03-05 2017-11-24 华为技术有限公司 状态切换的方法、装置和系统
CN104053146B (zh) * 2013-03-12 2017-09-15 中国移动通信集团公司 小小区承载的激活与去激活方法及设备
CN108382752A (zh) * 2013-03-15 2018-08-10 特克斯恩有限责任公司 具有感应控制的柔性中型集装容器
EP2983438B1 (en) * 2013-04-03 2018-10-24 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Data transmission method, communication device and communication system
WO2014163448A1 (ko) * 2013-04-05 2014-10-09 엘지전자 주식회사 이기종 셀 환경에서 단말의 스몰 셀과의 연결을 관리하는 방법
EP2995130A4 (en) * 2013-05-10 2016-12-21 Nokia Technologies Oy MOBILITY MANAGEMENT FOR DOUBLE CONNECTIVITY
CN109510697B (zh) * 2013-07-04 2021-07-06 韩国电子通信研究院 处理无线电链路故障的方法
CN104472000B (zh) * 2013-07-12 2018-12-07 华为技术有限公司 改变小区状态的方法、用户设备及基站
CN104349374A (zh) * 2013-08-02 2015-02-11 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 异构通信系统中保持业务连续性的方法
EP2835925B1 (en) * 2013-08-09 2018-08-08 Panasonic Intellectual Property Corporation of America Efficient Status Reporting for UEs in dual connectivity during mobility
US20160142973A1 (en) * 2013-08-09 2016-05-19 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for switching off cell for energy saving in wireless communication system
US9432867B2 (en) * 2013-09-17 2016-08-30 Cellos Software Ltd. Method and network monitoring probe for tracking identifiers corresponding to a user device in wireless communication network
CN105637905B (zh) * 2013-10-14 2019-09-13 华为技术有限公司 用于实现pdn连接的方法、装置和系统
KR20150051143A (ko) * 2013-10-30 2015-05-11 한국전자통신연구원 스몰 셀과 단말의 접속 인지 방법 및 그 장치
US10206147B2 (en) * 2013-12-19 2019-02-12 Qualcomm Incorporated Serving gateway relocation and secondary node eligibility for dual connectivity
JP6151801B2 (ja) * 2013-12-24 2017-06-21 京セラ株式会社 マスタ基地局
CN104822169B (zh) * 2014-01-30 2019-01-25 上海诺基亚贝尔股份有限公司 用于为用户设备的切换提供服务的方法、基站和双连接系统
US9942049B2 (en) * 2014-04-04 2018-04-10 Qualcomm Incorporated Remote station and method for re-enabling a disabled debug capability in a system-on-a-chip device
US10356677B2 (en) * 2014-05-19 2019-07-16 Nokia Solutions And Networks Oy Re-establishment procedure in dual connectivity networks
EP3618515B1 (en) * 2014-07-23 2022-03-09 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for generating and transmitting power headroom report in mobile communication system
CN104202778B (zh) * 2014-08-05 2017-12-19 电信科学技术研究院 一种承载接纳控制方法及装置
JP6092822B2 (ja) * 2014-08-07 2017-03-08 株式会社Ｎｔｔドコモ 移動局、基地局、規制制御方法及び報知情報送信方法
US20170265133A1 (en) * 2014-12-01 2017-09-14 Nokia Solutions And Networks Oy Inactive communication mode
EP3228120A1 (en) * 2014-12-04 2017-10-11 Nokia Solutions and Networks Oy A method, apparatus and system for dual connectivity handover initiated by source base station becoming the future secondary base station
US20200092291A1 (en) * 2015-10-14 2020-03-19 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Transfer/Sharing of Communication Sessions
EP3442262B1 (en) * 2016-07-01 2023-06-21 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Improved offload of a macro base station
WO2018010820A1 (en) * 2016-07-15 2018-01-18 Sony Mobile Communications Inc. Establishing or resuming a wireless communication connection in a wireless communication network
EP3923672B1 (en) * 2016-07-29 2022-07-20 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Method and apparatus for establishing secondary connection

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101043734A (zh) * 2006-03-26 2007-09-26 华为技术有限公司 长期演进网络中用户设备的寻呼方法及其系统
CN104581854A (zh) * 2013-10-16 2015-04-29 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种无线连接方法和装置
CN104811924A (zh) * 2014-01-24 2015-07-29 上海贝尔股份有限公司 用于双连接系统的用户设备历史信息的管理方法
WO2016020752A2 (en) * 2014-08-07 2016-02-11 Alcatel Lucent Method and device for secondary base station change in dual connectivity system

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP3487221A4 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11395257B2 (en) * 2017-04-28 2022-07-19 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Method for wireless communication, network device, and terminal device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR102214428B1 (ko) 2021-02-08
CN107734569A (zh) 2018-02-23
CN113316203A (zh) 2021-08-27
US11343725B2 (en) 2022-05-24
EP3487221A1 (en) 2019-05-22
EP3487221B1 (en) 2022-11-30
EP3487221A4 (en) 2019-08-21
US20190174364A1 (en) 2019-06-06
KR20190039225A (ko) 2019-04-10
CN107734569B (zh) 2021-02-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2018028452A1 (zh) 通信方法和装置
US20220417780A1 (en) Collection and reporting of quality of experience information
CA3072717C (en) Data transmission method and data transmission apparatus
CN110650454B (zh) V2x通信方法、装置及系统
CN104937963B (zh) 具有鲁棒移动性的用于组通信的方法和装置
CN105025541B (zh) 用于基带池中虚拟基站迁移的方法及装置
US10736033B2 (en) Secondary cell group configuration
CN102651908B (zh) 一种传输数据的方法及设备
WO2021062679A1 (zh) 一种通信方法和装置
CN106941700B (zh) 一种数据传输方法及装置和基站及ue
WO2017152757A1 (zh) 一种小区切换方法、系统及相关设备
KR20160002150A (ko) 무선 통신 시스템에서 서비스 연속성을 제어하는 방법 및 장치
CN106604330B (zh) 异构网络中SeNB 的切换方法、通信系统以及MeNB
CN106465065A (zh) 一种多播业务传输装置及方法
KR20150065874A (ko) 디바이스 투 디바이스 통신, 기지국 및 통신 시스템에서의 핸드오버 방법
CN104363658A (zh) 直通资源的管理方法和直通资源的管理系统
WO2013044884A1 (zh) 无线连接重建方法、用户设备和基站
WO2016192615A1 (zh) 一种通信方法、接入网网元以及用户设备
KR20150017642A (ko) 무선 구성 변경 동기화 방법 및 장치
CN107113785B (zh) 资源分配方法、基站和用户设备
WO2016201646A1 (zh) 一种上行数据传输资源的获取方法及设备、系统
WO2013023549A1 (zh) 负载分担方法、基站、用户设备、负载分担节点和系统
KR20160042970A (ko) 무선 구성 파라미터들의 동기화
JP2020109981A (ja) グループ通信システムにおけるページング
CN106488471B (zh) 一种主服务小区的选择方法及装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17838582

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2017838582

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20190213

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20197007022

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A